Leviticus

Leviticus front

Introduction to Leviticus

Part 1: General Introduction

Outline of Leviticus

• Instructions to the Israelites about offerings (1:1–6:7)
  • Burnt offerings (1:1–17)
  • Grain offerings (2:1–16)
  • Fellowship offerings (3:1–17)
  • Offerings for unintentional sins (4:1–5:13)
  • Guilt offerings (5:14–6:7)
• Instructions to the priests about offerings (6:8–7:10)
  • Burnt offerings (6:8–13)
  • Grain offerings (6:14–23)
  • Purification offerings (6:24–30)
  • Guilt offerings (7:1–10)
• Further instructions to the Israelites (7:11–7:38)
  • Peace offerings (7:11–21)
  • Eating fat and blood is forbidden (7:22–27)
  • The portion for the priests (7:28–7:38)
• Setting apart the priests (8:1–10:20)
  • Aaron and his sons ordained (8:1–36)
  • Aaron as high priest (9:1–24)
  • Nadab and Abihu punished (10:1–20)
• Laws about clean and unclean things (11:1–15:33)
  • Clean and unclean food (11:1–47)
  • Women are purified after giving birth (12:1–8)
  • Skin, clothing, houses (13:1–14:47)
  • Bodily fluids (15:1–33)
• Day of Atonement; the place of the offering; the nature of blood (16:1–17:16)
• Setting apart for worship and service; being disqualified from service (18:1–24:23)
• The years of rest and release (25:1–55)
• Blessing for obeying and curses for not obeying (26:1–46)
• Gifts to God (27:1–34)

What is the book of Leviticus about?

In the book of Leviticus, Yahweh continues to give laws through Moses to the people of Israel. These laws detailed the way the people of Israel were to relate to Yahweh and one another as Yahweh’s holy people who reflected Yahweh’s own holiness. As such, many of the laws involve sacrifices and rituals intended to keep the people set apart from the impurity of sin and wrongdoing and keep them pure and holy to worship and serve Yahweh. The rest of the laws instruct the people and the priests about what is ritually clean and unclean and how to become clean again if one happens to become unclean. In the middle of these laws is a portion of narrative (Leviticus 8–10) that details how Moses inaugurated the priesthood through Aaron and his sons, cleansed and prepared Yahweh’s sacred tent to be able to receive the people’s sacrifices, and began to offer sacrifices for himself and the people. It also describes the death of Aaron’s two oldest sons, who fail to follow Yahweh’s laws, reinforcing the vital necessity of obeying all of Yahweh’s laws. Yahweh promised the people and the priests that if they would be diligent in following all of these laws, he would consider them to be faithful in honoring their covenant with him. By maintaining their status of holiness, Yahweh would be able to be Israel’s God, and Israel would be able to be Yahweh’s people. (See 26:3–13.)

How should the title of this book be translated?

“Leviticus” means “about the Levites.” The Levites were the tribe of Israel that provided priests and other workers to serve and worship Yahweh in his sacred tent. If the people in the project language do not understand the term “Levites,” you can call it “The Book about the Priests} or {The Book about the Tabernacle Workers.” (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Who wrote the book of Leviticus?

The book of Leviticus claims to be the words of Yahweh passed on to the Israelites through Moses. That being said, scholarly debates continue to suggest that the compositional history of this book is long and complicated. It is likely that the source of the traditions in the book of Leviticus originated with Moses, whether in written or oral form. The community then preserved these traditions until they were written down and arranged sometime later.

What is the meaning of the words “holy” and “holiness” in the book of Leviticus?

These terms concern separating someone or something from something else. In the book of Leviticus, Yahweh declares that he is a holy God, separated from impurity, death, and sin. God does not sin. This means that any place, object, or person that is intended to be of use in the service or worship of Yahweh must be equally set apart from the impurity that comes from death, sin, and wrongdoing.

Therefore, Yahweh declares that the people of Israel are holy people in that they are separated from the people of the other nations and belong to Yahweh alone. God set the people of Israel apart so that they would belong only to him. Similarly, the people were to consider the places or objects used for worshiping Yahweh or for honoring him as separated for Yahweh’s use only. The people of Israel were not to use them for anything else. God required the Israelites to live in a certain way in order to live as a nation belonging to him alone.

While certain items and people dedicated for the service and worship of Yahweh needed to be holy, ordinary people could only participate in the worship of Yahweh (usually through sacrifice) if they were clean or pure. This means that they had abstained from sin, wrongdoing, or eating or coming into physical contact with anything unclean or impure. Things or people that were unclean or impure were unacceptable to participate in the worship and service of Yahweh. In the worldview of Leviticus, impurity or uncleanness is thought of to be like a contagion with physical properties. This means that bringing something unclean into contact with something holy would cause the holy item or person to become infected (so to speak) with the uncleanness and, as a consequence, no longer fit to serve or worship Yahweh. This process was called “profaning something holy.”

As a consequence, some people and some things could be made clean or cleansed, that is, made acceptable to Yahweh once again. People or things were made clean if the people performed the appropriate sacrifices and rituals. For example, some non-Israelites who wished to live among the Israelites and worship Yahweh could be made clean. However, other people and things could never be made acceptable to him and had to be destroyed.

It is important to know that not everything unclean or impure was sinful. Impurity was often associated with death or bodily discharge rather than with sin or wrongdoing. For example, after giving birth to a male child, a woman would be unclean for 33 days. Then the proper animal sacrifice would be offered for her. The monthly flow of blood made the woman unclean 12:07–13. But Leviticus never suggests that someone with a flow of blood was sinning. In the same way, Yahweh did not allow the Israelites to eat certain kinds of animals. This was one way of setting his people apart from the people who lived around them.

What are the important narrative features of Leviticus?

The entire book of Leviticus is set within the context of Yahweh speaking to Moses, Aaron, the priests, and the people of Israel. On 35 occasions, the phrase “The Lord spoke to …” is used to begin paragraphs. God and Moses frequently spoke to others. The verb “to speak” is used 66 times. This reinforces the idea that Yahweh is telling the people how they are to live as his holy people. Neither Moses nor the people of Israel made these ideas up; they came directly from Yahweh.

Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

What was the “tent of meeting”

The tent of meeting (ULT; UST: sacred tent) was the physical location in which Yahweh lived among the people of Israel while they journeyed from Egypt to the land of Canaan and wandered in the wilderness. As a literal tent, the tent of meeting housed the altars, holy items, and the box of the covenant on top of which Yahweh was enthroned over the seraphs. There, Moses and Aaron would meet with Yahweh and receive his laws. (See Exodus 33:7–11.) The tent itself and the items in it are described in detail in Exodus 25:1–27:20. It was here that the people of Israel were to come and present their sacrifices. This location is often described in the book of Leviticus as “to the face of Yahweh,” that is, Yahweh’s presence.

Why did the Israelites need so many rules about sacrificing animals?

Leviticus shows that God is holy. That means God is very different from humanity and the rest of the created world, especially concerning death, sin, and wrongdoing. God does not sin. Because of this, it is impossible to be acceptable to him without being cleansed. Because impurity (and sin) was thought of as a contagion with physical properties, blood was needed to cleanse the impurity from the people of God and, in so doing, allow Yahweh to forgive them. In this way, the various kinds of sacrifices were meant to continue the relationship between Yahweh and his people. However, because of the constant presence of the impurity caused by death, sin, and wrongdoing, the people of Israel had to continue making animal sacrifices. This was a sign that pointed to a need for a better, once-for-all sacrifice. (See the book of Hebrews.) They needed a sacrifice that would cause them to be cleansed from sin and forgiven before God forever. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

Why was the priesthood important in the book of Leviticus?

Priests were men who served and worshiped Yahweh on behalf of the people of Israel. Yahweh authorized only the priests to bring the Israelite’s sacrifices to himself.

How did the Israelite’s laws for worshiping God and sacrificing animals differ from rules of the other nations at that time?

It was common for other nations to sacrifice animals to their idols. However, the other nations did other things to worship their false gods. For instance, people would sleep with prostitutes at the temple of their gods or sacrifice their children to appease the gods’ anger. They did this to try to persuade their gods to bless their land with the ability to grow crops. Because Yahweh is not like the gods of the other nations, he did not allow his people to do these kinds of things. Unlike the other gods who give blessing only when they are satiated with the best portions of food, Yahweh does not eat the food offered to him but rather gives it to his priests as their sacred portions of food. Yahweh’s blessings of fertility, peace, and abundance were not the reward for proper sacrifices but rather the sign of the continuing covenantal relationship between Yahweh and his holy people.

What does atonement mean in the book of Leviticus?

The word translated as “atone” in the ULT is a technical term expressing the act of atonement that was carried out by the priest but always accomplished by Yahweh. Traditionally, it has been understood as a metaphor with the basic meaning of “to cover,” but more recently, some scholars have understood it to express the image of “to wipe.” If the former is correct, then the metaphor pictures the blood of the sacrifice as covering up the defiling impurity caused by sin. If the latter is correct, then the metaphor pictures the blood of the animal as a sort of ritual detergent that cleanses the person or object from the defiling presence of sin’s impurity. Either way, the sacrifice offered by the priest on behalf of the individual or community is accepted in order to restore the relationship between the individual or community and Yahweh that has been damaged or defiled because of sin. This is why so many of the laws concerning sacrifice end with the mention of the forgiveness of sins, which was the means by which the relationship with Yahweh could be restored. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/atonement]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])

Part 3: Important Translation Issues

“The sons of Aaron” and ‘The sons of Israel”

At the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the sons of Aaron. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron’s male descendants. If it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors. However, in chapters 8–10, only the literal sons of Aaron are in view, so the term “sons” would be appropriate there.

Similarly, the phrase “the sons of Israel” is a metaphor that the book of Leviticus often uses the describe the people of Israel. Although the word “sons” is masculine, it is used in these contexts in a general way that refers to both men and women. Furthermore, this expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly.

“to the face of Yahweh”

Throughout the book, the book of Leviticus uses the expression “to the face of Yahweh” as a way of referring to a location where Yahweh is in a special way. This usually refers to a place within the tent of meeting, where Yahweh dwells. When someone or something is “to the face of Yahweh,” it means that it receives Yahweh’s attention, perspective, and judgment. Therefore, “to the face of” means “in the sight of} or {in the presence of,” similar to the English preposition “before.” In most cases, you can translate this expression as “from Yahweh’s perspective,” “in Yahweh’s presence,” or simply as “before Yahweh.”

“burn in a way that makes smoke go up”

Throughout Leviticus, the language of “causing” the sacrifice “to become smoke on the altar” pictures the sacrifice as being converted to smoke by the fire of the altar and arising to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the pleasant aroma of the burning sacrifice. As such, the pleasant smell was either a sign that Yahweh approved the sacrifice and would atone for the individual’s sins and forgive him or it functioned as a necessary requirement for the acceptance of the individual’s offering. Either way, this term is common in Leviticus but difficult to translate cleanly. If your language has a verb that means to turn something into smoke through fire, especially in a religious context, consider using it here.

Unblemished or perfect

When the book of Leviticus calls something perfect (in the ULT), it refers to an animal that is the best representative animal of that species. As such, the word “perfect” refers to wholeness, completeness, and the lack of any imperfection. (See the kinds of blemishes that disqualified an animal for sacrifice in 22:17–25.) This is often translated with negative terms like “unblemished.” If it would be more natural in your language, consider using terms that carry these same meanings.

The “gift} or {offering made by fire”

The word translated as “gift” in 1:9, 1:13, and 1:17 and throughout the book of Leviticus is variously translated in modern English versions, usually with reference to an offering made by fire, based on the word’s presumed relationship with the word for fire. However, some of the sacrifices referred to by this word are not burned on the altar (like the portions of the sacrifices that belonged to the priests in 07:30 and 07:35–36,) and many sacrifices, such as the purification offering, that are burned on the altar are not referred to by this term. Instead, this term simply refers to a gift offered to Yahweh that consists of food items. While you may see the phrase “fire offering} or {offering made by fire” in modern English translations, we suggest that you retain the term “gift.”

“the holy thing of holy things”

Throughout the book, Yahweh reserves portions of the sacrificed animal or bread item for the priests as their food. These portions are called “the holy thing of holy things.” (See e.g., Lev 2:3, 2:10; 6:17, 6:25, and 6:29; 7:1 and 7:6; 10:12 and 10:17; Lev 14:13; Lev 21:22; Lev 24:9; and Lev 27:28.) All food that was offered to Yahweh was considered a holy thing (See “the holy things” and “a holy thing” in Lev 22:2–4, 22:6–7, 22:10 and 22:14-16.), but certain food offerings were designated as the holy thing of holy things.

These are: - the remainder of the regular grain offering that is not burned (2:3, 2:10, 6:17, and 10:12) - the flesh from the sin offering (6:17, 6:25, 6:29, 10:17) and from the guilt offering (7:1, 7:6, and 14:13) - the bread of presence that is continually in Yahweh’s presence (24:9) In these verses, the expression “the holy thing of holy things” uses the possessive form to describe an offering that is exceptionally or uniquely holy. As such, the expression may be translated as “the most holy thing} or {the exceptionally holy thing.”

Introducing direct quotations

The author of Leviticus uses the word “saying” to introduce his quotation of what the Yahweh is telling Moses and Aaron or what they are telling the people of Israel. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language.

The use of a future form to indicate a command

Often in the book of Leviticus, a future form will be used to indicate a command or instruction. For example, Leviticus 1:2 says, “You shall present your offering.” This is equivalent to saying, “You should present} or {You must present.” Throughout Leviticus, these forms could be translated with a modal form, as the UST models, or simply with an imperative or instruction form.

The expression “A man, when he …”

The book of Leviticus uses the expression “A man, when he …” frequently to describe various hypothetical situations related to Israel’s sacrificial system and holy living. (See 13:2, 13:40, 15:16, 15:20, 22:14, and 22/21.) In these contexts, although the word translated as “man” is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. It may be helpful to translate this term with a generic word for a person to avoid any potential misunderstanding.

What important symbols are introduced in Leviticus?

Several physical items are used with symbolic or ritual meanings in the book of Leviticus. Olive oil was poured on someone or something when that person or object was to be set apart for the exclusive worship and service of Yahweh.

Similarly, sacrifices were routinely washed with water to cleanse them (both physically and ritually), symbolizing the removal of impurities so that God could accept the sacrifice. People and objects that were to be declared clean after having been in contact with something unclean would need to be washed to symbolize their cleansing.

Smoke is another important symbol in the book of Leviticus. While some sacrifices were to be transformed completely into smoke, as was the case with the wholly burned sacrifice (or burnt offering), all sacrifices involved burning a portion of the flesh or flour on the altar and causing it to become smoke. This smoke would go up, rising to Yahweh, who would smell the pleasing smell of the sacrifice and accept the offering on the worshiper’s behalf. If your language has a verb or phrase that is used in religious contexts to refer to smoke going up to God, consider using it to translate these phrases in Leviticus.

Finally, blood was considered to be akin to the ritual soap that had the power to remove the contagion that was the impurity caused by death, sin, and wrongdoing. As a consequence, blood was also used to cleanse and purify people and things.

What kind of sacrifices are described in the book of Leviticus?

Several types of sacrifices are described in the book of Leviticus, each with its own instructions and purpose. It may be helpful to refer to this list when translating the names of these sacrifices, especially if your language has a word or phrase that describes a sacrifice with a similar procedure or purpose.

1) The burnt offering (ULT; UST: wholly burned sacrifice) was a common flesh sacrifice that was to be burned completely on the altar by the priest. It belonged entirely to Yahweh, and no portion of it was retained as food for the priest or the worshiper. The burnt offering is described in detail in Leviticus 1. Individuals were allowed to offer cattle (1:1–9), sheep or goats (1:10–13), or birds (1:14–17), depending on their ability to afford such animals. As a flesh sacrifice, the blood from this sacrifice allowed Yahweh to atone for the worshiper, and so the primary purpose of the burnt offering is the removal of sin from an individual. (See the additional instructions for the priest who offers the burnt offering in 6:9–13.)

2) The grain offering (ULT and UST) described in Leviticus 2 is an offering of flour to Yahweh. An individual was permitted to bring pure flour (2:1–3), onto which would be poured olive oil. Lastly, incense would be placed on top of the flour before the officiating priest scooped out one handful of the flour-oil mixture (and all the incense). This handful was designated as the memorial portion (2:2) and was the only part of the offering that was burned on the altar. The rest of the flour-oil mixture belonged to the priest as a holy thing of holy things from the gifts of Yahweh (2:3), that is, a food gift that was designated to belong to the priests for food. Individuals were also permitted to offer baked or fried goods, as long as these were made without leaven or honey (2:11) and contained salt, which symbolized the ongoing nature of God’s covenant with Israel. (See 2:13.) Additionally, grain offerings could be a grain offering of … first ripe grains (2:14) in which an individual offered the first of their crop’s harvest. Similarly, individuals could bring flour, grain, or baked goods as an offering of first things (2:12), or, in other words, an offering of the first and best that their crops had to offer that season. See the additional instructions for the priest who offers the grain offering in 6:14–18 as well as the special whole grain offering that was to be presented when a priest was inducted into the priesthood (6:20–23).

3) The peace offering (ULT; UST: fellowship sacrifice) is a flesh sacrifice described in detail in 3:1–17. Unlike the burnt offering, only certain internal organs and choice portions of fat were to be burned on the altar for a peace offering. (See e.g., 3:3–5, 3:9–11, and 3:14–16.) By implication, the rest of the meat of the animal was to be eaten by both priest and worshiper as a kind of fellowship meal, enacting and celebrating peace between both God and humanity and between humans themselves. This is the only kind of offering in which common worshipers partook of the meat of the animal. The meat of this type of sacrifice was allowed to be eaten on the day it was offered and the following day. However, any remaining meat was considered to be defiled on the third day after it was offered to Yahweh. (See 7:15–18.)

There are various sub-categories of the peace offering. Such a sacrifice could be the result of a vow, a thanksgiving offering, or a freewill offering. In the first case, an individual would promise to sacrifice an animal or food gift to Yahweh if he answered a specific prayer or delivered the individual from, for example, a challenging circumstance. (See 7:16–18 and 22:21–25.) In the second case, an individual would offer a sacrifice as a way of thanking Yahweh for his actions toward or for that individual. (See 7:11–15 and 22:29–30.) In the third case, an individual could offer a sacrifice freely and unprompted for whatever reason (7:16–18 and 22:21–25). Finally, a peace offering called an “ordination offering” was presented whenever a new priest was inducted into the priesthood. (See 7:37 and 8:22–32.) From all peace offerings, the right thigh and the breast of the animal’s meat belonged to the priest as a special contribution, which was waved in Yahweh’s presence as a wave offering. (See 7:28–34.) See the additional instructions for the priest who offers the peace offering in 7:11–21).

4) The sin offering (ULT; UST: purifying sacrifice) is described in detail in 4:1–5:13. This type of flesh sacrifice covered wrongdoings (sins) that were committed accidentally or unintentionally. Provision is made to address the unintentional sins of the priest (4:2–12), the entire congregation (4:13–21), a prominent leader (4:22–26), or an individual (4:27–35). Additional instructions were given to cover various scenarios in which an individual incurs guilt from wrongdoing (5:1–6), regardless of the individual’s ability to purchase expensive cattle or flock animals. (See the provisions offered in 5:7–13.) The primary purpose of this sacrifice was to cleanse a party from the impurity caused by unintentional wrongdoing and so restore the relationship between the community, leader, priest, or individual and their God. See the additional instructions for the priest who offers the sin offering in 6:25–30.

5) The guilt offering (ULT; UST: restoring sacrifice) is a flesh sacrifice described in 5:14 through 6:7 and 7:1–7. The primary purpose of this type of sacrifice was to procure animal blood that would remove the impurity caused by wrongdoing that brings guilt. (See the scenarios in which this happens in 6:1–4.) If the wrongdoing involved mistreating one of the holy objects used in the worship and service of Yahweh, then the guilt offering involved making financial restitution for the value of the item that was misused, plus one-fifth. (See 5:16.) These actions allowed for the forgiveness of the guilt incurred by the wrongdoing.

Leviticus 1

Leviticus 1 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

In Hebrew, this chapter begins with the word “And,” indicating a connection with the previous book (Exodus). This connection not only implies that the first five books of the Bible should be seen as a single unit, but it also situates Leviticus in the narrative setting of the book of Exodus, during the thirteenth month of the Israelite’s wandering in the wilderness of Sinai.

The first chapter of Leviticus is comprised of two hypothetical scenarios representing three variations of the burnt offering: The Burnt offering (1:1–17) 1) a livestock animal (1:2–13) a) a bovine (1:3–9) b) a sheep or goat (1:10–13) 2) a bird (1:14–17)

As such, the initial heading verse of each section begins with “If” and is followed by the prescribed steps of the sacrifice. Presumably, they are the same for each burnt offering, but more prescriptions are explicit for the first type of burnt offering, the bovine, probably because they are implied for the other two possible burnt offerings. The steps of the sacrificial process for burnt offerings are:

1) Selecting a perfect, unblemished, and otherwise completely healthy animal (1:3–14) 2) Presenting the animal at the entrance to the tent of meeting (1:3) 3) Laying hands on the head of the animal (1:4) 4) Killing the animal (1:5–15) 5) Presenting and sprinkling the animal’s blood on the altar (1:5–15) 6) Skinning the animal (1:6) 7) Butchering the animal into its appropriate pieces, usually the head, fat, intestines, and legs (1:6–17) 8) Putting fire on the altar and arranging the wood (1:7) 9) Arranging the pieces, specifically the head and the fat, of the sacrifice over the burning wood of the altar (1:8–12) 10) Washing the legs and the intestines (1:9–13) 11) Burning the entire animal in a way that causes smoke to go up (1:9–17

Special Concepts in This Chapter

Several concepts are crucial for understanding the laws in this chapter. They include: 1) technical sacrificial terminology, 2) atonement, 3) the importance of blood, and 4) the nature of ritual action.

Technical sacrificial terminology

Throughout the book of Leviticus, the author employs several terms that have a specialized technical meaning in the context of sacrifices or that are only used in this context. In this chapter, such terms are 1) the “burnt offering” and 2) the “gift.”

1) The burnt offering The burnt offering was a particular sacrifice that could be offered by anyone for a variety of reasons. Its name is related to a verb that means “to go up” or ”to ascend,” suggesting that the sacrifice was to be converted into smoke by the fire and ascend to Yahweh in heaven, as the discussion on the verb phrase “to cause to become smoke” will suggest. Its function was to provide a sacrifice intended to bring about forgiveness for a wide variety of sins and unintentional mistakes that were not specifically covered by the other sacrifices discussed in the first seven chapters of Leviticus. The sacrifice required a perfect male animal that would be completely burned on the altar over a fire that was to be kept burning continually. (See 6:9–13 for more details.) The sacrifice, when accepted by Yahweh, would provide atonement for the individual who offered it. See the book introduction for more information.

2) The gift or offering made by fire The word translated as “gift” in 1:9, 1:13, and 1:17 and throughout the book of Leviticus is variously translated in modern English versions, usually with reference to an offering made by fire, based on the word’s presumed relationship with the word for fire. However, some of the sacrifices referred to by this word are not burned on the altar (like the portions of the sacrifices that belonged to the priests in 7:30 and 7:35–36), and many sacrifices, such as the purification offering, that are burned on the altar are not referred to by this term. Instead, this term simply refers to a gift offered to Yahweh that consists of food items. While you may see the phrase “fire offering} or {offering made by fire” in modern English translations, we suggest that you retain translation of the word as “gift.”

Atonement

The word translated as “atone” in the ULT is a technical term expressing the act of atonement that was carried out by the priest but always accomplished by Yahweh. Traditionally, it has been understood as a metaphor with the basic meaning of “to cover,” but more recently, some scholars have understood it to express the image of “to wipe.” If the former is correct, then the metaphor pictures the blood of the sacrifice as covering up the defiling impurity caused by sin. If the latter is correct, then the metaphor pictures the blood of the animal as a sort of ritual detergent that cleanses the person or object from the defiling presence of sin’s impurity. Either way, the sacrifice offered by the priest on behalf of the individual or community is accepted in order to restore the relationship between the individual or community and Yahweh, a relationship that has been damaged or defiled because of sin. This is why so many of the laws concerning sacrifice end with the mention of the forgiveness of sins, which was the means by which the relationship with Yahweh could be restored. (See: atonement, atone, atoned and priest, priesthood)

The importance of blood

In Leviticus 1, the blood of the animal is collected and applied, via sprinkling or splattering, to the sides of the altar upon which the burnt offering is placed. (See 1:5–15.) This act, as explained above, has been variously understood, but it pictures the blood as cleansing the altar from the effects of sin. Blood was able to cleanse sacred space and God’s people from the impurities of sin because of its ability to accomplish atonement by means of the life of the animal. (See 17:10–12.) Because the blood contained the life of the animal, Yahweh forbade the eating of any animal blood. (See 7:26–27, 17:10–14, and 19:26.)

Ritual actions

Three actions in this chapter and throughout Leviticus are ritual in nature and picture important theological realities.

1) The language of “presenting” throughout this chapter means not only bringing the sacrifice to the altar or the priest but also displaying the sacrifice “to the face of Yahweh,” that is, to Yahweh himself. This expression pictures the reality that these sacrifices were performed in the presence of Yahweh, literally in the vicinity of the sacred area where Yahweh lived among the Israelites while they were in the wilderness.

2) This chapter features the ritual act of laying one’s hands on the head of the sacrificial animal. This action is linked to the acceptance of the animal as an appropriate sacrifice on the individual’s behalf. (See 1:4.) As a symbolic act, the laying of hands identifies the individual with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed.

3) The language of “causing the sacrifice to become smoke on the altar” (see 1:9) pictures the sacrifice as being converted to smoke by the fire of the altar and arising to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the pleasant aroma of the burning sacrifice. As such, the pleasant smell was either a sign that Yahweh approved the sacrifice and would atone for the individual’s sins and forgive him, or it functioned as a necessary requirement for the acceptance of the individual’s offering.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

This chapter includes three primary figures of speech that may prove difficult to translate but are important to understanding the chapter. These include 1) the phrase, “to the face of Yahweh,” 2) the phrase, “a pleasing smell to Yahweh,” and 3) the way of referring to the priests as “the sons of Aaron.”

”To the face of Yahweh”

Throughout this chapter and the book as a whole, the author of Leviticus uses the expression “to the face of Yahweh” to mean “where Yahweh sees} or {in the sight of Yahweh} or {in the presence of Yahweh,” so that “to the face of” is similar to the English preposition “before.” In this position, the person or object receives Yahweh’s attention, perspective, and judgment. In the context of Leviticus, being “to the face of Yahweh” means to be within the sacred area of the tent of meeting, either in the sense of the location directly in front of the tent in which Yahweh resided, or in the sense of being in the presence of Yahweh within the tent of meeting. (See 1:3–12.) You can translate either sense of this expression as “in the presence of Yahweh” or simply as “before Yahweh.”

“Pleasing smell to Yahweh”

As mentioned previously, throughout this chapter, the priest is instructed to “cause the sacrifice to become smoke on the altar.” This refers to burning the sacrifice in a way that causes smoke to go up, picturing the sacrifice as being converted to pleasant-smelling smoke by the fire and arising to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased. That the sacrifice was accompanied by the gift of the pleasant-smelling smoke of the sacrifice was apparently crucial to the acceptance of the offering as an appropriate sacrifice on the individual’s behalf, as it is mentioned several times in this chapter. (See 1:9–17.)

“The sons of Aaron”

Throughout Leviticus, but especially in this chapter, the priests are referred to by the expression “the sons of Aaron.” Occasionally, the expression is “the sons of Aaron, the priests” (as in 1:5–11). Once in this chapter the expression is altered to emphasize that it is Aaron who is the original priest, through the phrase “the sons of Aaron.” (See 1:7.) As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the sons of Aaron, as it was Aaron who was the first high priest. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron’s descendants (with the exception of Leviticus chapters 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use the term “descendants,” which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

In addition to these important figures of speech, this chapter features several translation difficulties, including 1) the unclear referent of pronouns, 2) the switching between second and third-person address, 3) the use of a verb and a related noun (cognate-accusatives), 4) the use of a future form to indicate a request or command, and 5) the use of specific, technical sacrificial language.

The referent of the pronouns

Throughout this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses a third-person pronoun to refer to both the individual who offers the sacrifices and to the priest who performs the sacrifice. As such, it is often difficult (but not impossible) to infer which party performs which actions. In general, the sacrifice is presented to the priest, but the individual who presents the sacrifice is responsible for killing, properly butchering, and presenting the portions of the sacrificial animal to the priest, who will then arrange them on the altar’s fire. The only exception to this pattern can be found in the instruction for offering a bird (1:14–17), which specifies that it is the priest who brings the bird to the altar (1:14) before, presumably, completing the preparation for its being burned on the altar as a burnt offering. The UST will indicate which party is the apparent referent of the pronoun.

Second and third-person address

Chapters 1 through 7 in their entirety are written as direct addresses to the people of God through Moses. As mentioned previously, Chapter 1 describes two hypothetical scenarios when an individual might offer three variations of the burnt offering. However, the form of the verb used to refer to the individual in this chapter varies in the second verse (1:2). Initially, Yahweh addresses “a man from you” in the third-person, but then switches to a second-person address (“you shall offer”) to indicate the imperatival force of the statement. The ensuing string of third-person verbs (1:3–17) carry the same imperatival weight as the initial second-person verb. Thus, because in this chapter the pronouns “his” and “he” refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh, they can be translated in the second person as is done in 1:2 and as modeled by the UST. The pronoun used to refer to the individual who offers the sacrifice switches as follows:

• Third-person: “When a man from you, when he presents” (1:2)
• Second-person: “you shall present” (1:2)
• Third-person: “If his offering” (1:3–17)

As previously discussed, if the switch from third-person forms to second-person and back would not be natural in your language, consider using either the second or third-person forms throughout. The UST models use of second-person forms for the entirety of this chapter, but the notes will often offer translation possibilities with third-person alternatives.

The use of a verb with a related noun (Cognate-accusatives)

For emphasis, the author of Leviticus often uses a verb with a related noun. In this chapter, the verb “to present” is related to the noun translated as “offering.” If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate in this context to repeat these words in a similar manner.

Leviticus 1:1

from the tent of meeting

Quote: מֵ⁠אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵ֖ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The author of Leviticus is using the possessive to describe Yahweh’s meeting with Moses (and, by extension, the whole people) within the physical location of the tent. If this is not clear in your language, you could use an adjective that better describes the locale of divine presence. Alternative translation: “from the tent where Yahweh met with Moses and lived among the Israelites}

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. Alternate translation: “and he said]

Leviticus 1:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them]

Leviticus 1:2

Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses is to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. (The speech makes up the first seven chapters of the book.) If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: [Make sure you say to the people of Israel]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the descendants of Israel]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word translated as sons is masculine and plural, it has a generic sense that applies to both men and women. In your translation, you may wish to use a term that is clearly inclusive of men and women. Alternate translation: [the people of Israel]

and you shall say

Quote: וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, here and throughout the book, the author of Leviticus uses a future form to give a law or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these verbs using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: [and you must say]

A man from you, when he presents

Quote: אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־יַקְרִ֥יב מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word translated as A man is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who approaches the tent to make a sacrifice. Alternate translation: [When one of you presents] or [When someone presents]

A man from you, … you shall present your offering

Quote: אָדָ֗ם & מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם & תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ אֶת־קָרְבַּנְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address to them. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could either (1) use the second person in your translation. Alternate translation: [One of you Israelites … you shall present your offering” or (2) use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: [An Israelite … he shall present his offering]

from you, … you shall present your offering

Quote: מִ⁠כֶּ֛ם & תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ אֶת־קָרְבַּנְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The words you and your here are plural. These words apply to the entire Israelite community. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

he presents an offering

Quote: יַקְרִ֥יב & קָרְבָּ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The word presents translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as offering. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

you shall present

Quote: תַּקְרִ֖יבוּ (1)

Alternate translation: [you must present]

Leviticus 1:3

his offering {… he shall present it, … he shall present

Quote: קָרְבָּנ⁠וֹ֙ & יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ & יַקְרִ֣יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The ULT translates with the noun offering and the verb present. Your language may have comparable terms that you can use in your own translation.

he shall present it, a perfect male

Quote: זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

For a discussion of the word perfect, see the section titled “‘Unblemished‘ or ‘perfect‘” in Part 3 of the Introduction to Leviticus. Alternate translation: [he should offer a male that is unblemished] or [he should offer a male that is without defect]

he shall present it, a perfect male. At the entrance of the tent of meeting, he shall present it for its acceptance to the face of Yahweh

Quote: זָכָ֥ר תָּמִ֖ים יַקְרִיבֶ֑⁠נּוּ אֶל־פֶּ֝תַח אֹ֤הֶל מוֹעֵד֙ יַקְרִ֣יב אֹת֔⁠וֹ לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The word translated as for indicates the goal or purpose for offering a sacrifice in the manner prescribed here. If it would be more natural in your language, you could put the last of these phrases first, since the last phrase gives the reason for the actions that the first two phrases describe. Alternate translation: [in order for Yahweh to consider the offering acceptable, he shall present a perfect male at the entrance of the tent of meeting]

for its acceptance

Quote: לִ⁠רְצֹנ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word translated as its could refer to (1) the offering. Alternate translation: [for the acceptance of the animal” or (2) the worshiper. Alternate translation: [for the acceptance of the one offering the animal]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh refers to a location “where Yahweh sees” and, by extension, “from Yahweh’s perspective} or {in Yahweh’s judgment.” Alternate translation: [from Yahweh’s perspective] or [in Yahweh’s judgment] or [before Yahweh]

Leviticus 1:4

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the burnt offering

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֣ךְ יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [And he shall lay his hand on the head of the burnt offering. He should do this to ritually place his sins on the animal]

And it shall be accepted

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְצָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And Yahweh will accept it]

in order to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

The words in order to introduce the purpose of the animal’s acceptance as an appropriate sacrifice. Use an expression in your language that makes it clear that what follows is the purpose.

in order to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

For the metaphors potentially lying behind the idea of atonement, refer to the Introduction to Leviticus. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of atonement, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [to restore him to a relationship with Yahweh]

Leviticus 1:5

the son of the cattle

Quote: אֶת־בֶּ֥ן הַ⁠בָּקָ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this animal as the son of the cattle because it is a male animal that shares the distinguishing qualities characteristic of the class of bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the bull] or [the bovine]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, ”in Yahweh’s presence.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [in Yahweh’s presence] or [within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the sons of Aaron. But the instructions in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron’s “descendants” (with the exception of Leviticus chs. 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and to their successors.

And the sons of Aaron, the priests, shall present the blood

Quote: וְ֠⁠הִקְרִיבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֤ן הַֽ⁠כֹּֽהֲנִים֙ אֶת־ הַ⁠דָּ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the priests would catch the blood in a bowl as it drained out of the animal. Then they would bring the bowl with the blood in it and present it to Yahweh at the altar. If this would not be clear in your language, you could supply this information here and in later instances in the book. Alternative translation: “And after catching the blood in a bowl as it drains from the animal, the sons of Aaron, the priests, will present the blood to Yahweh}

Leviticus 1:6

And he shall skin

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְשִׁ֖יט (1)

Alternate translation: [And the one offering the sacrifice shall skin]

and he shall cut it into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The author of Leviticus assumes his audience will know what portions of the animal constituted its pieces. These would have included but perhaps not been limited to the head, suet, innards and legs, as 1:8-9 suggest. If the phrase its pieces would not be clear in your context, consider listing what pieces these are. Alternate translation: [and he shall separate it into its appropriate portions]

and he shall cut it into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֥ח אֹתָ֖⁠הּ לִ⁠נְתָחֶֽי⁠הָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object, both of which come from the same root. The word cut translates a verb that comes from the same root as the noun pieces. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.

Leviticus 1:7

fire … the fire

Quote: אֵ֖שׁ & הָ⁠אֵֽשׁ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word fire represents the coals that produce fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [burning coals … those burning coals] or [live coals … those live coals]

Leviticus 1:8

and the suet

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֑דֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The term suet refers to the hard, lumpy fat that surrounds the kidneys and liver of sheep, goats, and bovines. If your language has a word for this portion of fatty tissue, consider using it here.

Leviticus 1:9

And he shall wash its innards and its legs with water

Quote: וְ⁠קִרְבּ֥⁠וֹ וּ⁠כְרָעָ֖י⁠ו יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It might seem that the expression and he shall wash its innards and its legs with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [And he shall wash its innards and its legs]

he shall wash

Quote: יִרְחַ֣ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he could refer either to the worshiper or to the priest. But given that every other reference to the priest has been explicit, it is likely that it refers to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit or continue using the same second-person pronoun used thus far. Alternate translation: [the one offering the sacrifice shall wash]

And the priest shall cause everything to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that the act of burning the offering in this way causes smoke to rise, depicting the sacrifice as going to God in heaven, where he would smell the smoke and be pleased. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall cause all of the sacrifice to turn into smoke by burning it on the fire of the altar. The smoke will ascend toward God in heaven]

Leviticus 1:10

from the flock— from the lambs or from the goats

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֨אן & מִן־הַ⁠כְּשָׂבִ֛ים א֥וֹ מִן־הָ⁠עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions, the flock, the lambs, and the goats do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [from any of his flock, whether from his sheep or from his goats]

Leviticus 1:11

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the presence of Yahweh] or [within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

Leviticus 1:12

And he shall cut it

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [And the one offering the sacrifice shall cut it]

And he shall cut it into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּ֤ח אֹת⁠וֹ֙ לִ⁠נְתָחָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:6.

Leviticus 1:13

he shall wash with water

Quote: יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you translated the expression wash with water in 1:9. Alternate translation: [he shall wash thoroughly]

And the innards and the legs he shall wash with water

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב וְ⁠הַ⁠כְּרָעַ֖יִם יִרְחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication seems to be that the worshiper must wash the innards and legs before the priest arranges them on the altar, as 1:12 describes. You can indicate this in your translation if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [Before the priest arranges the pieces, the one offering the sacrifice shall wash the innards and legs with water]

and he shall cause {them} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֣יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)

Alternate translation: [and that same priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar]

Leviticus 1:14

from the birds {… from the doves or from the sons of the pigeon

Quote: מִן־הָ⁠ע֛וֹף & מִן־הַ⁠תֹּרִ֗ים א֛וֹ מִן־בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions from the birds, from the doves, and from the sons of the pigeon do not refer to specific birds, that is, to a specific group of turtledoves or pigeons. Rather, these expressions describe any birds (that is, any doves or pigeons) that an Israelite might own or be able to purchase for sacrifice. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [from any of his birds … from his doves or from his pigeons]

from the sons of the pigeon

Quote: מִן־בְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠יּוֹנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression sons of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. The author of Leviticus uses this phrase to describe a group of birds as the sons of the pigeon since they were birds that shared the essential qualities of that class of birds. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from the pigeons]

Leviticus 1:15

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See note at 1:9. Alternate translation: [and he shall cause it to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven]

and he shall cause {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֖יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The object that is to be burned on the altar is not specified. However, because the blood has not yet been removed from the bird and the burning of blood is expressly forbidden in Leviticus, it seems likely that the supplied pronoun it here refers to the head of the bird. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [and he shall cause the head that he removed to become smoke on the altar]

And its blood shall be drained

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall drain its blood]

And its blood shall be drained

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun its no longer refers to the head of the bird but rather, to the body of the sacrificed bird, which would contain blood which must be drained before burning. Alternate translation: [And the blood of the bird shall be drained]

And its blood shall be drained on the side of the altar

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְצָ֣ה דָמ֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל קִ֥יר הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Draining its blood on the side of the altar as a symbolic action to show that the life of the sacrificed animal is being given to Yahweh. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [The priest must cause the life-blood of the sacrifice to drip down the walls of the altar]

Leviticus 1:16

its craw

Quote: אֶת־ מֻרְאָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A craw is the pouch in a bird’s throat where pre-digested food is stored. If your language has its own term for this anatomical feature, consider using that word here. If not, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: [the bird’s throat pouch]

and he shall cast it

Quote: וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֨יךְ אֹתָ֜⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word it refers to the craw, but since the priest is supposed to throw it beside the altar along with the feathers, it may be more natural in your language to use the plural pronoun “them,” as modeled by the UST.

Leviticus 2

Leviticus 2 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives instructions about how to make a grain offering. The “And” of 2:1 indicates that the laws of Leviticus 1 are continuing. Yahweh continues telling Moses how the people should offer sacrifices. In outline form, the structure of the chapter can be displayed as follows:

1) The grain offering (2:1–16) I. Offerings of raw flour (2:1–3) II. Offerings that are baked, pan-fried, or deep-fried (2:4–10) i. Baked (2:4) ii. Pan-fried on the griddle (2:5–6) iii. Deep-fried in a pan (2:7) iv. Law for offering (2:8–10) III. Laws regarding leaven, honey, and salt (2:11–13) i. Prohibition against burning leaven or honey (2:11–12) ii. Prescription for including salt (2:13) IV. Offerings of grains (2:14–16)

Translation Issues in This Chapter

The number and person of pronouns

In the address to the Israelites, the author of Leviticus is known for abruptly switching the person, number, and occasionally the gender of pronouns and verbal forms that refer to the person offering sacrifices. In Leviticus 1, it was suggested that any third-person singular pronouns that refer to the worshiper (and not to the priest) could be changed to second-person plural pronouns, based on the nature of the direct address and the presence of a second-person plural pronoun in 1:2 and several times in the current chapter.

The pronouns referring to the worshiper switch person, gender, and number frequently. Verses 1–3 address the worshiper with a third-person singular pronoun. This switches to the second-person, singular pronoun in 2:4-8. The worshiper is addressed in the third person in verse 8, but verse 11 marks a shift to the second person, this time in the plural. The plural pronouns continue throughout verses 11 and 12, but the author of Leviticus switches back to the second-person singular from verse 13 to the end of the chapter.

1. Third-person (2:1–3)
2. “... when a person [third-person, feminine singular] presents ...” (2:1)
3. “... his [third-person, masculine singular] offering ...” (2:1)
4. “... and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall pour ...” (2:1)
5. “... and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall put ...” (2:1)

6. “... and he [third-person, masculine singular] shall bring ...” (2:2)

7. Second-person (2:4–8)

8. “And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present ...” (2:4)
9. “And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering ...” (2:5)
10. “Piece [second-person, singular imperative] it ...” (2:6)
11. “... and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall pour ...” (2:6)
12. “And if your [second-person, masculine singular] offering ...” (2:7)

13. “And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall bring ...” (2:8)

14. Third-person (2:8–10)

15. “And he [third-person, masculine singular] shall present ...” (2:8)

16. Second-person (2:11–15)

17. “Any grain offering that you [second-person, masculine plural] present ...” (2:11)
18. “... you [second-person, masculine plural] shall not cause to become smoke ...” (2:11)
19. “You [second-person, masculine plural] shall present ...” (2:12)
20. “...your [second-person, masculine singular] grain offerings ...” (2:13)
21. “... you [second-person, masculine singular] shall salt ...” (2:13)
22. “... you [second-person, masculine singular] shall not omit ...” (2:13)
23. “... the covenant of your [second-person, masculine singular] God ...” (2:13)
24. “... your [second-person, masculine singular] offerings ...” (2:13)
25. “... you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present ...” (2:13)
26. “And if you [second-person, masculine singular] present ...” (2:14)
27. “... you [second-person, masculine singular] shall present ...” (2:14)
28. “... your [second-person, masculine singular] first ripe grains ...” (2:14)
29. “And you [second-person, masculine singular] shall put ...” (2:15)
30. “... and you [second-person, masculine singular] shall place ...” (2:15)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

This chapter introduces several key concepts that are relevant to proper translation, including the sacrifice of the grain offering, which includes the offering of flour, oil, and incense, the concept of the memorial portion, and the identification of yeast and leaven.

Grain offering

The grain offering was a specialized sacrifice consisting of an offering of harvested grain, usually wheat or barley. The grain offering sometimes accompanied the burnt offering. (See 14:20.) It is unclear whether the grain offering provided atonement by itself or whether it could only accomplish atonement when presented with the burnt offering or as a substitute for the purification offering for those who could not afford the animals required for that sacrifice. (See 5:11–13.) In any case, the grain offering could be offered dry (that is, not mixed with olive oil, 7:10) or mixed with olive oil, or it could be baked in an oven or prepared in a griddle or pan. If the offering of grain were something baked in an oven, the prescribed offering would consist of a loaf of unleavened bread that had been made by kneading the flour with olive oil, or a wafer that had been copiously covered in olive oil. (See 2:4.) Alternatively, grain offerings could be prepared by pan-frying the flour and olive oil on a griddle (2:5) or deep-frying the flour and olive oil in a pan (2:7). Furthermore, crushed portions of fresh grain that had been roasted with fire constituted an acceptable grain offering. (See 2:14–16.) A portion of the offering was crumbled and completely burned on the altar, resulting in pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The remainder of the grain offering, however, belonged to the priests and the male descendants of Aaron for food. (See 2:3, 2:10, and 7:14–18.) See the Book Introduction for more information.

Flour

The term translated as “flour” in the ULT and “wheat flour” in the UST is the agricultural product made from the production of wheat grains. (See Exodus 29:2, and 2 Kings 7:16, where is it contrasted with barley.) However, according to some rabbinic sources, the precise commodity referred to in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus is the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains had been dried, winnowed, and crushed. Since flour would connote the fine powder that falls through the sieve, what remains is more accurately called “grits} or {semolina.” (See 1 Kings 5:2, where grits or semolina is contrasted with flour.) However, since this culinary term is not present in many cultures, the term “flour” has been retained. We suggest that you use in your translation whatever word your language has to describe the large chunks of crushed grains that remain in the sieve after the grains have been dried, winnowed, and crushed.

Oil

The term translated as “oil” in the ULT and “olive oil” in the UST refers to the agricultural product made from crushing large quantities of olives into a fine, smooth oil. This oil was used for cooking and baking. (See 2:4–7.) It provided fuel for lanterns. (See Exod 35:8 and Exod 35:14–15.) It also retained symbolic importance as a way of anointing and dedicating sacred objects, priests, and kings. (For sacred objects, see Genesis 28:18, for priests, see Exodus 29:7 and Leviticus 8:12, Leviticus 8:28-30, and Leviticus 21:10, and for kings, see 1 Samuel 10:1 and 1 Sam 16:13.) In this chapter, in addition to being present in most of the grain offerings, olive oil was presented with the grain offering in whatever form it took.

Incense

Scholarly sources suggest that the substance that was burned in ritual spaces for its fragrance was an expensive fragrant gum resin tapped from three species of the Boswellia tree, native only to southern Arabia and Somaliland. (See Jeremiah 6:20.) The burning of this substance was required with all grain offerings, regardless of the manner of their preparation. Because both grain offerings and animal offerings provided a pleasing aroma to Yahweh, the addition of incense with grain offerings was to distinguish them from the animal sacrifices or burnt offerings. (See Chapter 1.) Whereas the olive oil was to be poured all over the grain offerings, the incense was to be placed on top of it, apparently in a large lump. Then the raw flour (or other kind of grain offering) would be mixed with the olive oil and the lump of incense in the priest’s hand as he took a large handful. (See 2:2.) These ingredients would then be completely burned on the altar and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke, which, when it went up to Yahweh, would please Yahweh and so mark the completion of an acceptable sacrifice.

The memorial portion

The memorial portion of the grain offering refers to the portion that the priest designates to be burned completely on the altar as a sacrifice to Yahweh, as opposed to the portion that will remain as food for the priests to eat. If the offering was raw flour, the priest would lift out a handful of the flour mixed with olive oil and all the incense that was placed on it. If the offering was baked, pan-fried, or deep-fried, the priest would take a portion and crumble it on the altar. These portions that were designated to be burned on the altar constituted the memorial portion. As such, by being completely burned on the altar, this portion represented the entire offering.

Yeast and leaven

In Leviticus 2, the word leaven refers to a lump of dough made from flour and other common ingredients, usually salt and oil, that contains a live leaven culture in the form of wild, natural yeast as its raising agent. The term yeast refers to the microscopic organism consisting of single oval cells that reproduce by budding and are capable of converting sugar into alcohol and carbon dioxide. In the ancient world, yeast was a common household raising agent used in the baking of bread. However, because store-bought, commercial yeast in the form of a dried, deactivated culture that is routinely added to individual batches of dough is a familiar, modern invention, the ULT has chosen the less anachronistic term “leaven culture.” This term reflects the slow process of growing wild, naturally occurring yeast from a single, small batch of dough, forming a leaven that would be added to other larger batches of dough. The wild yeast in the leaven would multiply and affect the rest of the larger batch of dough until the entire batch was considered to be leavened.

In Leviticus, grain offerings, whether baked or fried, that were made using “leaven” or included “leaven culture” were expressly forbidden to be burned on the altar, along with grain offerings made with honey. Instead, as Leviticus 2:12 expresses, grain offerings that included either “leaven culture} or {honey” could be offered as first fruit offerings that were not burned on the altar. Eating or baking with “leaven” was forbidden during the events of the first Passover in Egypt before the Exodus and, specifically, during the annual festival of Unleavened Bread (See: Passover). Yahweh informs Moses that the practice of excluding leaven and leaven culture from one’s diet should serve as a sign and memorial to the people of Israel that reminds them of God’s mighty acts of salvation in the Exodus and encourages them to obey his commandments. (See Exod 13:5–10.) It should be noted that it was not always unlawful to eat food products made with leaven or leaven culture, but that the proscription only applied during special feasts and holidays associated with the Exodus.

Leviticus 2:1

And a person, when he presents an offering of a grain offering to Yahweh, his offering

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word presents translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as offering. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

And a person, when he presents an offering of a grain offering to Yahweh, his offering

Quote: וְ⁠נֶ֗פֶשׁ כִּֽי־תַקְרִ֞יב קָרְבַּ֤ן מִנְחָה֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה & קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation.

his offering shall be flour. And he shall pour oil on it and he shall put frankincense on it

Quote: סֹ֖לֶת יִהְיֶ֣ה קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠יָצַ֤ק עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ שֶׁ֔מֶן וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן עָלֶ֖י⁠הָ לְבֹנָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, Leviticus often uses future statements to give instructions or commands. If it would be helpful in your language, here and throughout the book you could translate these future statements using command or instruction forms. Alternate translation: [his offering should be flour. And he should pour oil on it, and he should put incense on it]

Leviticus 2:2

And he shall bring it

Quote: וֶֽ⁠הֱבִיאָ֗⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [And he shall bring the mixture of flour, oil, and incense]

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹן֮  (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the same expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [the descendants of Aaron]

and he shall grab from there, {with} the fullness of his handful

Quote: וְ⁠קָמַ֨ץ מִ⁠שָּׁ֜ם מְלֹ֣א קֻמְצ֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The word grab translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as handful. The use of related words adds clarity to the statement. If your language can use related words for clarity and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here.

its memorial portion

Quote: אֶת־ אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [the memorial portion of the grain offering]

And the priest shall cause its memorial portion to become smoke on the altar, a gift, a scent of pleasing to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־אַזְכָּרָתָ⁠הּ֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה אִשֵּׁ֛ה רֵ֥יחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ לַ⁠יהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated a similar sentence in 1/9 and 1/15. Alternate translation: [And the priest must burn all of the special offering on the altar until it has completelyl turned into good-smelling smoke for Yahweh to enjoy]

Leviticus 2:3

a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the phrase a holy thing of holy things uses the possessive form to describe an offering that should be considered even more holy than those offerings that are also called holy. This offering is set apart for the special use of the priests. If this form would not express the idea of unique holiness in your language, consider a more generic way to express this idea. Alternate translation: [a most holy offering] or [an exceptionally holy offering]

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

In this possessive form, Yahweh is the object rather than the subject of gifts. That is, this does not mean gifts that Yahweh gives; it means gifts that are given to Yahweh. Alternative translation: “from the gifts that people offer to Yahweh}

Leviticus 2:4

And when you present an offering of a grain offering

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֥י תַקְרִ֛ב קָרְבַּ֥ן מִנְחָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2 and 2:1.

you present

Quote: תַקְרִ֛ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discuss, to this point the author of Leviticus has been using third-person singular pronouns. In this verse, the author of Leviticus starts using second-person singular pronouns. If you have been using the third-person pronouns and the switch to the second-person pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use the third-person pronouns in your translation.

a baked item of the oven

Quote: מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This possessive form describes a baked item as having been baked, or cooked by dry heat without exposure to a flame, in an oven. If your language would not use a possessive form in this way, you could express the same meaning in another way. Alternate translation: [an item that you baked in the oven” or, in the third person, “an item that a person baked in the oven]

a baked item of the oven

Quote: מַאֲפֵ֣ה תַנּ֑וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

In the world of ancient Israel, an oven was a hollow cylindrical construction likely made of clay or rock. A wood fire was lit under or at the bottom portion of the oven; the resulting heat would bake the dough inserted inside it. If your readers would not be familiar with what an oven is, you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture or you could use a general expression.

the oven, flour of loaves of unleavened bread {shall be} mixed with oil or wafers of unleavened bread {shall be} anointed with oil

Quote: תַנּ֑וּר סֹ֣לֶת חַלּ֤וֹת מַצֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֥ים בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן׃ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you shall mix flour of unleavened loaves with oil or you shall anoint unleavened wafers with oil” or, in the third person, “he shall mix flour of loaves of unleavened bread with oil, or he shall anoint wafers of unleavened bread with oil]

flour of loaves of unleavened bread {shall be} mixed with oil

Quote: סֹ֣לֶת חַלּ֤וֹת מַצֹּת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This possessive form describes flour that has been kneaded and formed into loaves that, once baked, would consist of unleavened bread. If your language would not use a possessive form in this way, you could express the same meaning in another way. Alternative translation: “flour that you have mixed with oil and shaped into unleavened loaves” or, in the third person, “flour that he mixed with oil and shaped into unleavened loaves}

Leviticus 2:5

And if your offering {is} a grain offering on the griddle

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחָ֥ה עַל־ הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrase a grain offering on the griddle leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: [And if your offering is a grain offering that you have prepared on the griddle] or, in the third person, [And if his offering is a grain offering that he has prepared on the griddle]

the griddle

Quote: הַֽ⁠מַּחֲבַ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This griddle was a thick but shallow plate made of either clay or metal that was placed over a fire. The dough was placed on the shallow plate; the heat from the fire would cook or lightly fry or toast the dough on top of the plate. If your readers would not be familiar with what a griddle is, in your translation, you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression.

flour shall be mixed with oil {into} unleavened bread

Quote: סֹ֛לֶת בְּלוּלָ֥ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן מַצָּ֥ה תִהְיֶֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you shall mix flour with oil and then shape it into unleavened bread” or in the third person, “he shall mix flour with oil and then shape it into unleavened loaves]

Leviticus 2:6

Piece it {into} pieces

Quote: פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ פִּתִּ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The word piece translates a verb that comes from the same root as the noun pieces. The use of related words adds clarity and emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. Alternate translation: [Break it apart into parts]

Piece it {into} pieces

Quote: פָּת֤וֹת אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ פִּתִּ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the grain offering, whether baked in an oven (See 2:4) or cooked on a griddle. (See 2:5) It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [Piece either kind of grain offering into pieces]

Leviticus 2:7

And if your offering is a grain offering of a pan

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־ מִנְחַ֥ת מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת קָרְבָּנֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here Leviticus is using the possessive form to describe a a grain offering that is prepared by using a pan. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could explain that it is prepared in a pan. Alternate translation: [And if your offering is a grain offering prepared in a pan” or, in the third person, “And if his offering is a grain offering prepared in a pan]

a pan

Quote: מַרְחֶ֖שֶׁת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word pan refers to a plate of metal or clay with rounded edges, possibly with a lid. This plate was deeper than the griddle described in 2:5, and, as a result, the dough was placed into the pan and cooked over a hot fire in the oil, resulting in something like deep-frying. If your readers would not be familiar with what a pan is, in your translation you could use the name of a comparable object in your culture, or you could use a general expression.

flour shall be made with oil

Quote: סֹ֥לֶת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן תֵּעָשֶֽׂה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you shall prepare flour with oil” or, in the third person, “you shall prepare flour with oil]

Leviticus 2:8

And you shall bring the grain offering that is made from these to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבֵאתָ֣ אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression to Yahweh refers to bringing the sacrifice to the altar that was located inside the tent of meeting. Because of the altar’s nearness to the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, bringing the offering to the altar was considered as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And you shall bring the grain offering that is made from these things to the altar that is inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites” or, in the third person, “And he shall bring the grain offering that is made from these things to the altar that is inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

that is made from these

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֧ר יֵעָשֶׂ֛ה מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [that you made from these” or, in the third person, “that he made from these]

from these

Quote: מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The phrase from these could mean: (1) the ingredients described in 2:4-7. Alternate translation: [from these ingredients” or (2) the methods described in 2:4-7. Alternate translation: [in these ways]

And he shall present it

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִיבָ⁠הּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discuss, at this point Leviticus switches from using second-person singular pronouns to using a third-person singular pronoun. If you have been using the second person in your translation and the switch to the third person would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use the second person here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person pronouns, you could continue to do so here.

Leviticus 2:10

a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3. Alternate translation: [a most holy offering] or [an exceptionally holy offering]

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this phrase in 2:3. Alternative translation: “from the gifts that people offer to Yahweh}

Leviticus 2:11

Any grain offering that you present to Yahweh shall not be made {with} leaven

Quote: כָּל־ הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה לֹ֥א תֵעָשֶׂ֖ה חָמֵ֑ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Do not present to Yahweh any grain offering that you have made with leaven” or, in the third person, “He shall not present to Yahweh any grain offering that he has made with leaven]

you present … you shall not cause to become smoke

Quote: תַּקְרִ֨יבוּ֙ & לֹֽא־תַקְטִ֧ירוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

As the Introduction to this chapter discuss, at this point Leviticus starts using second-person plural forms. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer grain offerings at the altar located at the entrance to the tent of meeting. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms, you could continue to do so throughout this chapter.

for

Quote: כִּ֤י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is the reason or grounds for what came before. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider using a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, following a period: [For this reason,]

from it, a gift to Yahweh

Quote: מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to a grain offering that is designated to be burned on the altar as a sacrifice to Yahweh and, thus, will be considered a gift to Yahweh. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [from such a grain offering that you present as a gift to Yahweh” or, in the third person, “from such a grain offering that people present as a gift to Yahweh]

Leviticus 2:12

You shall present them to Yahweh {as} an offering of first {things

Quote: קָרְבַּ֥ן רֵאשִׁ֛ית תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2, possibly using a verb and a noun that come from the same root in your language. Alternate translation: [You shall present them to Yahweh as a gift of firstfruits]

You shall present them

Quote: תַּקְרִ֥יבוּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: [You must offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey” or, in the third person, “Anyone must offer grain offerings made with leaven or honey]

Leviticus 2:13

you shall salt with salt

Quote: בַּ⁠מֶּ֣לַח תִּמְלָח֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase you shall salt translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as salt. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: [you certainly should season with salt]

you shall salt

Quote: תִּמְלָח֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

As the Introduction to this chapter discuss, Leviticus uses second-person singular forms in this verse and for the rest of the chapter. If you have been using second-person plural forms in your translation and switching to singular forms would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use plural forms in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, you could consider using these forms in your translation.

the salt of the covenant of your God

Quote: מֶ֚לַח בְּרִ֣ית אֱלֹהֶ֔י⁠ךָ (1)

Alternate translation: [the salt that preserves food and so should remind you of the binding and permanent nature of God’s covenant with you]

Leviticus 2:14

a tender ear roasted with fire

Quote: אָבִ֞יב קָל֤וּי בָּ⁠אֵשׁ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [a tender ear that you have roasted over a fire]

Leviticus 2:16

And the priest shall cause its memorial portion, … to become smoke

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן אֶת־אַזְכָּרָתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:9 and 2:2. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall cause the memorial portion to become smoke on the altar and ascend toward God in heaven]

Leviticus 3

Leviticus 3 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives laws about how an Israelite might offer a peace offering. In a similar fashion to the burnt offerings described in Leviticus 1, here Yahweh provides laws for sacrifices of peace offerings consisting of a bovine, whether male or female (3:1–5), or a flock animal, whether a lamb (3:6–11) or a goat (3:12–16). The chapter ends with an enduring statute, applicable to any Israelite, regardless of age or location. This statute forbids consuming any fat or blood (3:17). In outline form, the structure of Chapter 3 is as follows:

1) The peace offering (3:1–17)
  I. Offering a bovine (3:1–5)
  II. Offering a flock animal (3:6–16)
    i. a sheep (3:6–11)
    ii. a goat (3:12–16)
  III. Proscription against eating blood or fat (3:17)

Special Concepts in This Chapter

Fat and the innards

In ancient times, the fat of an animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, certain fat portions of an animal that was sacrificed belonged exclusively to Yahweh. These were never to be eaten but rather were to be offered on the fire and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. The fat portions and internal organs that were to be removed for burning that are referred to in this chapter include:

• For bovine, sheep, and goats:

• the fat covering the innards. This refers to what is known as caul fat, or the thin layer of fat that covers over all of the internal organs in the abdomen of bovines and flock animals. (See in 3:3–14.)

• the fat that is on the innards. This refers to what is known as visceral fat, or the thick, chunks of fat that are directly adhered to the internal organs, especially the stomach, liver, and kidneys. This specifically includes the fat that is connected to the two kidneys and the two kidneys themselves. (See 3:4–15.)

• the lobe on the liver. This refers to one of the four bunches of liver tissue on an animal’s liver, along with the liver itself.

For sheep only, in addition to the portions of fat and organs listed above, the worshiper who offered the sacrifice was to include all the fat of the sheep, wherever it was found, but especially the fatty tail. This term refers to the choice portion of fat attached to the short tail of the sheep, which was to be removed in one piece near the end of the spine. (See 3:9.) These portions of fat were to be carefully removed by the person offering the sacrifice and presented to the priest to be burned on the altar. It may be that your language does not have specific terms for these portions of fat. If that is the case, consider using general expressions.

Ritual action

This chapter, much like Leviticus 1, includes several ritual actions that are suggestive of deeper theological actions and must be understood in order to properly translate the chapter. They include 1) the laying of hands on an animal, 2) the splashing and sprinkling of blood, and 3) the act of burning a sacrifice in a way that causes smoke to go up.

1) Laying hands on the animal This chapter features the symbolic act of laying one’s hands on the head of the sacrificial animal. This action is linked to the acceptance of the animal as an appropriate sacrifice on the individual’s behalf. (See 1:4.) As a symbolic act, the laying of hands apparently identifies the individual with the animal he is offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed.

2) Splashing and sprinkling blood The ritual action of splashing the blood of the animal on the altar is frequent in animal sacrifices in Leviticus. In Chapter 3, as in Chapter 1, the blood of the animal is collected and applied via splattering or splashing to the sides of the altar upon which the burnt offering is placed. (See 1:5, 1:11 and 1:15.) In Chapter 1 and Chapter 3, the blood appears to have been splashed or splattered against the side of the altar. (See 1:5, 1:11, and 3:2, 3:8, and 3:13.) In chapters 4, 5 and 6, the blood will be sprinkled. (See 4:6, 4:17, 5:9, and 6:24.) It may be put on the horns of the altar or poured out at the base of the altar.(See 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34.) In the case of birds, the blood would be drained out or squeezed out on either the side of the altar or on the base of the altar. (See 1:15 and 5:9.) The blood was the life of the animal. (See 17:11.) It was given by God to purify ritually and to remove sin. In this chapter, the blood acts as a ritual detergent or soap with the special ability to cleanse people, sacred objects, and sacred spaces from the impurity of sin.

3) Burning a sacrifice in a way that makes smoke rise As in Leviticus 1, the language of causing the sacrifice “to become smoke on the altar” pictures the sacrifice as being converted to smoke by the fire of the altar. Then the smoke woulld arise to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the pleasant aroma of the burning sacrifice. As such, the pleasant smell was either a sign that Yahweh approved the sacrifice and would atone for the individual’s sins and forgive him, or it functioned as a necessary requirement for the acceptance of the individual’s offering. Either way, this term is common in Leviticus but difficult to translate. If your language has a verb that means to turn something into smoke through fire, consider using it here.

Consuming blood or fat

Leviticus 3:17 prohibits any Israelite, regardless of age or location, from eating any fat or blood of any animal. Because the blood contained the life of the animal, it had the special ability to cleanse people, sacred objects, or sacred space from the impurity caused by sin. As such, Yahweh forbade the eating of any animal blood. (See (7:26–27, (17:10–14, and (19:26.) While the reason for forbidding the consumption of fat is not given in this chapter, it is presumed that these choice portions of rich fat were especially coveted and so belonged exclusively to Yahweh.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

This chapter includes two primary figures of speech that may prove difficult to translate but are important to understanding the chapter. They include 1) the phrase “to the face of the tent of meeting” and 2) the phrase “the sons of Aaron.”

“To the face of the tent of meeting”

As with the expression “the face of Yahweh,” the expression “to the face of the tent of meeting” (See 3:2.) simply means “before the sacred tent,” that is, directly in front of the interior tent in the courtyard of the sacred tent. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it wherever this phrase occurs. However, if this expression would not be natural in your language, consider translating the expression in this chapter simply as “before the tent of meeting” or as “in front of the tent of meeting.”

“The sons of Aaron”

Throughout Leviticus, but especially in this chapter, the priests are referred to by the expression “the sons of Aaron.” Occasionally, the expression is “the sons of Aaron, the priests” (as in 3:2), but often the priests are simply called “the sons of Aaron.” (See 3:5, 3:8, and 3:13) As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, the priests literally were the sons of Aaron. But the laws in the book also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron’s descendants (with the exception of Leviticus chapters 8–10). Here and throughout the book, if it would be clearer in your language, in your translation you could generally use the term “descendants,” which would apply to both the original priests and their successors.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

In addition to these important figures of speech, this chapter features several translation difficulties, including 1) the unclear referent of masculine pronouns, 2) the switching between second and third-person address, 3) the use of a verb and a related noun (cognate-accusatives), 4) the use of a future form to indicate a request or command, and 5) the use of specific, technical sacrificial language.

The referent of the masculine pronouns

Throughout this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses a third-person pronoun to refer to both the individual who offers the sacrifices and to the priest who performs the sacrifice. As such, it is often difficult (but not impossible) to infer which party performs which actions. In general, the sacrifice is presented to the priest, but the individual who presents the sacrifice is responsible for killing, properly butchering, and presenting the portions of the sacrificial animal to the priest, who will then arrange them on the altar’s fire. The UST will indicate which party is the apparent referent of the pronoun.

Second and third-person address

Chapters 1 through 7 are written as a direct address to the people of God through Moses. Because in Chapter 3 the pronouns “his” and “he” refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh, those terms can be translated in the second person, as done in 1:2 and as the UST models, or they can be translated in the third person, as the ULT models. In the present chapter, with the exception of the second-person plural forms in the last verse (3:17), the author of Leviticus consistently uses third-person forms to refer to the individual who offers the sacrifices described. We recommend that you continue to use whichever forms and pronouns you have been using in the previous two chapters.

The use of a verb with a related noun (Cognate-accusatives)

For emphasis, the author of Leviticus often uses a verb with a related noun. In this chapter, the verb “to present” is related to the noun translated as “offering.” (See 3:1-14.) If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate in this context to repeat these words in a similar manner.

Leviticus 3:1

his offering {… he is presenting … he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

For this and similar expressions throughout this chapter, see how you translated the expression in 1:2.

his offering {… he is presenting … he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ & ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֔יב & יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. Here and throughout the book, if it would be helpful in your language, you could use the second person in your translation. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout, consider continuing to do so here. Alternate translation: [your offering … you are presenting … you shall present it]

from the cattle

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠בָּקָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase from the cattle does not refer to a specific group of animals. It describes any groups of bovines that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [from any of the cows, bulls or oxen that he owns]

perfect, he shall present it

Quote: תָּמִ֥ים יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the word perfect here refers to a male or female bovine that is completely healthy and an exemplary representative of its species. Alternate translation: [he must offer one that is unblemished] or [he should offer one that is without defect]

he shall present it to the face of Yahweh

Quote: יַקְרִיבֶ֖⁠נּוּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: [he shall present it in the presence of Yahweh] or [he shall present it within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh is]

Leviticus 3:2

And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering and he shall slaughter it {at} the entrance of the tent of meeting

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ וּ⁠שְׁחָט֕⁠וֹ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and throughout this chapter, the pronoun he refers to the worshiper and not to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And the one offering the sacrifice shall lay his hand on the head of his offering, and that individual shall slaughter it at the entrance of the tent of meeting]

And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies the person with the animal he is sacrificing as an offering. The implication seems to be that the person is ritually placing his sins on the sacrificial animal so that God will forgive the sins when the animal is sacrificed. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And he shall lay his hand on the head of his offering in order to place his sins on the animal, that they may be removed from him]

the sons of Aaron, the priests

Quote: בְּנֵי֩ אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֧ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [the descendants of Aaron, who are priests]

Leviticus 3:4

he shall remove it with the kidneys

Quote: עַל־הַ⁠כְּלָי֖וֹת יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the lobe on the liver. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [he shall remove the lobe on the liver with the kidneys]

Leviticus 3:5

And the sons of Aaron shall cause it to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִ֨ירוּ אֹת֤⁠וֹ בְנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֔חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the pronoun it here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as 3:16 does, or making the referents explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: [And the sons of Aaron shall cause them to become smoke on the altar]

Leviticus 3:6

his offering … he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ & יַקְרִיבֶֽ⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:2.

is} from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this expression in 1:10.

is} from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֧אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the flock does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it describes any groups of sheep or goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [is from any of the sheep or goats that he owns]

Leviticus 3:7

he is presenting his offering, … then he shall present it

Quote: הֽוּא־מַקְרִ֖יב אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the emphatic use of a verb and a related noun in 1:2. Specifically, see how you translated the similar form of this expression in 3:1.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:8

And he shall lay his hand on the head of

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action. See how you translated this phrase in 1:4.

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to the face of the tent of meeting refers to a location “before the tent of meeting” and is synonymous with the expression “at the entrance of the tent of meeting.” (See 3:2) If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [before the tent of meeting] or [in front of the tent of meeting]

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this description of the priests in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:9

And from the sacrifice of the peace offerings he shall present

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֨יב מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֮ (1)

Alternate translation: [And from the sacrifice of the peace offerings, the one offering the sacrifice shall present]

its fat

Quote: חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The possessive pronoun its refers to the lamb described in 3:7-8. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [the fat of the lamb that he sacrificed]

Leviticus 3:11

And the priest shall cause it to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִיר֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the word it here is singular, it refers to all the portions of fat and the internal organs that were described in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider using a plural pronoun as 3:16 does, or making this explicit, as the UST models. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall cause them to become smoke on the altar]

a food gift to Yahweh

Quote: לֶ֥חֶם אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)

Alternate translation: [food that is offered to Yahweh as a gift] or [a gift to Yahweh that consists of food]

Leviticus 3:12

his offering {… then he shall present it

Quote: קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ וְ⁠הִקְרִיב֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expressions in 1:2.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:13

And he shall lay his hand on its head

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 3:8.

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֧ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this description of the priests in 1:5.

Leviticus 3:14

And from it, he shall present

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֤יב מִמֶּ֨⁠נּוּ֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [And from it, the one offering the sacrifice shall present]

Leviticus 3:17

for your generations in all your dwelling places

Quote: לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

In this verse, the words your and you are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of age or location. If you have been using second-person singular forms in your translation and the switch to the plural form would not be natural in your language, you could continue to use singular forms here. Alternatively, if you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: [for all your offspring everywhere you live]

or any blood

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־ דָּ֖ם (1)

Alternate translation: [or consume any blood]

Leviticus 4

Leviticus 4 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter begins by reintroducing the narrative framing that was first used at the beginning of the book (“And Yahweh spoke to Moses …”). As such, Leviticus 4:1–5:13 should be taken as a discrete unit that is nonetheless connected to Leviticus 1–3 within the unit of Leviticus 1–7.

The present chapter, Leviticus 4, gives instructions on how to offer a sacrifice that addresses the guilt incurred by unintentional sins. This sacrifice is called a purification offering because of its ability to purify sacred space and sacred objects that are dedicated to Yahweh from the impurities generated by sin. The structure of Chapter 4 is made up of four hypothetical scenarios in which a person would be required to offer this particular sacrifice, enumerated according to which individual or group has committed the sin: 1) the high priest (4:3–12), 2) the community as a whole (4:13–21), 3) a leader in the community (4:22–26), and 4) an ordinary individual member of the community (4:27–35). Structurally, the whole of 4:1–5:13 could be visually represented as follows:

The Sin Offering (4:1–5:13) I. Sin Offerings for Unintentional Sins (4:1–35) i. scenario #1: The High Priest (4:3–12) ii. scenario #2: The Community (4:13–21) iii. scenario #3: A Leader (4:22–26) iv. scenario #4: An Individual (4:27–35) a. that individual offers a goat (4:27–31) b. that individual offers a sheep (4:32–35) II. The Graduated Sin Offering i. scenario #1: Guilt due to the failure to testify in court (5:1) ii. scenario #2: Guilt due to unwitting contact with an unclean animal (5:2) or unwitting contact with human uncleanness (5:3) iii. scenario #3: Guilt due to the failure to fulfill a rashly spoken vow (5:4) iv. the procedure for offering a purification offering (5:5–13) a. normal procedure (5:5–6) b. option for the poor #1: two turtledoves and two pigeons (5:7–10) c. offering for the poor #2: wheat flour (5:11–13)

Because the chapter offers instructions for hypothetical situations where the purification offering is required, the instructions in Chapter 4 offer a detailed outline of the procedure for the sacrifice. The instructed steps include:

1) presenting a perfect animal to the priest (4:3, 14)
  a) for the high priest, a young bull (4:3)
  b) for the community, a young bull (4:13)
  c) for the leader, a male goat (4:23)
  d) for the individual, a male goat (4:28) or a female sheep (4:32)
2) bringing the animal to the tent of meeting (4:4, 14, 23, 28, 32)
3) laying hands on the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)
4) killing the animal (4:4, 15, 24, 29, 33)
5) bringing the blood into the tent of meeting (4:5, 16)
6) sprinkling the blood seven times before Yahweh towards the curtain (4:6, 17)
7) putting some blood on each of the four horns of an altar (4:7, 18, 25, 30, 34)
  a) for the high priest and the community, the blood is applied to the horns of the incense altar (4:7, 18)
  b) for the leader and the individual, the blood is applied to the horns of the burnt offering altar (4:25, 30, 34)
8) pouring the rest of the blood out on the base of the burnt offering altar (4:8, 18, 25, 30, 34)
9) properly butchering the animal into the fat portions (4:9–10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)
10) burning the fat portions and creating the pleasant-smelling smoke (4:10, 19–20, 26, 31, 35)
11) bringing the rest of the sacrificed animal outside the camp to burn them (4:11–12, 21)

It should be noted that every step of this procedure is not repeated for every scenario covered by Leviticus 4. However, because the first two scenarios include a full description of each step, it is reasonable to assume that each scenario required the same procedure, even if a particular action is not included in the description of the sacrificial process.

Special Concepts in This Chapter

Several special concepts are crucial for understanding this chapter. They include 1) several instances of technical sacrificial terminology, especially the purification offering itself and the notion of mistakes or unintentional sins, 2) the three-fold use of the term “guilt,” 3) the symbolic action of sprinkling or applying blood, 4) the location and purposes of the various altars and sacred objects such as the curtain, and 5) the grounds for removing the portions of the sacrifice that are not burned as sacrifices to Yahweh.

Technical sacrificial terminology

First, several words or phrases in this chapter have a specialized meaning in the context of sacrifice. They include 1) the purification offering itself and 2) the concept of “unintentional sins.”

1) The purification offering

This chapter offers instructions for how and when to offer a purification offering, also called a “sin offering” due to the term’s association with the word translated as “sin.” The primary purpose of the purification offering was, as the name suggests, to purify or cleanse the sanctuary and the sacred items dedicated to Yahweh from the impurity brought about by sin, even unintentional sin (as is the case in this chapter). Because of its intended purpose, the offering features the application of blood on the altar in a way that is distinct from the other sacrifices described in Leviticus 1–7 (as explained below). The purification offering not only purified or cleansed these items and spaces that had been defiled by the impurity of sin but also provided atonement and forgiveness to the individual or community who offered it. See the Book Introduction for more information.

2) The mistake or the unintentional sin

The noun translated as “mistake” 4:2, 4:22, and 4:27 and the use of the phrase “by mistake”) is related to the verb translated as “to err mistakenly.” (See 4:13.) These terms refer to actions by which a person unwittingly and unintentionally does something that incurs guilt before Yahweh. Even while they are unintentional, the actions are still considered to be sins, and so, they actively defile the sanctuary and the sacred items. (See 4:1, 4:3, 4:22, and 4:27–28.) Specifically, these actions are violations of Yahweh’s commandments, whether positive instructions or negative injunctions. (See the note on the phrase “to sin … from any of the commands of Yahweh which will not be done” in 4:2, 4:13, 4:22, and 4:27.) The unintentional nature of these actions is emphasized by the descriptions given in 4:13 and 4:23. Here it is emphasized that the purification offering is required once the individual or group becomes aware of the sinful actions. The awareness of unintentional sins leads to “guilt,” referring to both the internal feeling of having done wrong and the legal state of needing to provide restitution for one’s wrongdoing. If your language has a verb and a related noun that refer to an unintentional wrongdoing or mistake as described here, consider using it in the contexts where these terms appear.

Guilt

In Chapter 4, the author of Leviticus uses the verb “to become guilty” and the related abstract noun “guilt.” (See 4:3, 4:13, 4:22, and 4:27.) These terms refer to either the internal feeling of having done wrong or to a legal state of needing to provide restitution for one’s actions, or, since these senses are not mutually exclusive, perhaps both. If your language uses different terms for these senses, consider using them both in these contexts where the terms appear.

Ritual Action

The ritual action of splashing or sprinkling the blood of the animal on the altar is frequent in animal sacrifices in Leviticus. The laws regarding the purification offering (which begin in the present chapter) are unique in the prominence of blood required in the sacrifice. In Chapter 1 and Chapter 3, the blood is “splashed} or {splattered” against the side of the altar. (See 1:5, 1:11, 3:2, 3:8, and 3:13.) In chapters 4, 5 and 6, the blood is “sprinkled” towards the curtain that divided the courtyard of the tent of meeting from the Holy of Holies. (See 4:6, 4:17, 5:9, and 6:24.) There it is “put” on the horns of either the incense altar or the altar of the burnt offerings or “poured out” at the base of the altar of burnt offerings. (See 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34.) In the case of birds, the blood is “drained out} or {squeezed out” on either the side of the altar or on the base of the altar. (See 1:15 and 5:9.) As explained in previous chapters, the blood, being the life of the animal (17:11), was given by God to ritually purify, cleanse, and remove the defiling impurity brought about by the presence of sin, even unintentional sin. In this chapter, the blood acts as a ritual detergent or soap with the special ability to cleanse sacred objects and sacred spaces from the impurity of sin.

Fat and Internal Organs

In ancient times, the fat of an animal was considered the best part of the animal to eat. Therefore, certain fat portions of an animal that was sacrificed belonged exclusively to Yahweh. These were never to be eaten but rather were to be offered on the fire and converted into pleasant-smelling smoke that rose to Yahweh in heaven. As 4:10, 4:31, and 4:35 make clear, the fat portions and internal organs that were to be removed for burning in the purification offering are the same as those offered in the peace offerings. (See 3:3­–4, 3:9­–10, and 3:14–15 and the Introduction to Chapter 3 for more information). These portions of fat were to be carefully removed by the person offering the sacrifice and presented to the priest to be burned on the altar. It may be that your language does not have specific terms for these portions of fat. If that is the case, consider using general expressions. Potential alternate translations for these phrases and terms will be offered in the notes.

The “Clean Place” (4:12)

In Chapter 4, Yahweh instructs the people that the portions of the sacrificial animal that are not burned completely on the altar for a purification offering must be brought outside the camp of the people to a clean place 4:12 and 4:21.) The adjective translated as “clean” does not refer to a location that is physically free of dirt (as one might describe a freshly washed dish). Rather, in the context of sacrifices, the word “clean” refers to a person, animal, or object that has been kept clean from the defiling presence of sin and is fit to be used for sacred purposes or enter into sacred space. Portions of an animal that were used in sacrifices to purify a person, place, or object from the impurity of sins may have been considered to absorb the defiling sin, so to speak. As such, contact with these portions, once they had absorbed the impurity brought about by sin, may have been thought to make an individual impure or ceremonially unclean. Consequently, the location where the rest of the sacrificial animal was burned needed to be ceremonially clean in this way so that the potentially defiling presence of the sacrificial animal’s corpse could be properly disposed of and so that the camp itself did not become ceremonially unclean by virtue of its proximity to an ‘unclean’ location.

The various altars and the sacred curtain

The present chapter describes sacred objects and locations that are relevant to the purification offering. Properly understanding the geography and purpose of these items and locations is crucial for properly understanding this chapter. First, the chapter refers to the entrance to the tent of meeting, where the animal to be sacrificed would be presented, hands would be laid on it, and the animal would be killed. (See 4:3–4, 4:14–15, and 4:24–33.) The blood of the animal was then brought into the tent of meeting, into the courtyard that resided inside the outer partitions of the tent. (See 4:5, 4:16, 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34.) Once inside the courtyard, the priest would proceed to the “curtain” which divided the inner courtyard from the Holy of Holies, inside which Yahweh resided over the wings of the cherubim on the box of the covenant. The priest would dip his finger in the blood and “sprinkle” the blood seven times in the direction of that sacred curtain, which was also in the direction of Yahweh’s dwelling place among the Israelites. (See 4:6, 4:17, and 4:25.)

In two cases (when the high priest or the whole community unintentionally sins), the priest would then apply blood to the four horns at the corners of the incense altar and possibly, before pouring the rest of the blood out at the base of the altar of burnt offerings. (See 4:5, 4:16, 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34.) In the case of a leader of the community and an ordinary individual’s unintentional sin, the priest would dip his finger in the blood of the animal and apply it to the four horns of the corners of the altar of burnt offerings before pouring out the rest of the blood at the base of the same altar, as in the other cases. (See 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34.) No explanation is given for this distinction. The altar of the burnt offering is described as being “at the entrance to the tent of meeting” (See 1:5, 4:7, and 4:18,) whereas the incense altar is only ambiguously located “to the face of Yahweh in the tent of meeting. (See 4:7). As such, the precise location of the incense altar is debated. This is the geography of the tent of meeting as is relevant for Leviticus 4.

Disposing of the portions of the sacrifice that are not burned

As was briefly mentioned above, in Chapter 4, Yahweh instructs the people that the portions of the sacrificial animal that are not burned completely on the altar for a purification offering must be brought outside the camp of the people to a “clean place” in (4:12 and (4:21.) These portions of the sacrifice included the skin, head, legs, innards (probably referring specifically to the intestines and stomach), and any feces of the animal. (See 4:11–12 and also 4:20.) Because these parts of the animal were neither suitable to be burned on the altar as a sacrifice to Yahweh or suitable for eating, they had to be disposed of properly. However, if ancient Israel agreed with her neighboring peoples, the people may have conceived of the sacrificial animal absorbing, so to speak, the impurities brought about by the defiling presence of sin. As such, contact with these portions, once they had absorbed the impurity brought about by sin, may have been thought to make an individual impure or ceremonially unclean. Consequently, the location where the rest of the sacrificial animal was burned needed to be ceremonially clean in this way so that the potentially defiling presence of the sacrificial animal’s corpse could be properly disposed of and so that the camp itself did not become ceremonially unclean by virtue of its proximity to an ‘unclean’ location. However, this action could not have been performed by the priest making the sacrifice, because disposing of the animal in this way could potentially cause the priest to become impure, temporarily preventing his ability to serve as a priest to Yahweh in the tent of meeting. Rather, the act of properly disposing of the animal and burning it must have been performed by another, unspecified Israelite.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

This chapter includes two primary figures of speech that may prove difficult to translate but are important to understanding the chapter. They include 1) the phrase “to the face of the tent of meeting,” 2) the expression “to sins … from any of the commands of Yahweh, which will not be done,” and 3) the phrase “the sons of Aaron.”

“To the face of …”

As with the expression “to the face of Yahweh,” the expression “to the face of the tent of meeting” simply means “before” the tent of meeting. (4:14) That is, it refers to the location directly in front of the interior tent, in its courtyard. Likewise, the similar expression “the face of the curtain” simply means “the front of” the sacred curtain or perhaps “in the direction of” the curtain. (See 4:06 and 4:17.) If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it wherever this phrase occurs. However, if this expression would not be natural in your language, consider translating the expression in this chapter simply as “before the tent of meeting” or as “in front of the tent of meeting” in the first case and as “the front of the curtain” or as “toward the curtain” in the second case.

The expression “to sin … from any of the commands of Yahweh which will not be done”

Several times in this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses the expression “commands of Yahweh which will not be done” to refer to the commands of Yahweh against doing certain actions. (See 4:02, 4:13, 4:22, 4:27.) The expression refers to those commandments that proscribe certain actions or behaviors (called “negative commands”). As the expression makes clear, they have done something that Yahweh has instructed them not to do, performing an action that was forbidden. As such, their actions require restitution and have defiled the sacred space where Yahweh resided among the Israelites and the sacred items that were dedicated to him. In short, their unintentional sin has brought about a scenario in which a purification offering is required.

The expression “to lift up”

Three times in this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses the expression “to lift up” to refer to the process of removing fat from an animal that has been killed to be a sacrifice to Yahweh. (See 4:8 If your language has a similar idiom to refer to the actions by which one butchers an animal and removes its fat, consider using it in the places where the expression occurs. If not, consider using a generic expression, as the alternate translations provided by the relevant notes will demonstrate.

“The anointed priest”

Three times in Chapter 4, the author of Leviticus uses the expression “the anointed priest” to refer to the high priest. (See 4:3, 4:5, and 4:16.) This expression indicates that the high priest, as the chief leader of the priesthood, has been especially anointed and dedicated for service as a priest to Yahweh and thus has special privileges and responsibilities befitting his position. The use of the word “*anointed” refers to the practice of dripping olive oil on priests to dedicate them to Yahweh. If this expression would be unclear or unnatural in your language, consider simply translating the phrase as “the high priest.”

To “burn in a way that makes smoke go up”

As in the previous chapters, the language of “causing” the sacrifice “to become smoke on the altar” pictures the sacrifice as being converted to smoke by the fire of the altar and arising to Yahweh in heaven, where he would smell the pleasant aroma of the burning sacrifice (See 4:10, 4:19, 4:26, 4:31, and 4:35.) As such, the pleasant smell was either a sign that Yahweh approved the sacrifice and would atone for the individual’s sins and forgive him or functioned as a necessary requirement for the acceptance of the individual’s offering. Either way, this term is common in Leviticus but difficult to translate cleanly. If your language has a verb that means “to turn something into smoke through fire,” consider using it here.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

In addition to these important figures of speech, this chapter features several translation difficulties, including 1) the unclear referent of masculine pronouns, 2) the switching between second and third-person address, 3) the use of a verb and a related noun (cognate-accusatives), 4) the use of a future form to indicate a request or command, and 5) the use of specific, technical sacrificial language.

The referent of the masculine pronouns

Throughout this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses a third-person pronoun to refer to both the individual who offers the sacrifices and to the priest who performs the sacrifice. As such, it is often difficult (but not impossible) to infer which party performs which actions. In general, the sacrifice is presented to the priest, but the individual who presents the sacrifice is responsible for killing, properly butchering, and presenting the portions of the sacrificial animal to the priest, who will then arrange them on the altar’s fire. The UST will indicate which party is the apparent referent of the pronoun.

Second and third-person address

The entirety of chapters 1 through 7 are written as direct address to the people of God through Moses. Because in this chapter the pronouns “his” and “he” refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh, those terms can be translated in the second person as it is in 1:2 and as the UST models, or they can be translated in the third person, as the ULT models. In the present chapter, the author of Leviticus consistently uses third-person forms to refer to the individual who offers the sacrifices described. Despite this, we recommend that you continue to use whichever forms and pronouns you have been using in the previous two chapters, even if that means continuing the use second-person forms.

The use of a verb with a related noun (Cognate-accusatives)

For emphasis, the author of Leviticus often uses a verb with a related noun. In this chapter, the verb “to present” is used with the related noun that is translated as “offering,” just as the verb “to sin” is used with the related noun that is translated as “sin.” (See 3:1, 4:3, 4:14, 4:23, 4:28, and 4:35.) If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate in this context to repeat these words in a similar manner.

Leviticus 4:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 4:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel]

Leviticus 4:2

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression speaks of the people of Israel in the time of Moses as if they were literally the sons of Israel. It means that they are the physical and spiritual descendants of Jacob, whose name God changed to Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the descendants of Israel]

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹר֒ (1)

Alternate translation: [and say to them]

when he sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh that shall not be done

Quote: כִּֽי־תֶחֱטָ֤א בִ⁠שְׁגָגָה֙ מִ⁠כֹּל֙ מִצְוֺ֣ת יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The expression that shall not be done refers to certain of the commands of Yahweh, that is, to commandments that prohibit certain actions or behaviors. Alternate translation: [when he sins by mistake from any of the commands of Yahweh that say what you should not do]

and he does from one from them

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֕ה מֵ⁠אַחַ֖ת מֵ⁠הֵֽנָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The expression from one from them uses repetition to refer to any individual command from the body of the commands of Yahweh. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and he does any one of them]

Leviticus 4:3

if the anointed priest sins to the guilt of the people

Quote: אִ֣ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ יֶחֱטָ֖א לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The expression sins to the guilt of the people refers to an act of wrongdoing against Yahweh that results in the collective guilt of the people in some way. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate explanation: “if the anointed priest sins in such a way that it causes the people to become guilty}

the anointed priest

Quote: הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֧ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֛יחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The anointed priest refers to the high priest, the member of the priesthood who has been anointed to lead the priesthood. If your language has a similar way of referring to a leading spiritual figure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the priest whom Yahweh anointed to be the high priest]

to the guilt of the people

Quote: לְ⁠אַשְׁמַ֣ת הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract noun guilt refers both to the emotional experience of feeling guilty and to the legal status of having done wrong and needing to offer restitution for the wrongdoing. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of guilt, you can express the same idea with an adjective. Alternate translation: [so as to cause the people to be guilty]

for his sin that he sinned

Quote: עַ֣ל חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he sinned translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as sin. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

a perfect son of the cattle

Quote: בֶּן־בָּקָ֥ר תָּמִ֛ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. Here the phrase describes this bull as a son of the cattle because it is a male animal that shares the essential qualities of the class of domesticated bovines. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [male bovine without blemish]

Leviticus 4:4

And he shall bring the bull

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־ הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)

Alternate translation: [And the anointed priest shall bring the bull]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression to the face of Yahweh in 1:5. Alternate translation: [into the presence of Yahweh] or [to the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the bull

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ אֶת־יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

and he shall slaughter the bull to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar phrase in 1:5.

Leviticus 4:6

and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֨ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to sprinkle some of the blood of the bull to the face of Yahweh means to sprinkle the blood in the direction of the curtain of the holy place, which separated the worshiper from the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: [and he shall sprinkle some of the blood seven times toward the Holy of Holies, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

toward the face of the curtain of the Holy {Place

Quote: אֶת־פְּנֵ֖י פָּרֹ֥כֶת הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The face of the curtain is an idiom that means the front of the curtain. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: [the front of the curtain]

Leviticus 4:7

And the priest shall put some of the blood on the horns of the altar of incense of the spices

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן מִן־הַ⁠דָּ֜ם עַל־קַ֠רְנוֹת מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action. By daubing the blood on the extremities of the altar, the priest is ritually removing from the sacred altar the impurities caused by the unintentional sin. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote here and in subsequent instances in the book. Alternate translation: [And the priest should put some of the blood on the horns of the altar of incense of the spices in order to purify the altar from the defiling impurities caused by the priest’s unintentional sin]

the altar of incense of the spices

Quote: מִזְבַּ֨ח קְטֹ֤רֶת הַ⁠סַּמִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here the author is using the possessive form to describe a the altar of incense that is characterized by spices. The altar of incense of the spices refers to the place where priests burned fragrant incense twice a day. It was located directly in front of the curtain which separated the Holy of Holies from the rest of the tent of meeting. It is described in detail in Exodus 30:1–10. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [the altar of the fragrant incenses]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Because this verse specifies that the altar of incense is located inside the tent of meeting, here the expression to the face of Yahweh means directly in front of the Holy of Holies, the location where Yahweh was enthroned above the cherubim on the ark of the covenant. Alternate translation: [directly in front of Yahweh’s presence in the Holy of Holies]

Leviticus 4:8

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall lift up is an idiom that means to carefully remove and set aside. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a word or phrase that expresses the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [he shall trim from it and set aside]

Leviticus 4:9

he shall remove it

Quote: יְסִירֶֽ⁠נָּה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 3:4, 3:10, and 3:15, the one who removes the fat from the sacrificial animal is usually the worshiper, not the priest. However, because in this case the anointed priest is both the one offering the sacrifice and the one performing the sacrifice, here the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [the anointed priest shall remove it]

Leviticus 4:10

just as it is lifted up from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם מִ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to all the fat that was described in the instructions about peace offerings in 3:3–4. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [just as the fat is lifted up from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering]

just as it is lifted up from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם מִ⁠שּׁ֖וֹר זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he were here referring to a specific instance where an individual was preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: [in the same manner as it would be lifted up from the ox of the sacrifice of the peace offering]

just as it is lifted up

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֣ר יוּרַ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [just as the individual lifted up the fat” or, if you used the second-person form in Chapter 3, “just as you lifted up the fat]

And the priest shall cause them to become smoke

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְטִירָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to all the pieces of fat and the internal organs described in 4:8–9. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall cause all the fat pieces and the internal organs to become smoke]

Leviticus 4:11

And the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־ ע֤וֹר הַ⁠פָּר֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ כָּל־ בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ עַל־ רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַל־ כְּרָעָ֑י⁠ו וְ⁠קִרְבּ֖⁠וֹ וּ⁠פִרְשֽׁ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This list of animal parts tells the reader what is meant by the expression “all of the bull” in 4:12. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Consider using a phrase to indicate that this list introduces the subject of the verse, which will be restated in 4:12. Alternate translation: [As for the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung]

and all its flesh

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [all of the bull’s flesh]

Leviticus 4:12

and he shall bring out

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become impure. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for “a person,” as the UST models. Alternate translation: [someone else should bring out]

all of the bull

Quote: אֶת־כָּל־הַ֠⁠פָּר (1)

Alternate translation: [all these pieces of the bull]

to the pouring out place of the fatty ash. … on the pouring out place of the fatty ash

Quote: אֶל־שֶׁ֣פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֔שֶׁן & עַל־שֶׁ֥פֶךְ הַ⁠דֶּ֖שֶׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The pouring out place of the fatty ashes is equivalent to the “place of the fatty ashes” referenced in 1:16. See how you translated the similar phrase there.

it shall be burned

Quote: יִשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [someone shall burn it]

Leviticus 4:13

and the matter is hidden from the eyes of the assembly

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם דָּבָ֔ר מֵ⁠עֵינֵ֖י הַ⁠קָּהָ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and the assembly does not realize that they have sinned]

Leviticus 4:14

and the sin that they sinned concerning it becomes known

Quote: וְ⁠נֽוֹדְעָה֙ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and then they realize the sin that they sinned concerning it]

the sin that they sinned

Quote: הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטְא֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:3.

concerning it

Quote: עָלֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in 4:13. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [with regard to the commands of Yahweh]

a bull, a son of the cattle

Quote: פַּ֤ר בֶּן־בָּקָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:3.

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹ֥הֶל מוֹעֵֽד׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 3:8.

Leviticus 4:15

And the elders of the congregation shall lay their hands on the head of the bull

Quote: וְ֠⁠סָמְכוּ זִקְנֵ֨י הָ⁠עֵדָ֧ה אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֛ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הַ⁠פָּ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

to the face of Yahweh. … to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה & לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the presence of Yahweh … in the presence of Yahweh] or [in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is … in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh is]

And he shall slaughter the bull

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֥ט אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֖ר (1)

Alternate translation: [And one of the elders of the congregation shall slaughter the bull]

Leviticus 4:17

and he shall sprinkle {it} seven times to the face of Yahweh, toward the face of the curtain

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֞ה שֶׁ֤בַע פְּעָמִים֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֵ֖ת פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠פָּרֹֽכֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated these expressions in 4:6.

Leviticus 4:18

he shall put … he shall pour out

Quote: יִתֵּ֣ן & יִשְׁפֹּךְ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and in the verses 4:18–20, the pronoun he refers to the priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [the priest shall put … the priest shall pour out]

the altar that {is} to the face of Yahweh, which {is} in the tent of meeting

Quote: הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֗חַ אֲשֶׁר֙ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר בְּ⁠אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The altar that is to the face of Yahweh, which is in the tent of meeting is identical to the “altar of incense of the spices” referenced in 4:7. See how you translated these expressions there. The phrase which is in the tent of meeting describes where the altar is. It does not distinguish it from another altar that is to the face of Yahweh.

And all the blood

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַ⁠דָּ֗ם (1)

Alternate translation: [And the remaining blood of the bull]

Leviticus 4:19

And all of its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֥ת כָּל־חֶלְבּ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression all of its fat refers to the portions of the bull’s fat and internal organs as described in 4:8–9. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And all of the bull’s fat, including the fat covering over the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is near the loins, and the lobe on the liver]

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:8.

he shall lift up from it

Quote: יָרִ֣ים מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the worshiper. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [the priest must lift up from it]

Leviticus 4:20

And he shall do with the bull just as he did with the bull of the sin offering; thus he shall do with it

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If your language can repeat phrases for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider combining the phrases. Alternate translation: [And he should do with this bull the exact same thing that he did with the bull of the sin offering]

And he shall do with the bull … he did with the bull of … thus he shall do with it

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֣ה לַ⁠פָּ֔ר & עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר & כֵּ֖ן יַעֲשֶׂה־לּ֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [And he shall prepare the bull … he prepared the bull … thus he shall prepare it]

just as he did with the bull of the sin offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Because it was the anointed priest who prepared the bull of the purification offering as described in 4:3–12, in this case, the word he refers to the anointed priest, not to the individual member of “the elders of the congregation” who is the subject of the other verbs in this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the subject explicit here. Alternate translation: [just as the anointed priest did with the bull of the sin offering that he offered because of his own unintentional sin]

just as he did with the bull of the sin offering

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר עָשָׂה֙ לְ⁠פַ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֔את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the past tense to describe previous action, as if he were here referring to a specific past instance where the individual prepared a peace offering. Rather, the past tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: [just as one might do with the bull of the sin offering]

And the priest shall make atonement for them

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֧ר עֲלֵ⁠הֶ֛ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word translated as atonement may have originally indicated either the “covering” or the “wiping away” of sin. Either way, by the time of Leviticus it indicated that the sacrifice would be accepted in order to restore the relationship between the worshiper and Yahweh that had been damaged or defiled by sin. Consider using a word or phrase that conveys this idea effectively in your language. See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4. Alternative translation: “And the priest shall offer the sacrifice that Yahweh will accept on behalf of the people and restore them to relationship with himself}

and it will be forgiven to them

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to the unintentional sin that the community committed that introduced the impurity of sin, which, in turn, required the purification provided by the sin sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [and the unintentional sin of the community will be forgiven]

and it will be forgiven to them

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לָ⁠הֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive the community for their sins]

Leviticus 4:21

And he shall bring out the bull

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִ֣יא אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:12, the pronoun he cannot refer to the priest making the sacrifice, because this action would cause the priest to become unclean. Rather, it refers to another, unspecified Israelite. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic word for a person, as the UST models. Alternate translation: [And another person shall bring out the rest of the bull]

the bull

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠פָּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Because 4:20 instructs the community to prepare the bull in the same manner that the high priest prepared the bull for his sin offering (in 4:8–10), here the bull implies the pieces of the bull that are not burned on the altar, as listed in 4:11. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [the skin of the bull and all its flesh, with its head and with its legs and its innards and its dung]

Leviticus 4:23

his sin that he sinned with it

Quote: חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The expression his sin that he has sinned with it uses repetition for emphasis. If your language can use repetition for emphasis in this manner, consider using a similar expression here. If not, then consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the sin that he committed]

or his sin that he sinned with it is made known to him

Quote: אֽוֹ־הוֹדַ֤ע אֵלָי⁠ו֙ חַטָּאת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [or he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned]

a buck of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִ֥יר עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression a buck of the goats refers to an adult male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a mature male goat]

the goats

Quote: עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the goats does not refer to a specific group of animals. Rather, it refers to any goats that an Israelite might own. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [any of the goats that he owns or can buy]

Leviticus 4:24

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the buck

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַ֤ךְ יָד⁠וֹ֙ עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 4:26

And all of its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבּ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase all of its fat refers to the fat portions of the goat described in the laws for peace offerings in 3:14–15. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And all of the goat’s fat, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver]

like the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כְּ⁠חֵ֖לֶב זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression like the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation, without the preceding comma: [like he did with the fat of the sacrifice of the peace offerings]

And the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20. See how you handled the term atonement in 1:4.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive him]

Leviticus 4:27

from the people of the land

Quote: מֵ⁠עַ֣ם הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)

Alternate translation: [from the common people who live in the land of Israel]

by doing it, one {thing} from the commands of Yahweh that shall not be done

Quote: בַּ֠⁠עֲשֹׂתָ⁠הּ אַחַ֨ת מִ⁠מִּצְוֺ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־תֵעָשֶׂ֖ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [by doing one thing that Yahweh told the people not to do]

Leviticus 4:28

his sin that he sinned … for his sin that he sinned

Quote: חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א & עַל־חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23.

his sin that he sinned is made known to him

Quote: הוֹדַ֣ע אֵלָ֔י⁠ו חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֑א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [he becomes aware of the sin that he sinned]

a doe of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִירַ֤ת עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression a doe of the goats refers to an adult female goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for such a female goat, consider using it here, or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a mature female goat] or [a she-goat]

Leviticus 4:31

he shall remove

Quote: יָסִ֗יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:20, here, he refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [the person offering the sin offering shall remove]

just as the fat is removed

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [just as a person would remove the fat]

just as the fat is removed from on the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּסַ֣ר חֵלֶב֮ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל זֶ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

As in 4:10, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he were here referring to a specific instance where an individual was preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: [in the same manner as the fat would be removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings]

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in 1:4 and 4:20.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive his sin]

Leviticus 4:33

And he shall lay his hand on the head of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠סָמַךְ֙ אֶת־יָד֔⁠וֹ עַ֖ל רֹ֣אשׁ הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:4.

Leviticus 4:34

at the base of the altar

Quote: אֶל־יְס֖וֹד הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although unspecified, it is likely that the altar mentioned here is the same altar of the burnt offering that is referred to in this verse, which is also the place where the blood of the sacrificial animal is poured out in the similar expressions in 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, and 4:30. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the identity of the altar explicit, or using an identifying adjective, as the UST models. Alternate translation: [toward the base of the altar of the burnt offering]

Leviticus 4:35

And all of its fat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־חֶלְבָּ֣⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 4:26 and 4:31, the phrase all of its fat implies the fat portions of the lamb described in the laws for peace offerings in 3:9–10. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And all of the lamb’s fat, including the entire fatty tail, the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys, the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver]

he shall remove

Quote: יָסִ֗יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:31, here the pronoun he refers to the individual offering the sacrifice, not to the priest. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [the person offering the sin offering shall remove]

just as the fat of the lamb is removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

As in 4:10, the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense here to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he were here referring to a specific instance where an individual was preparing a peace offering. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: [in the same manner as the fat of the lamb is removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings]

just as the fat of the lamb is removed from the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יוּסַ֥ר חֵֽלֶב־הַ⁠כֶּשֶׂב֮ מִ⁠זֶּ֣בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [just as a person who offers a lamb as a sacrifice of peace offerings removes the fat of that lamb]

above the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: עַ֖ל אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive expressions in 2:3 and 2:10. Alternate translation: [on the sacrifices that people offer as gifts to Yahweh]

And the priest will make atonement for him for his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן עַל־ חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled this expression involving an abstract noun in 1:4.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive the individual of his sin]

Leviticus 5

Leviticus 5 Chapter Introduction

Structure and formatting

As discussed in the Introduction to Leviticus 4, because of the narrative framings in 4:1 and 5:14, Leviticus 4:1–5:12 should be taken as a discrete unit that is nonetheless connected to Leviticus 1–3 within the unit of Leviticus 1–7.

The word “And” in the first verse of Chapter 5 indicates that the following material should be read in continuity from Chapter 4. That being said, the phrase “And a person, when she sins” (5:1) is used to start a new series of hypothetical scenarios (as in 2:1) in which a person becomes guilty and is in need of a sacrifice to atone for their sin. In 5:1–13, the individual’s guilt requires him to offer a purification offering, as was the case in Chapter 4.

However, because of the reintroduction of the narrative framing where Yahweh speaks to Moses (see 5:14), the scenarios covered in 5:14–19 (and continuing into 6:1–7) cover cases where the individual’s guilt requires him to offer a guilt offering. Whereas the purification offering was explained in the Introduction to the previous chapter, the guilt offering is described below. The basic structure of this chapter is outlined as follows:

1) The Sin Offering (4:1–5:13)
  I. scenario #1: guilt due to the failure to testify in court (5:1)
  II. scenario #2: guilt due to unwitting contact with an unclean animal (5:2) or unwitting contact with human uncleanness (5:3)
  III. scenario #3: guilt due to the failure to fulfill a rashly spoken vow (5:4)
  IV. the procedure for offering a Purification Offering (5:5–13)
    i. Option for the poor #1: two turtledoves and two pigeons (5:7–10)
    ii. Offering for the poor #2: wheat flour (5:11–13)
2) The Guilt Offering (5:14–6:7)
  I. scenario #1: a person breaks Yahweh’s commandments regarding holy objects
  II. scenario #2: a person unwittingly breaks one of Yahweh’s commandments (5:17–19)

Special Concepts in This Chapter

Several special concepts are crucial for understanding this chapter. They include 1) several instances of technical sacrificial terminology, especially the concept of “unclean,” the two-fold use of “guilt,” the guilt offering itself, and the concept of atonement, 2) the special provision of sacrifices accessible for the poor, and 3) instances of symbolic action, especially the sprinkling and application of blood.

Technical sacrificial terminology

First, several words or phrases in this chapter have a specialized meaning in the context of sacrifice. They include 1) the concept of “unclean” (the opposite of “clean” explained in the Introduction to the previous chapter), 2) the two-fold use of the word “guilt,” and 3) the guilt offering itself, which occupies the instructions of the second half of this chapter.

1) Unclean

The second scenario covered in this chapter by which someone incurs guilt and is therefore required to offer a purification offering (see 5:2­–3) involves a situation in which someone touches something unclean (whether intentionally or unintentionally). For an object or body to be unclean means that it is unfit to enter into holy space or touch a holy object because of its proximity to death. In ancient Israel, this impurity was seen to pollute the holy space where Yahweh lived among the Israelites and could desecrate the sacred items that were consecrated to him. Consequently, anything impure or unclean was not allowed to enter sacred space or touch anything unclean. Furthermore, contact with anything considered unclean or anything that had become unclean would result in the individual becoming unclean himself. (See also 11:24–25.) In Leviticus 5:2–3, unclean bodies that would make an individual unclean upon contact include the unclean dead body of a wild animal or a domesticated animal (5:2), the dead body of an unclean “swarming} or {creeping” animal (5:2), or the “uncleanness of a man” (5:3), that is, uncleanness that comes from a human source. A list of unclean animals is provided in 11:1–8, 11:19–23, and 11:26–31. Situations in which a person can become unclean through other means (perhaps the “uncleanness of a man” mentioned in 5:3) are listed in 11:32–38. The command not to eat or touch an unclean animal or the carcass of any animal (which has become unclean because it is dead) is reiterated in 11:39–47. Other ways in which a person could become unclean include birthing a child (see 12:1–8: a woman is unclean for seven days if she births a male and for fourteen days if she births a female), having a certain infection of the skin (see 13:1–3, 13: 7–8, 13:9–17, 13:18–23, and 13:24–46), touching a dead body (see 22:4), having a bodily secretion or discharge (15:1–3), include seminal emissions (15:16–18) and menstruation (15:19–27), contact with which makes furniture and beds unclean (see 15:4–12). Garments with traces of skin diseases (see 13:47–59) or houses that have traces of skin diseases in the walls (see 14:33–53) are likewise unclean. The danger of being unclean in holy space is reiterated in 15:31–33, in which Yahweh warns that they must be careful to remain clean, lest they pollute the sanctuary with their uncleanness and die. By distinguishing between clean and unclean animals in this manner, Yahweh promises the people that they will remain the holy people of God, people who are dedicated and set apart for him (see 20:22–26).

 2) The two-fold use of the word “guilt”

In this chapter, the word translated as “guilt” is used is two separate senses. In one sense, it refers to both the internal feeling of having committed wrongdoing and the legal state of being required to provide restitution for that wrongdoing, as explained in the Introduction to the previous chapter. This sense uses both the verb “to become guilty” and the abstract noun “guilt.” The second sense uses the abstract noun “guilt” to refer to the payment or restitution that a person offers to atone for their sins when they realize they have committed wrongdoing. Examples of this are seen in 5:6–7, 5:15, and 5:25, in which an individual or community is instruction to “bring their guilt” to Yahweh (that is, to the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites). This expression does not mean to bring their feelings of guilt to Yahweh but to bring the penalty for their guilt, that is, the animal required by the sacrifice to atone for their sin. This second sense is once used in full in 5:6 (“And he will bring his guilt to Yahweh for his sin that he sinned”) and twice in an elided, shortened form (see 5:7, “then he will bring his guilt that he sinned.” See also 5:11, “then he will bring his offering that he sinned”).

3) The guilt offering

Closely related to the sin offering, in which a person offered a sacrifice to cleanse or purify sacred space from the defiling impurity generated by unintentional sin, the guilt offering is a special sacrifice designed to restore and make restitution for sacred items that had become desecrated due to the defiling presence of an individual’s sin. In one possibe scenario, an individual trespasses a trespass, that is, he breaks one of Yahweh’s commandments, by unintentionally sinning with regard to any holy object that has been dedicated for exclusive use in service to Yahweh (see 5:15–16). The second scenario addressed by this chapter covers any way by which a person unintentionally sins (and, presumably, defiles a sacred object, see 5:17–19). These scenarios required that the individual atone for their guilt in the form of an animal sacrifice (specifically, a male goat). He must provide restitution for the item that their sin desecrated, paying in the form of a carefully calculated amount of silver that had been weighed according to the measurements for silver that were used by the priests who handled the finances of the tent of meeting. In this way, the sacrifice both restored the individual to a right relationship with Yahweh through atoning for his sins and forgiving his guilt, and it also provided the means by which the sacred items in the tent of meeting could be reconsecrated, restored, or replaced.

Sacrifices for the poor

This chapter explains that Yahweh made special provisions for individuals who could not afford costly purification offerings (see 5:7–13). The author of Leviticus uses the expression “if his hand does not touch enough flock animals” (5:7) to describe an individual who cannot afford to offer their own bovine or flock animal or purchase others (as Chapter 4 prescribes). Likewise, the author of Leviticus uses a related expression (“if his hand does not reach” (5:11) to describe an individual who cannot afford the four birds that could replace the expensive domesticated animals. Yahweh allows such individuals who cannot afford the bovine of flock animals prescribed for the purification offering in Chapter 4 to offer two turtledoves and two pigeons, bringing two of the birds for a purification offering and the other two for a burnt offering (see 5:7–10). However, if the individual cannot afford the four birds, they are allowed to bring a set amount of raw wheat flour as an acceptable substitute for the animal sacrifice (see 5:11–13). These provisions demonstrate the grace of God, who makes the forgiveness and restoration of relationship with God that was provided through the sacrifices available to everyone, without excluding those who do not have the means to offer expensive sacrifices.

Restoring the cost of a sacred item with money

Because guilt offerings were designed to reconsecrate and restore sacred space and sacred items that were dedicated exclusively to Yahweh, the guilt offering required not only an animal sacrifice but also the restitution of the monetary value of whatever sacred item became defiled and unclean through the impurity brought about by the sin of the individual, whether intentional or unintentional. This monetary value was calculated in two ways. First, the value of the animal sacrifice (usually a male goat, see 5:15 and 5:18) would be calculated according to the measurements for silver used by the priests who operated the finances of the sanctuary. This is expressed by the phrase “in your valuation, silver shekels, in the shekel of the holy place” (5:15, see also the expression “in your valuation” in 5:18). Second, the individual is required to calculate the monetary value of whatever sacred item had been desecrated or defiled by their sin and bring that amount, plus one-fifth of that value, to the priests in the form of silver, again (presumably) calculated according to the measurements for silver used by the priests who operated the finances of the sanctuary. (See 5:16.) This process results in the restitution of 120% of the monetary value of whatever had been defiled, along with the monetary value of the male goat that was sacrificed for the guilt offering. In this way, the individual provided for the replacement of the object that their sin desecrated.

Ritual action

This chapter, much like Leviticus 1, includes the ritual action of splashing or sprinkling the blood of the animal on the the altar. Neither the laws regarding the purification offering (which continue in the present chapter from the previous chapter) nor the laws regarding the guilt offering (5:14-19) are unique in the lack of mentions of blood. This, however, does not mean that blood was unimportance in the sacrificial process. Whereas in Leviticus 1 and 3, the blood is “splashed} or {splattered” against the side of the altar. (See 1:5, 1:11, and 3:2, 3:8), and 3:13.) Leviticus 4 makes clear that the purification offering required that the blood would be “sprinkled” towards the curtain that divided the courtyard of the tent of meeting from the Holy of Holies (see 4:6 and 4:17), “put” on the horns of either the incense altar or the altar of the burnt offerings (see 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34), or “poured out” at the base of the altar of burnt offerings (see 4:7, 4:18, 4:25, 4:30, and 4:34). In the case of birds, the blood is “drained out} or {squeezed out” on either the side of the altar (see 1:15) or on the base of the altar (see 5:9). This was likely the case in the animal sacrifices described in Leviticus 5. As explained in previous chapters, the blood, being the life of the animal (see 17:11), was given by God to ritually purify, cleanse, and remove the defiling impurity brought about by the presence of sin, even unintentional sin. In this chapter, the blood acts as a ritual detergent or soap with the special ability to cleanse sacred objects and sacred spaces from the impurity of sin.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

This chapter includes several figures of speech that may prove difficult to translate but are important to understanding the chapter.

“If his hand does not touch} or {If his hand does not reach”

As previously discussed, the author of Leviticus uses the expression “if his hand does not touch enough flock animals” (5:7) to describe an individual who cannot afford to offer their own bovine or flock animal or purchase others (as Leviticus 4 prescribes). Likewise, the author of Leviticus uses a related expression (“if his hand does not reach,” 5:11) to describe an individual who cannot afford the four birds that could replace the expensive domesticated animals. If such an expression would not be clear in your language, use whatever expression would be clearest to your readers. Alternate translations will be provided in the following notes where the expressions appear.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

In addition to these important figures of speech, this chapter features several translation difficulties, including 1) the unclear referent of masculine pronouns, 2) the switching between second and third-person address, 3) the use of a verb and a related noun (cognate-accusatives), 4) the use of a future form to indicate a request or command, and 5) the use of specific, technical sacrificial language.

The referent of the masculine pronouns

Throughout this chapter, the author of Leviticus uses a third-person pronoun to refer to both the individual who offers the sacrifices and to “the priest” who performs the sacrifice. As such, it is often difficult (but not impossible) to infer which party performs which actions. In general, the sacrifice is presented to the priest, but the individual who presents the sacrifice is responsible for killing, properly butchering, and presenting the portions of the sacrificial animal to the priest, who will then arrange them on the altar’s fire. The UST will indicate which party is the apparent referent of the pronoun.

Second and third-person address

All of Leviticus 1 through 7 is written as direct address to the people of God through Moses. Because in this chapter the words “his” and “he” refer to the person bringing an offering to Yahweh, those terms can be translated in the second person as it is in 1:2 and as the UST models or they can be translated in the third person, as the ULT models. In the present chapter, the author of Leviticus consistently uses third-person forms to refer to the individual who offers the sacrifices described. Despite this, we recommend that you continue to use whichever forms and pronouns you have been using in the previous two chapters, even if that means continuing to use second-person forms.

The use of a verb with a related noun (cognate-accusatives)

For emphasis, the author of Leviticus often uses a verb with a related noun. In this chapter, several expressions follow this pattern, including the expression “the sin that he sinned” (see 5:6, 5:10, and 5:13), the expression “the uncleanness that a person becomes unclean with it” (5:3), the expression “to grab…the fullness of a handful” (5:12), the expression “to trespass a trespass” (5:18), and the expression “the mistake that he mistook” (5:18). If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate in this context to repeat the appropriate words in these expressions in a similar manner whenever the relevant expressions occur.

Leviticus 5:1

the sound of a {judge’s} curse

Quote: ק֣וֹל אָלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The sound of a curse is an idiom that refers to a public call for someone who can bear witness to a crime to come forward. The call includes a curse on any person who was a witness to the crime but refuses to testify about it. (See the parallel text in Proverbs 29:24.) Alternate translation: [the call for a witness to swear to what he knows about a crime]

then he shall bear his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֥א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he shall bear his iniquity refers to being responsible to make restitution for the guilt acquired by an individual’s wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [he must make a guilt offering]

Leviticus 5:2

unclean … unclean … unclean … unclean … is} unclean

Quote: טָמֵא֒ & טְמֵאָ֗ה & טְמֵאָ֔ה & טָמֵ֑א & טָמֵ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

For an object or body to be unclean implies that it has acquired impurity through its perceived proximity to death. In ancient Israel, this impurity was seen to pollute the holy space where Yahweh lived among the Israelites and could desecrate the sacred items that were consecrated to him. Consequently, anything impure or unclean was not allowed to enter the sacred space or touch anything clean or holy. If your language has a similar word, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: [polluted … polluted … polluted … polluted … is polluted himself]

the unclean carcass of an animal

Quote: בְ⁠נִבְלַ֨ת חַיָּ֜ה טְמֵאָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the unclean carcass of an animal does not refer to the body of a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any wild animal that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the dead body of any wild animal]

the unclean carcass of livestock

Quote: בְּ⁠נִבְלַת֙ בְּהֵמָ֣ה טְמֵאָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the unclean carcass of livestock does not refer to a the body of a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any domesticated animal that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the unclean carcass of any livestock]

the carcass of an unclean creeping animal

Quote: בְּ⁠נִבְלַ֖ת שֶׁ֣רֶץ טָמֵ֑א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the carcass of an unclean creeping animal does not refer to a specific animal. Rather, it describes the carcass of any animal that creeps on the ground, including winged, swarming insects, mice, rats, and lizards. (See 11:20–23 and 11:24–29 for the full list of these animals.) Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the carcass of any unclean animal that creeps or swarms on the ground]

and it is hidden from him

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and he does not realize that he touched something unclean]

and it is hidden from him, then he {is} unclean and he will be guilty

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ וְ⁠ה֥וּא טָמֵ֖א וְ⁠אָשֵֽׁם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The author of Leviticus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from verses 3 and 4 if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [and it is hidden from him, when he knows, then he is unclean and he will be guilty]

and he will be guilty

Quote: וְ⁠אָשֵֽׁם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to be guilty implies both to feel the internal sense of having done wrong and to enter into a legal state of needing to make reparations for wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional. As the Introduction to the chapter discusses, this kind of guilt resulted in the need for the guilt offering, by which a person atoned for himself and made reparation for the impurity that he brought into the sacred space by his wrongdoing. Alternate translation: [and he needs to make reparations for his wrongdoing]

Leviticus 5:3

Or when he touches the uncleanness of a man

Quote: א֣וֹ כִ֤י יִגַּע֙ בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [Or if he touches another human body in such a way that he himself becomes polluted]

the uncleanness of a man

Quote: בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֣ת אָדָ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the uncleanness of a man uses the possessive form to refer to the uncleanness that is acquired from a human source. Alternate translation: [the uncleanness that comes from a person]

with regard to all of his uncleanness that he becomes unclean with it

Quote: לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he becomes unclean translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as uncleanness. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

with regard to all of his uncleanness that he becomes unclean with it

Quote: לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִטְמָ֖א בָּ֑⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [with regard to all of a person’s sins by which he sins]

with regard to all of his uncleanness

Quote: לְ⁠כֹל֙ טֻמְאָת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun his refers to the man mentioned earlier in the verse, which, although masculine, has a generic sense that refers to any human being, whether living or dead. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [with regard to any uncleanness that comes from a human being, whether living or dead]

and it is hidden from him

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and he does not realize it] or [and he does not know about it]

Leviticus 5:4

a person, when he swears {an oath} by speaking thoughtlessly with two lips to do evil or to do good

Quote: נֶ֡פֶשׁ כִּ֣י תִשָּׁבַע֩ לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם לְ⁠הָרַ֣ע ׀ א֣וֹ לְ⁠הֵיטִ֗יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, speaking thoughtlessly with two lips to do evil or to do good implies that after the person swears the oath, he either cannot fulfill it or he chooses not to fulfill it. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [a person hastily swears an oath without the intention to do what he promised, whether to do evil or to do good]

by speaking thoughtlessly with two lips

Quote: לְ⁠בַטֵּ֨א בִ⁠שְׂפָתַ֜יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, with two lips refers to the words that the person speaks with his lips. Alternate translation: [by speaking rashly with their words]

with regard to everything that the man thoughtlessly speaks in an oath

Quote: לְ֠⁠כֹל אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְבַטֵּ֧א הָ⁠אָדָ֛ם בִּ⁠שְׁבֻעָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word man is masculine, it has a generic sense that refers to any person who speaks rashly while swearing an oath. If your language has a generic word for an individual that is grammatically feminine, consider using it here, or use a generic noun. Alternate translation: [with regard to everything that a person speaks rashly in an oath]

and it is hidden from him

Quote: וְ⁠נֶעְלַ֣ם מִמֶּ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and he does not realize it] or [and he does not know about it]

with regard to one from these {things

Quote: לְ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵֽלֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The writer assumes that his readers will understand that the phrase from these things refers to the ways of sinning unintentionally, as described in 5:1–4. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [because of speaking thoughtlessly when swearing an oath, whether to do evil or to do good]

Leviticus 5:5

then he shall confess that he sinned regarding it

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֨תְוַדָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָ֖א עָלֶֽי⁠הָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in 4:14, the phrase regarding it refers to the commands of Yahweh mentioned in 4:13. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [then he shall confess that he sinned with regard to the commands of Yahweh]

Leviticus 5:6

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֣⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֡ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt that it did in 5:2–5. Rather, it refers to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the animal sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And he must present to Yahweh the required sacrifice]

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֣יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֣⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֡ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Leviticus seems to be referring to the sacrifice as his guilt by association with the way that it is required to atone for the person’s guilt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [then he shall bring the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt]

his sin that he sinned

Quote: חַטָּאת⁠וֹ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר חָטָ֜א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here words are being repeated for emphasis. See how you translated the similar phrase in 4:23 and 4:28.

a kid of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִירַ֥ת עִזִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, a kid means a young goat. If your language has a specific word for the young of this particular animal group, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a young goat]

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

Leviticus 5:7

But if his hand does not reach the sufficiency of a sheep

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תַגִּ֣יע יָד⁠וֹ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression his hand does not reach is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to offer an animal from one’s own flock or to purchase another’s flock animal. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [But if he is unable to offer his own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s animal]

then he shall bring his guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 5:6.

sons of a pigeon

Quote: בְנֵֽי־יוֹנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar terms in 1:14.

Leviticus 5:10

according to the regulation

Quote: כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase according to the regulation refers to the commandments and laws of Yahweh given to the people of Israel, likely the regulations for burnt offerings that Yahweh gave, which are recorded in the first chapter of Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [according to the laws for burnt offerings that Yahweh gave to the people of Israel]

And the priest shall make atonement for him from his sin

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

from his sin that he sinned

Quote: מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֥⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the poetic repetition of words in the similar expression in 5:6.

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive him for his sin]

Leviticus 5:11

But if his hand does not reach two doves or two sons of a pigeon

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹא֩ תַשִּׂ֨יג יָד֜⁠וֹ לִ⁠שְׁתֵּ֣י תֹרִ֗ים אוֹ֮ לִ⁠שְׁנֵ֣י בְנֵי־יוֹנָה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Like the similar expression in 5:7, the phrase if his hand does not reach is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase one of these kinds of birds for a sacrifice. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [But if he is unable to purchase two turtledoves or two sons of a pigeon for his offeringf]

sons of a pigeon

Quote: בְנֵי־יוֹנָה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated these terms in 1:14.

then he shall bring his offering that he sinned

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֜⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֗א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

As in 5:7, the expression his offering that he sinned is an abbreviated form of the similar phrase found in 5:6 and leaves out some words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. If it would be helpful, you could supply the missing words from 5:6. Alternate translation: [then he shall bring his offering for his sin that he sinned]

a tenth of an ephah of flour

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֧ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֛ה סֹ֖לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a tenth of an ephah is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [about two liters of flour]

a tenth of

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֧ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

A tenth is one part out of ten equal parts.

for it {is} a sin offering

Quote: כִּ֥י חַטָּ֖את הִֽיא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period preceding: [This is because this flour is being offered as a sin offering]

Leviticus 5:12

And he shall bring it

Quote: וֶ⁠הֱבִיאָ⁠הּ֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the tenth of an ephah of flour mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And he shall bring the tenth of an ephah of flour]

and the priest shall grab from it, {with} the fullness of his handful

Quote: וְ⁠קָמַ֣ץ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ מִ֠מֶּ⁠נָּה מְל֨וֹא קֻמְצ֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

Leviticus 5:13

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

for his sin that he sinned

Quote: עַל־חַטָּאת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־חָטָ֛א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these poetically repeated terms in 4:27 and 4:35 and the similar expression in 5:6.

from one of these

Quote: מֵֽ⁠אַחַ֥ת מֵ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression from one from these refers to the commandments of Yahweh which the individual sinned and violated in the ways described in 5:1–4. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [with regard to one of these ways of violating Yahweh’s commandments about how a person can unintentionally become guilty]

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive him for his sins]

And it shall be for the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הָיְתָ֥ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression it will be for the priest implies that the portion of the tenth of an ephah of flour that is not burned as part of the memorial portion (as described in 5:12) should be given as food to the priest performing the sacrifice, just as is the case with the portion of the grain offering that is not burnt as part of the memorial portion. Alternate translation: [And the remaining portion of the flour that was not burned as part of the memorial portion shall belong to the priest as his food]

Leviticus 5:14

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 5:15

he trespasses a trespass

Quote: תִמְעֹ֣ל מַ֔עַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he trespasses translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as trespass. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

and he sins by mistake from the holy {things} of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה מִ⁠קָּדְשֵׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression sins by mistake from the holy things of Yahweh implies unintentionally violation of Yahweh’s commands regarding the proper treatment of the sacred space and the sacred objects related to the worship of Yahweh. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [and he sins by mistake with regard to Yahweh’s commandments about how to behave in the sacred space and handle the sacred objects consecrated to Yahweh]

and he sins by mistake

Quote: וְ⁠חָֽטְאָה֙ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:2.

then he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to bring the required sacrifice to Yahweh implies transporting the sacrifice to the altar that is located at the entrance of the tent of meeting, as described with the other sacrificial processes in the previous chapters. Because the tent of meeting was where Yahweh lived among the Israelites, taking the offering to the altar is considered the same as bringing it directly to Yahweh himself. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [then he shall bring his guilt to the altar that is located inside the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

then he shall bring his guilt

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִיא֩ אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֨⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here Leviticus is referring to the sacrifice as his guilt by association with the way that the sacrifice is required to atone for the person’s guilt. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [then he shall bring the sacrifice required to seek atonement for his guilt]

from the flock

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠צֹּ֗אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this expression in 5:6.

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression in your valuation refers to the process of determining the monetary value of the ram described in this verse through the use of weights, using the shekel of the holy place as a base measurement. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: [along with your assessment of the value of the ram in silver]

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Even though Yahweh is speaking to a group of people, the pronoun you is singular in this verse. If the singular forms of these pronouns would not be natural in your language, you could use the plural forms in your translation.

in your valuation, silver shekels, in the shekel of the Holy {Place

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֥ים בְּ⁠שֶֽׁקֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

The silver shekel that was used in the holy place was an ancient measurement of the weight of silver that functioned as a currency, equivalent to approximately 10 grams or two-fifths of an ounce of silver. You could try to express this amount in terms of the current monetary value of silver, but that might cause your translation to become outdated and inaccurate since those values can change over time. Instead, consider using a generic phrase. Alternate translation: [in your valuation, the standard weight of silver that is used by the priests in the holy place]

Leviticus 5:16

And that which he sinned from the holy {thing} he shall restore

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר֩ חָטָ֨א מִן־הַ⁠קֹּ֜דֶשׁ יְשַׁלֵּ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression he shall restore does not mean that the guilty individual must physically replace the desecrated object in the sacred tent. Rather, the expression implies the process of bringing the monetary value of the object in silver (in addition to one-fifth of its value) to the priest as part of the sacrifice. Be sure that this distinction is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: [And he shall make restitution for that which he sinned]

And that which he sinned

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר֩ חָטָ֨א (1)

Alternate translation: [And whatever item that he desecrated by mishandling it]

from the holy {thing

Quote: מִן־הַ⁠קֹּ֜דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression from the holy thing implies the sacred items that are consecrated to Yahweh for special use in the sacred tent. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [regarding the sacred items that are consecrated to Yahweh]

and a fifth of it he shall add to it

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ יוֹסֵ֣ף עָלָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun it refers to that which he sinned. However, the expressions a fifth of it and he will add to it do not refer to the addition of a physical portion of the sacred object. Rather, these expressions refer to the item’s monetary value. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [and a fifth of the value of the sacred object he shall add to the value of that object]

and a fifth of it

Quote: חֲמִֽישִׁת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The fifth is one part out of five equal parts.

and he shall give it

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן אֹת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the monetary sum of the value of the sacred item plus a fifth of it, resulting in 120% of the value of the original item. Alternate translation, with a comma after: [and he shall give the value of the sacred object plus a fifth of its value]

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן יְכַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

with the ram of the guilt offering

Quote: בְּ⁠אֵ֥יל הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression the ram of the guilt offering uses the possessive form to describe a ram that is characterized by its use as a guilt offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning generically. Alternate translation: [with the ram that the individual offers as a guilt offering]

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive him]

Leviticus 5:17

then he becomes guilty

Quote: וְ⁠אָשֵׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:2.

Leviticus 5:18

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּר֩ עָלָ֨י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:4.

for his mistake that he mistook

Quote: עַ֣ל שִׁגְגָת֧⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁגָ֛ג (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he mistook translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as mistake. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “for his unintentional mistake}

but he himself did not know

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background

This phrase is a parenthetical aside that functions to provide essential background information for the current thought. That the individual himself did not know clarifies that he has done wrong without being aware of it, as opposed to flagrantly defying Yahweh’s commandments (that is, the “sin with a high hand”). Alternate translation: [but he was unaware]

but he himself did not know

Quote: וְ⁠ה֥וּא לֹֽא־יָדַ֖ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This expression uses the reflexive pronoun himself to emphasize how significant it was that the person who previously was unaware of his unintentional sin has now come to realize what he has done. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: [but even he did not know]

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֥ח לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 4:20. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive him for his sin]

Leviticus 5:19

being guilty, he is guilty to Yahweh

Quote: אָשֹׁ֥ם אָשַׁ֖ם לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

The expression being guilty, he is guilty translates a verb that is repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: [Yahweh certainly considers him guilty]

Leviticus 6

Leviticus 6 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

Although this chapter starts with a reiteration of Yahweh speaking to Moses, reinforcing the narrative framing of the book, the laws of 6:1–7 continue the instructions for hypothetical scenarios in which someone would need to offer a guilt offering. In this way, the first seven verses are a continuation of 5:14–18, offering the third of three hypothetical scenarios in which a guilt offering is required (the first two being described in 5:14–18).

However, the next reiteration of Yahweh speaking to Moses in 6:8 starts a new section that addresses the priests for how they should handle particular details of the burnt offering (6:9–13) and the grain offering (6:14–18.

Another reiteration of Yahweh speaking to Moses is included in 6:19, which begins a new section describing the prescribed offering for the priests on the day of their being anointed as priests to Yahweh (6:19–23.

A final reiteration of Yahweh speaking to Moses is introduced in 6:24, which addresses the priests for how they should handle particular details of the purification offering* (6:24–30. These instructions then continue into Chapter 7, which is likewise addressed to the priests. To put this outline in bullet points, the chapter can be detailed as follows:

1) The guilt offering (5:14–6:7)
  a. scenario #3: guilt due to a person “denying” a fellow Israelite (6:1–7)
2) The administrative instructions for priests (6:8–7:21)
  a. The priests’ instructions for the burnt offering (6:8–13)
  b. The priests’ instructions for the grain offering (6:14–18)
  c. The priests’ offering on the day of anointing (6:19–23)
  d. The priests’ Instruction for the purification offering (6:24–30)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

The scenarios for a guilt offering in this chapter (6:1–7)

The beginning of this chapter explains several hypothetical scenarios in which people may act in such a way that they incur guilt (and thereby “impurity”). Each of the following describes a way an Israelite might “trespass a trespass against Yahweh” (6:2). The scenarios are:

1) a person “denies” his “fellow citizen” with either a “deposit” or with “a pledge of a hand” ([6:2](../06/02.md)). This expression uses an idiom that refers to the actions whereby someone swears a socially binding oath with a member of their family or clan and commits himself or herself to certain actions regarding the other person but afterward fails to behave in accordance with the stipulations of the oath.  The expression “a pledge of a hand” refers to a physical item that is given from one member of a community to another. This item would commit the individual who received it to carry out the stipulations of the oath.

2) a person “extorts his fellow citizen” ([6:2](../06/02.md)), likely by refusing to pay an employee his or her wages, or one member of a party willfully withholding a previously agreed-upon amount of money from the other. If this is not clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly.

3) a person finds some item that another Israelite has lost but then denies having found it in order to keep the item for himself ([6:3](../06/03.md)).

4) a person takes an oath with another person deceitfully, that is, with the intention not to carry out the required actions of the oath [6:3](../06/03.md)).

“Fellow citizen”

The expression “fellow citizen” is used several times in this chapter to refer to a fellow Israelite, possibly one within the larger familial or clan network of relationships within the people of Israel. The expression translates a single Hebrew word and emphasizes the closeness of the relationship between two persons who are “fellow citizens.” While the ancient world did not know national “citizenship” in a modern sense (as in “I am a citizen of the United States of America”), the term does carry the sense of marking an individual by their relationship to a larger body of people (hence the word “citizen”).

Guilt

In this chapter, the word translated as “guilt” is used is two separate senses. In one sense, it refers to both the internal feeling of having committed wrongdoing and the legal state of being required to provide restitution for that wrongdoing. An example of this sense is found in 6:5, in which the expression “the day of his guilt” refers to the moment in which a person incurs legal guilt. This sense uses both the verb “to become guilty” and the abstract noun “guilt.” The second sense uses the abstract noun “guilt” to refer to the payment or restitution that a person offers to atone for their sins when they realize they have committed wrongdoing. An example of this are seen in 6:6, in which an individual is instructed to “bring his guilt” to Yahweh (that is, to the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites). This expression does not mean to bring their feelings of guilt to Yahweh but to bring the penalty for their guilt, that is, the animal that the sacrifice to atone for their sin requires.

The “clean place” (6:11)

In Leviticus 6, Yahweh instructs the people that the portions of the sacrificial animal that are not burned completely on the altar for a guilt offering must be brought outside the camp of the people to a clean place (6:11). The adjective translated as “clean” does not refer to a location that is physically free of dirt (as one might describe a freshly washed dish). Rather, in the context of sacrifices, the word “clean” refers to a person, animal, or object that has been kept separated from the defiling presence of sin and is fit to be used for sacred purposes or enter into sacred space. Portions of an animal that were used in sacrifices to purify a person, place, or object from the impurity of sins may have been considered to absorb the defiling sin, so to speak. As such, contact with these portions, once they had absorbed the impurity brought about by sin, may have been thought to make an individual impure or ceremonially unclean. Consequently, the location where the rest of the sacrificial animal was burned needed to be ceremonially clean in this way so that the potentially defiling presence of the sacrificial animal’s corpse could be properly disposed of and so that the camp itself did not become ceremonially unclean by virtue of its proximity to an ‘unclean’ location.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

“This is the law of”

In several places in this chapter, the expression “this is the law of…” uses the possessive form to describe instructions that are characterized by their relationship to a particular sacrifice or offering. (See, for example, 6:9.6:14, 6:25.) If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider stating the meaning plainly, as the notes below will suggest.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

The use of a verb with a related noun (Cognate-accusatives)

For emphasis, the author of Leviticus often uses a verb with a related noun. In this chapter, several expressions follow this pattern, including “trespasses a trespass” (6:2), the “robbery that he robbed” (6:4), and “the deposit that was deposited with him” (6:4).

Leviticus 6:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. Alternate translation: (following a period instead of the comma) “Yahweh said]

Leviticus 6:2

and he trespasses a trespass

Quote: וּ⁠מָעֲלָ֥ה מַ֖עַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar expression using repeated words in 5:15.

and he denies his fellow citizen

Quote: וְ⁠כִחֵ֨שׁ בַּ⁠עֲמִית֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, in the context of 6:2–3, the expression denies his fellow citizen is an idiom that refers to the actions whereby someone swears a socially-binding oath with a member of their family or clan and commits himself or herself to certain actions regarding the other person but afterward fails to behave in accordance with the stipulations of the oath. This could be done by stealing from the other individual, extorting them out of wages or any owed money, finding something that belongs to the other individual but failing to return it, or any other way of proving that the original oath was taken without intent to abide by it honestly. If the idiom here does not communicate this meaning in your language, consider using a more general expression. Alternate translation: [and he acts in such a way that he breaks an oath that he made with his fellow citizen]

with a deposit

Quote: בְּ⁠פִקָּד֗וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This deposit refers to either (1) a monetary down payment that served to guarantee the full payment of a larger amount. Alternate translation: [with a down payment on a larger owed sum” or (2) an item that was given from one individual to another for safekeeping. Alternate translation: [with an item given to him for safekeeping]

or with a pledge of a hand

Quote: אֽוֹ־בִ⁠תְשׂ֤וּמֶת יָד֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a pledge of a hand refers to a physical item that is given from one member of a community to another. This item would commit the individual who received it to carry out the stipulations of the oath. Alternate translation: [or with a physical item that served as a reminder of the terms of the oath made between them]

or with robbery

Quote: א֣וֹ בְ⁠גָזֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word robbery, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [or by robbing him]

or he extorts his fellow citizen

Quote: א֖וֹ עָשַׁ֥ק אֶת־עֲמִיתֽ⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [or he refuses to pay his employees what he owes them, or he intentionally withholds money that he agreed to pay to his fellow citizen]

Leviticus 6:3

or he swears upon falsehood regarding one {thing} from all that which humanity does to sin by them

Quote: וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר עַל־אַחַ֗ת מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠אָדָ֖ם לַ⁠חֲטֹ֥א בָ⁠הֵֽנָּה (1)

Alternate translation: [and he swears falsely in any of the ways people act and, consequently, sin]

or he swears upon falsehood

Quote: וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression swears upon falsehood is an idiom that refers to deceitfully making a promise to another person with an oath, that is, with no intention to carry out the required actions of the oath. Alternate translation: [or he swears an oath without the intention to fulfill the conditions of the oath, and so, he swears the oath deceitfully]

or he swears upon falsehood

Quote: וְ⁠נִשְׁבַּ֣ע עַל־שָׁ֑קֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of falsehood , you could express the same idea in other ways. Alternate translation: [or he swears falsely]

Leviticus 6:4

and he becomes guilty

Quote: וְ⁠אָשֵׁם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 5:2 and throughout the previous chapter.

the robbery that he robbed

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠גְּזֵלָ֜ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר גָּזָ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he robbed translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as robbery. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “whatever he stole}

or the extortion that he extorted

Quote: א֤וֹ אֶת־הָ⁠עֹ֨שֶׁק֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשָׁ֔ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase he extorted translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as extortion. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “or whatever money he refused to pay}

the deposit that was deposited with him

Quote: אֶת־ הַ⁠פִּקָּד֔וֹן אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase was deposited translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as deposit. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “whatever was deposited with him}

that was deposited with him

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָפְקַ֖ד אִתּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [that his fellow citizen deposited with him]

Leviticus 6:5

or from all that he swore concerning it as a lie

Quote: א֠וֹ מִ⁠כֹּ֞ל אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׁבַ֣ע עָלָי⁠ו֮ לַ⁠שֶּׁקֶר֒ (1)

Alternate translation: [or in whatever way he deceitfully swore and did not fulfill his oath]

he swore concerning it as a lie

Quote: יִשָּׁבַ֣ע עָלָי⁠ו֮ לַ⁠שֶּׁקֶר֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar idiom in 6:3.

in its principal

Quote: בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression in its head is an emphatic idiom that means “totally} or {completely.” In this context, it connotes repaying the entire value of the monetary value of whatever the individual has stolen, extorted, or withheld from his fellow Israelite. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. Alternate translation: [completely] or [totally]

and … the fifth of it

Quote: וַ⁠חֲמִשִׁתָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The fifth is one part out of five equal parts.

To whomever it {is} to him

Quote: לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר ה֥וּא ל֛⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [To whomever it is owed]

he shall give it

Quote: יִתְּנֶ֖⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the full monetary value of what the individual owes plus the additional one-fifth that the law requires. Alternate translation: [he shall give the full monetary amount of what is owed plus the required extra one-fifth]

on the day of his guilt

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אַשְׁמָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression on the day of his guilt uses the possessive form to describe either: (1) whichever day is characterized by the recognition of guilt, both in the sense of the internal feeling of having committed wrongdoing and in the legal sense of needing to provide restitution for that wrongdoing. Alternate translation: [whenever he realizes that he is guilty” or (2) the day on which this individual offers his guilt offering. Alternate translation: [on the day when he offers his guilt offering]

on the day of his guilt

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם אַשְׁמָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, the abstract noun guilt does not refer to the guilt offering itself, to which the same expression in 5:6 and elsewhere in the previous chapter referred. Rather, it refers to either: (1) both the internal sense of having committed wrongdoing and the legal state of needing to provide reparations for that wrongdoing, whether intentional or unintentional, in the same sense as the expression that you encountered in 6:4. Alternate translation: [on the day that he becomes guilty” or (2) the day of the individual’s guilt offering. Alternate translation: [on the day when he offers his guilt offering]

Leviticus 6:6

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־אֲשָׁמ֥⁠וֹ יָבִ֖יא לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As in 5:6, here, his guilt does not refer to the legal status of guilt or to the feeling of having committed wrongdoing, but to the required penalty for that person’s guilt, that is, the sacrifice that will provide atonement for the individual’s guilt that he acquired by sinning unintentionally. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: [And he shall bring to Yahweh the sacrifice required to make restitution for his guilt]

in your valuation

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated this expression in 5:15.

Leviticus 6:7

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the presence of Yahweh] or [in the precincts of the sacred tent, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

and it will be forgiven to him

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh will forgive him]

concerning one {thing} from all that he does to {his} guilt with it

Quote: עַל־אַחַ֛ת מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠אַשְׁמָ֥ה בָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

In the phrase all that he does to his guilt, the abstract noun guilt is not the indirect object of the verb does, but its result or consequence. In other words, the person’s guilt comes as a result of something that they have done. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [concerning one thing from all that he does and becomes guilty by doing it]

from all that he does to {his} guilt

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶֽׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֖ה לְ⁠אַשְׁמָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns he and his do not refer here to a specific person, but generally to anyone who does something that causes him to acquire legal guilt. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [from all that any individual might do to his guilt] or [from everything that someone could do to his guilt]

Leviticus 6:8

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)

Alternate translation: [and he said]

Leviticus 6:8-9

saying … Command Aaron and his sons, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & צַ֤ו אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to command Aaron and his sons]

Leviticus 6:9

Aaron and his sons

Quote: אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

As in 2:2, at the time when Yahweh spoke to Moses from the tent of meeting, Aaron and his sons* constituted the priesthood. But these laws also applied to future generations, when the term “sons” would be a way of referring to the priests as Aaron’s “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use that term, which would apply to both the original priests and their successors. Alternate translation: [Aaron and to his descendants]

is} the law of the burnt offering

Quote: תּוֹרַ֖ת הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression the law of the burnt offering uses the possessive form to describe the law that concerns the burnt offering. Alternate translation: [the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the burnt offering]

It {is} the burnt offering on the hearth, on the altar

Quote: הִ֣וא הָ⁠עֹלָ֡ה עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ (1)

Alternate translation: [It, the burnt offering, is on the hearth, on the altar]

on the hearth, on the altar

Quote: עַל֩ מוֹקְדָ֨ה עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The hearth of the altar refers to the floor of the fireplace area of the altar, where the burning coals and wood sat and burned the burnt offering above the fire continually until it was entirely consumed by the fire coming on the hearth. Alternate translation: [on the hearth of the altar]

And the fire of the altar shall be made to burn on it

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ תּ֥וּקַד בּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priests should keep the fire of the altar burning]

And the fire of the altar

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֥שׁ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression the fire of the altar uses the possessive form to describe fire that is located on altar. Alternate translation: [And the fire that is on the altar]

Leviticus 6:10

his linen robe

Quote: מִדּ֣⁠וֹ בַ֗ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This linen robe is described in Exodus 28:1–5 and Exod 28:31–35. It was a blue linen robe made of one piece of fabric, covered in a design of blue, purple, and scarlet pomegranates, and included gold bells on the hem. If your language has a term for a special outer garment, especially in religious contexts, consider using it here.

linen … linen

Quote: בַ֗ד & בַד֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This linen of which this garment is made is a flax-based textile made from fibers derived from the stems of the flax plant. If your language does not have a word for this kind of fabric, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: [fine fabric … fine fabric]

and the undergarments of linen

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These undergarments of linen are described in Exodus 28:1–5 and Exod 28:42–43. Covering the priest from the waist to the thigh, they were required whenever the priest entered the tent of meeting or approached the altar to perform a sacrifice. If your language has a word for special undergarments that a person might wear in religious contexts, consider using it here. Alternate translation: [and his ceremonial linen underwear]

he shall wear on his flesh

Quote: יִלְבַּ֣שׁ עַל־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, flesh is either: (1) an idiomatic expression for bare skin. Alternate translation: [he should wear directly on his skin” or 2) a euphemism for male genitals. Alternate translation: [he should wear in order to cover his genitals]

And he shall raise up

Quote: וְ⁠הֵרִ֣ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 4:8. Alternate translation: [And he must remove]

the fatty ash

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠דֶּ֗שֶׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar term in 1:16.

where the fire consumes the burnt offering on the altar

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר תֹּאכַ֥ל הָ⁠אֵ֛שׁ אֶת־ הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Leviticus uses the image of the fire consuming or eating the burnt offering to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is fatty ash. If your language has a similar idiom used to describe a fire that completely burns something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [where the fire has completely burned the burnt offerings on the altar so that they are now nothing but ash]

Leviticus 6:12

But the fire on the altar shall be made to burn on it

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אֵ֨שׁ עַל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֤חַ תּֽוּקַד־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9. Alternate translation: [You must make the fire burn on the alter continually]

in the morning, in the morning

Quote: בַּ⁠בֹּ֣קֶר בַּ⁠בֹּ֑קֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

The repetition of the phrase in the morning is an emphatic way to say “every morning.” If your language also uses repetition for emphasis in this way, consider doing so here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [every morning] or [morning by morning]

the fat of the peace offerings

Quote: חֶלְבֵ֥י הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים (1)

Alternate translation: [the fat portions that are required for the peace offerings, including the fat covering the innards, all the fat that is on the innards, the two kidneys and the fat that is on them that is by the loins, and the lobe on the liver]

Leviticus 6:13

Fire shall be made to burn continually on the altar

Quote: אֵ֗שׁ תָּמִ֛יד תּוּקַ֥ד עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Alternate translation: [Make fire burn continually on the altar]

Leviticus 6:14

And this {is} the law of the grain offering

Quote: וְ⁠זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 6:9. Alternate translation: [And this is the instruction regarding how the priest should perform the grain offering]

sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵֽי־אַהֲרֹן֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the precinct of the sacred tent, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

toward the face of the altar

Quote: אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּֽחַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, face represents the presence of a thing, the space before the front side of the altar. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [before the altar] or [in the space in front of the altar]

Leviticus 6:16

Aaron and his sons

Quote: אַהֲרֹ֣ן וּ⁠בָנָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar way of referring to the priests in 2:2.

unleavened bread shall be eaten in a holy place; in the courtyard of the tent of meeting, they shall eat it

Quote: מַצּ֤וֹת תֵּֽאָכֵל֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָדֹ֔שׁ בַּ⁠חֲצַ֥ר אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד יֹאכְלֽוּ⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two clauses mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [Unleavened bread should be eaten in a holy place, indeed, the priests must eat it in the courtyard of the tent of meeting]

unleavened bread shall be eaten

Quote: מַצּ֤וֹת תֵּֽאָכֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [They shall eat the unleavened bread]

Leviticus 6:17

It shall not be baked {with} leaven

Quote: לֹ֤א תֵאָפֶה֙ חָמֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Do not bake it with leaven]

Their portion, I have given it

Quote: חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [I have given their portion]

Their portion, I have given it

Quote: חֶלְקָ֛⁠ם נָתַ֥תִּי אֹתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun Their refers to Aaron and his sons, mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [I have given the portion belonging to Aaron and his sons]

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֤דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁים֙ הִ֔וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 6:18

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 2:3.

Anything that touches them will be holy

Quote: כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּ֥ע בָּ⁠הֶ֖ם יִקְדָּֽשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean: (1) any object or person that touches the portion of the offering reserved for the priests’ food becomes as holy as the portion itself. Alternate translation: [Anyone or anything that touches them becomes holy” or (2) any person who touches this offering must be someone set apart for handling sacred items, that is, the priests alone. Alternate translation: [Anyone who touches them must be holy themselves]

Leviticus 6:20

is} the offering of … they shall present

Quote: קָרְבַּן֩ & יַקְרִ֣יבוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the emphatic repetition of these words in 1:2.

Aaron and his sons

Quote: אַהֲרֹ֨ן וּ⁠בָנָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

on the day of his being anointed

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the day of his being anointed implies that either Aaron or one of his sons is being anointed in order to become a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information. Alternate translation: [on the day of his being anointed to serve as a priest]

on the day of his being anointed

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [on the day when the high priest anoints a son of Aaron to become a priest]

on the day of his being anointed

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִמָּשַׁ֣ח אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The possessive pronoun his refers in a general way to any individual male descendent of Aaron who will be anointed to be a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [on the day of the anointing of any of the sons of Aaron to be a priest]

a tenth of an ephah of flour

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֨ת הָ⁠אֵפָ֥ה סֹ֛לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah is an ancient measurement of volume equivalent to approximately 22.8 liters. Consequently, a tenth of an ephah is a little more than two liters. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [about two liters of flour]

a tenth of

Quote: עֲשִׂירִ֨ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

A tenth is one part of ten equal parts.

half of it in the morning and half of it in the evening

Quote: מַחֲצִיתָ֣⁠הּ בַּ⁠בֹּ֔קֶר וּ⁠מַחֲצִיתָ֖⁠הּ בָּ⁠עָֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The phrase implies knowledge of the requirement to bring half of the prescribed grain offering in the first half of the day, and the other half later on, in the second half of the day. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation, with a period before: [The priest should bring half of the grain offering in the morning and the other half in the evening]

Leviticus 6:21

It shall be made on a griddle in oil

Quote: עַֽל־מַחֲבַ֗ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֛מֶן תֵּעָשֶׂ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [The priest should cook it in oil on a griddle]

a griddle

Quote: מַחֲבַ֗ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this term in 2:5.

Mixed

Quote: מֻרְבֶּ֣כֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word translated as Mixed implies either (1) the flour and oil being well-mixed or kneaded together. Alternate translation: [You should bring it well kneaded” or (2) the flour being “well soaked” with oil. Alternate translation: [You should bring it thoroughly soaked with oil” If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information.

you shall bring it; … you shall present

Quote: תְּבִיאֶ֑⁠נָּה & תַּקְרִ֥יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to the book of Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even in a direct address. However, as the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and throughout the rest of the chapter, the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If you have been using third-person pronouns since chapter 4, and the sudden switch to second-person pronouns would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use the third-person in your translation. Alternate translation: [he shall bring it … he shall present]

Leviticus 6:22

And the anointed priest under him from his sons shall do it

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠מָּשִׁ֧יחַ תַּחְתָּ֛י⁠ו מִ⁠בָּנָ֖י⁠ו יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה אֹתָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the unique grain offering required on the day of the priest’s anointing for the priesthood, as described in 6:19–20. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [And the anointed priest under him from his sons should prepare this particular grain offering]

to Yahweh, a whole {offering} shall be made to become smoke

Quote: לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה כָּלִ֥יל תָּקְטָֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. To formulate this sentence with an active form, see how you translated the expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: [the priests should burn the whole offering to Yahweh, making it to become smoke]

Leviticus 6:23

And every grain offering of the priest shall be a whole {offering

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחַ֥ת כֹּהֵ֛ן כָּלִ֥יל תִּהְיֶ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase a whole offering implies that the priests must offer this particular grain offering in its entirety, as opposed to the normal grain offerings, where the priest only burned the portion that he lifted out with a handful of the pieces that he chose to crumble upon the altar. In those cases, the priest was permitted to keep the rest of the grain offering for food. Alternate translation: [As opposed to normal grain offerings, this special grain offering that a priest offers when he is anointed to become a priest should be offered on the altar in its entirety]

It shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [No one should eat this special grain offering that a priest offers when he is anointed to become a priest]

Leviticus 6:24-25

saying … Speak to Aaron and to his sons, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֤ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹן֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ בָּנָ֣י⁠ו לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: [He told Moses to speak to Aaron and his sons, saying]

Leviticus 6:25

is} the law of the sin offering

Quote: תּוֹרַ֖ת הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

As is the case with the similar expression in 6:9, the expression the law of the sin offering uses the possessive form to describe law regarding the sin offering. Alternate translation: [is the law concerning how a priest should perform the sin offering]

in the place where the burnt offering … slaughtered, … is

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [in the place where people slaughter the burnt offering]

in the place where the burnt offering … slaughtered, … is

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֡וֹם אֲשֶׁר֩ תִּשָּׁחֵ֨ט הָ⁠עֹלָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here the author of Leviticus does not use the present tense to describe contemporaneous or ongoing action, as if he were here referring to a specific instance where an individual was preparing this specific sacrifice. Rather, the present tense is being used both to describe the action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to specific past actions. Alternate translation: [in the place where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered]

the sin offering shall be slaughtered

Quote: תִּשָּׁחֵ֤ט הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [people should slaughter the sin offering]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5.

is … It {… a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 6:26

In a holy place, it shall be eaten

Quote: בְּ⁠מָק֤וֹם קָדֹשׁ֙ תֵּֽאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [He shall eat it in a holy place]

Leviticus 6:27

its flesh

Quote: בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֖⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [the flesh of the sin offering that is not burned completely on the altar]

And whoever sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, you shall wash in a holy place

Quote: וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ עַל־הַ⁠בֶּ֔גֶד אֲשֶׁר֙ יִזֶּ֣ה עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ תְּכַבֵּ֖ס בְּ⁠מָק֥וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ (1)

Alternate translation: [And whoever sprinkles some of its blood on any clothing should wash the places where the blood was sprinkled on the clothing in a holy place]

And whoever sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, you shall wash in a holy place

Quote: וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִזֶּ֤ה מִ⁠דָּמָ⁠הּ֙ עַל־הַ⁠בֶּ֔גֶד אֲשֶׁר֙ יִזֶּ֣ה עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ תְּכַבֵּ֖ס בְּ⁠מָק֥וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is implied that the blood should be sprinkled not on clothing but only on sacred objects like the altar, in order to cleanse them from the impurity of sin. This phrase refers to a hypothetical scenario in which, in the process of sprinkling the blood on the sacred objects, some blood also comes into contact with someone’s clothing, requiring the clothing to be carefully washed. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [And whoever, in the process of sprinkling blood on the sacred objects of the tent of meeting, also accidentally sprinkles some of the blood on the clothing, wherever he sprinkles on it, he must wash that spot in a holy place]

you shall wash

Quote: תְּכַבֵּ֖ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, the book often speaks of the Israelites and to the Israelites in the third person, even though it is a direct address. However, as the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and throughout the rest of the chapter, the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If you have been using third-person pronouns since chapter 4, and the sudden switch to second-person would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use the third-person in your translation. Alternate translation: [a person shall wash]

Leviticus 6:28

And a container of earthenware, which it is boiled in it, shall be shattered

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁ֥ר תְּבֻשַּׁל־ בּ֖⁠וֹ יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [The priest should shatter any container of earthenware in which he has boiled the sin offering]

earthenware

Quote: חֶ֛רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The container is described as made of earthenware, which refers to clay that could be shaped as a pot-shaped vessel and baked in a kiln until hardened but still porous. It would not be heated so hot that the clay would turn to glass or ceramic material. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [baked and hardened clay]

But if it is boiled in a container of bronze

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־בִּ⁠כְלִ֤י נְחֹ֨שֶׁת֙ בֻּשָּׁ֔לָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [But if the priest has boiled it in a container of bronze]

then it shall be scoured and it shall be rinsed with water

Quote: וּ⁠מֹרַ֥ק וְ⁠שֻׁטַּ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [then he shall scour it and he shall rinse it with water]

Leviticus 6:29

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 6:30

But every sin offering that some of its blood is brought into the tent of meeting

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־ חַטָּ֡את אֲשֶׁר֩ יוּבָ֨א מִ⁠דָּמָ֜⁠הּ אֶל־ אֹ֧הֶל מוֹעֵ֛ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [But every sin offering that requires the priest to bring some of its blood into the tent of meeting]

to make atonement

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this expression in 1:4.

it shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֣א תֵאָכֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Yahweh forbids anyone to eat it]

It shall be burned

Quote: תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [The priest must burn it]

Leviticus 7

Leviticus 7 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

As was suggested in the Introduction to Chapter 6, this chapter continues the administrative instructions to the priests for how they should handle particular matters of specific sacrifices. It addresses 1) the guilt offering (7:1–6), 2) the food portions for the priests from various sacrifices (7:7–10), and 3) the peace offering (7:11–21). A fresh reiteration of Yahweh speaking to Moses, reestablishing the narrative context of these first seven chapters, occurs in 7:22. It shifts the instructions from those concerning the priests to those concerning the people of Israel as a whole, addressing the prohibition of eating animal blood or fat (7:22–27). Then, the author of Leviticus records Yahweh speaking to Moses again in 7:28, which introduces a new section, again addressed to the people of Israel as a whole, that covers the wave offering and the food portions for the priests from the peace offering (7:28–36) before the chapter ends with a summary of chapters 1 through 7 as a whole (7:37–38). In outline form, this chapter is structured as follows:

1) The Administrative Laws for Priests (6:8–7:21)
  V. The Guilt Offering (7:1–6)
  VI. The Priestly Portions of Food (7:7–10)
  VII. The Peace Offering (7:11–21)
2) General Address to the People of Israel (7:22–36)
  I. Prohibition of Consuming Blood or Fat (7:22–27)
  II. Laws for the Peace Offering (7:28–36)
    i. The Wave Offering of the Breast and Its Fat (7:29–31)
    ii. The Right Thigh (7:32–33)
    iii. The Breast Meat and the Right Thigh as Food for Priests (7:34–36)
3) Conclusion to Chapters 1–7 (7:37–38)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

The guilt, peace, and wave offerings

In this chapter, laws for the priests’ handling of the guilt, peace, and wave offerings are discussed. See the Book Introduction for details concerning the nature and identity of these types of sacrifices.

“That person shall be cut off from his people” (7:20, 21, 27)

This chapter introduces the punishment for two forbidden actions: 1) eating the meat of the peace offering while being unclean or impure (Lev 7:20–21) and 2) drinking or consuming blood (Lev 7:27). The punishment for these actions is spoken of as if the person were being literally cut off from his or her people. This could be: (1) an idiom that refers to Yahweh’s executing divine judgment against the individual in some unspecified manner, thus removing the person from the people of God or (2) a metaphor that refers to the people excommunicating or exiling the individual from his or her community. If possible, translate in such a way that allows for both options, since the expression is ambiguous. Additionally, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.

Blood

In this chapter, Yahweh forbade the eating of any animal blood because the blood contained “the life” of the animal. (See 7:26–27. In sacrifices, the blood of the animal is collected and applied, via sprinkling or splattering, to the sides of the altar upon which the burnt offering is placed. This act, as explained above, has been variously understood, but it pictures the blood as cleansing the altar from the effects of sin. Blood was able to cleanse sacred space and God’s people from the impurities of sin because of its ability to accomplish atonement by means of “the life” of the animal. (See 17:10–12.)

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

The holy thing of holy things

In this chapter, Yahweh reserves portions of the guilt offering for the priests as their food. These portions are called “the holy thing of holy things.” (See Lev 7:1 and Lev 7:6.) All food that was offered to Yahweh was considered a “holy thing” (see “the holy things” and “a holy thing” in Lev 22:2–4, 22:6–7, 22:10, and 22:14–16, but certain food offerings were designated as “the holy thing of holy things.” The expression “the holy thing of holy things” uses the possessive form to describe an offering that is exceptionally or uniquely holy. As such, the expression may be translated as “the most holy thing} or {the exceptionally holy thing.”

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

Second- and third-person address

The entirety of chapters 1 through 7 are written as a direct address to the people of God through Moses. In the present chapter, the author of Leviticus consistently uses third-person forms to refer to either the priest or the individual who offers the sacrifices described until a sudden switch to second-person plural forms in 7:23–26, before returning to third-person singular forms in 7:27 and throughout the rest of the chapter. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms and back would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters.

Figs-youplural

In the places where second-person address is used, the word you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using the third person.

Leviticus 7:1

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 7:2

In the place where they will slaughter the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֗וֹם אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ אֶת־הָ֣⁠עֹלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here the author of Leviticus is not using this verb form to describe ongoing action, as if he were referring to a specific instance where an individual will perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used both to describe an action that was previously described in the book of Leviticus and to depict a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: [In the location where the burnt offering would normally be slaughtered]

they will slaughter … they shall slaughter

Quote: יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers generically to anyone who might perform these actions. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a general expression for a person. Alternate translation: [someone normally slaughters … people shall slaughter] or [an individual slaughters … that individual shall slaughter]

they will slaughter … they shall slaughter

Quote: יִשְׁחֲטוּ֙ & יִשְׁחֲט֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Although the end of the last chapter addressed the people of Israel using a second-person singular form, here the author of Leviticus addresses everyone who approaches the tent of meeting to sacrifice using a third-person plural form. If the switch from second-person forms to third-person forms would not be natural in your language, consider using whichever form you have been using throughout the previous chapters.

Leviticus 7:6

it shall be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [they shall eat it]

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 7:7

makes atonement

Quote: יְכַפֶּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the use of the abstract noun atonement in 1:4.

it shall be for him

Quote: ל֥⁠וֹ יִהְיֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression it shall be for him implies that the portion of the animal (in context, the skin of the peace offering, along with the breast meat and the right thigh) belongs to the priest as his allotment from Yahweh. It is questionable whether the skin serves as a food source for the priests, as the other portions do. Rather, it seems likely that the skin would be used for other, unspecified uses. Alternate translation: [these portions of the sacrifice shall belong to the priest who made the atonement with it]

Leviticus 7:8

a burnt offering of a man

Quote: אֶת־עֹ֣לַת אִ֑ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

In this expression, although the word man is masculine, it refers in a generic way to any individual who offers this sacrifice. The possessive form, a burnt offering of a man, does not mean offering a human being as a burnt offering. but rather it means a burnt offering presented by any person, whoever they might be. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person in this possessive form. Alternate translation: [someone’s burnt offering] or [the burnt offering that anyone might offer]

It shall be for him

Quote: ל֥⁠וֹ יִהְיֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse, 7:7.

Leviticus 7:9

And every grain offering that is baked in an oven

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֤ר תֵּֽאָפֶה֙ בַּ⁠תַּנּ֔וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated in an oven in 2:4. Alternate translation: [And any grain offering that someone baked in an oven]

and everything made in a pan

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־נַעֲשָׂ֥ה בַ⁠מַּרְחֶ֖שֶׁת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and anything that someone has made in a pan or on a griddle]

Leviticus 7:10

And every grain offering, mixed with oil or dry

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מִנְחָ֥ה בְלוּלָֽה־בַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶן וַ⁠חֲרֵבָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And every grain offering, whether someone mixes it with oil or offers it dry]

or dry

Quote: וַ⁠חֲרֵבָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The term translated as dry implies that this is a grain offering of wheat flour that has not been mixed or kneaded with olive oil. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [or not mixed with any oil]

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֧י אַהֲרֹ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar manner of referring to the priests in 1:5.

Leviticus 7:11

that he will present to Yahweh

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַקְרִ֖יב לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, although the pronoun he is masculine, it refers generally to any person who might offer this kind of sacrifice. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person. Alternate translation: [that someone will present to Yahweh] or [that anyone will present to Yahweh]

that he will present to Yahweh

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר יַקְרִ֖יב לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he were here referring to a specific instance where an individual would perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: [that anyone will present to Yahweh]

Leviticus 7:12

If he will present it for thanksgiving

Quote: אִ֣ם עַל־תּוֹדָה֮ יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here the author of Leviticus does not use the future tense to describe future action, as if he were here referring to a specific instance where an individual would perform this specific action. Rather, the future tense is being used to depict a hypothetical situation. If it would be helpful in your language, consider choosing language that makes it plain that the author is not referring to a specific future action. Alternate translation: [If, hypothetically, he is presenting it for thanksgiving]

he will present it

Quote: יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here and throughout the following verses, the word he refers generally to anyone who might present this kind of sacrifice to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic term for a person. Alternate translation: [someone will present it] or [anyone will present it]

he will present it

Quote: יַקְרִיבֶ⁠נּוּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the peace offerings. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [he will present a sacrifice of peace offerings]

for thanksgiving

Quote: עַל־תּוֹדָה֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The expression for thanksgiving refers to the unique circumstance in which a person might offer a peace offering for the specific purpose of expressing gratitude or thanks to Yahweh for something Yahweh did in his life. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word thanksgiving, you could express the same idea in a verbal form. Alternate translation: [for the purpose of expressing gratitude to Yahweh]

loaves of unleavened bread mixed with oil … or mixed flour, loaves mixed with oil

Quote: חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙ בְּלוּלֹ֣ת בַּ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן & וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת חַלֹּ֖ת בְּלוּלֹ֥ת בַּ⁠שָּֽׁמֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Based on the similar expression found in 2:4, the expressions loaves of unleavened bread mixed with oil and loaves mixed with oil leave out some words that some languages might consider essential for understanding. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying the expressions with the elided words. Alternate translation: [flour mixed with oil into loaves of unleavened bread … flour that has been well-mixed with oil into loaves] or [loaves of unleavened bread made of flour mixed with oil … flour that was mixed with oil to make loaves]

loaves of unleavened bread

Quote: חַלּ֤וֹת מַצּוֹת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:4.

or wafers of unleavened bread anointed with oil

Quote: וּ⁠רְקִיקֵ֥י מַצּ֖וֹת מְשֻׁחִ֣ים בַּ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [wafers of unleavened bread which he shall anoint with oil]

or mixed flour

Quote: וְ⁠סֹ֣לֶת מֻרְבֶּ֔כֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated the similar passive form in 6:14. Alternate translation: [flour which the person who prepared it mixed thoroughly]

Leviticus 7:13

loaves of bread {with} leaven

Quote: חַלֹּת֙ לֶ֣חֶם חָמֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression loaves of bread with leaven uses the possessive form to describe a loaf that is characterized by its consisting of bread that has been prepared with leaven. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [leavened bread]

he shall present his offering

Quote: יַקְרִ֖יב קָרְבָּנ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar use of related words in 1:2.

the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings

Quote: זֶ֖בַח תּוֹדַ֥ת שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings uses the possessive form to describe the animal sacrifices of a peace offering that are being offered for the purposes of expressing gratitude to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the animal sacrifices that constitute his peace offerings that he is offering for thanksgiving]

Leviticus 7:14

from it

Quote: מִמֶּ֤⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the entire peace offering, including the animal sacrifices and the prescribed grain offerings. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation, with a comma afterwards: [from everything he is offering as a peace offering, including the animal sacrifice and the grain offerings]

one from each offering

Quote: אֶחָד֙ מִ⁠כָּל־קָרְבָּ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression one from each offering implies that the individual making the offering should present one portion from the animal sacrifices and one portion from the grain offerings, respectively. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [one portion from the animal sacrifices and one portion from the grain offerings]

as a contribution to Yahweh

Quote: תְּרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the author of Leviticus is using the God’s name, Yahweh, by association to mean the priests of Yahweh. So, the expression as a contribution to Yahweh means “as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests.” Make sure that your translation makes this clear and does not imply that the food is for Yahweh. Alternate translation: [as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests]

Leviticus 7:15

And the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings shall be eaten on the day of his offering

Quote: וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ יֵאָכֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall eat the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings on the day of his offering]

on the day of his offering

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם קָרְבָּנ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression on the day of his offering uses the possessive form to refer to the day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [on whatever day he offers it] or [whenever he offers it]

And the meat of the sacrifice of thanksgiving of his peace offerings

Quote: וּ⁠בְשַׂ֗ר זֶ֚בַח תּוֹדַ֣ת שְׁלָמָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word thanksgiving, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [And the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings that he offers to express gratitude to Yahweh]

until morning

Quote: עַד־בֹּֽקֶר (1)

Alternate translation: [until the following day]

Leviticus 7:16

the sacrifice of his offering

Quote: זֶ֚בַח קָרְבָּנ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the sacrifice of his offering refers to the portion of the peace offering constituted by animal sacrifices, distinct from the grain offerings that were to be offered alongside those portions. If it would be helpful, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [the portions of the animal sacrifices that come from his peace offerings]

on the day of his presenting his sacrifice

Quote: בְּ⁠י֛וֹם הַקְרִיב֥⁠וֹ אֶת־זִבְח֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

As before, the expression on the day of his presenting his sacrifice uses the possessive form to refer to any day on which someone offers this particular offering. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [on whatever day he presents his sacrifice] or [whenever he presents his sacrifice]

it shall be eaten … the remainder of it may be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֑ל & וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the priests should eat it … and they should eat the remainder from it]

Also from tomorrow, the remainder of it

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרָ֔ת וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֥ר מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ (1)

Alternate translation: [And the next day, the rest of it]

Leviticus 7:17

But the remainder from the flesh of the sacrifice shall be burned with fire on the third day

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It might seem that the expression shall be burned with fire contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [But the remainder from the flesh of the sacrifice will be completely burned on the third day]

But the remainder from the flesh of the sacrifice shall be burned with fire on the third day

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [But the priests should burn the remainder of the flesh of the sacrifice with fire on the third day]

But the remainder from the flesh of the sacrifice

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָ֖ר מִ⁠בְּשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑בַח (1)

Alternate translation: [But any meat that remains from the sacrifice]

on the third day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּוֹם֙ הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word third is the ordinal number for three. The day that the animal is sacrificed counts as the first day. Alternate translation: [after two days]

Leviticus 7:18

And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offering is eaten, being eaten

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here the author of Leviticus uses a repetition of the verbal form is eaten in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings is at any time eaten] or [And if anyone eats some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offering]

And if some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offering is eaten, being eaten

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם הֵאָכֹ֣ל יֵ֠אָכֵל מִ⁠בְּשַׂר־זֶ֨בַח שְׁלָמָ֜י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And if, eating, anyone eats some of the meat of the sacrifice of his peace offerings]

the person who presented it will not be accepted

Quote: לֹ֣א יֵרָצֶה֒ הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֣יב אֹת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Yahweh will not accept the person who presented it]

it will not be accounted to him

Quote: לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Yahweh will not account the sacrifice to him] or [Yahweh will not credit the sacrifice to him]

it will not be accounted to him

Quote: לֹ֧א יֵחָשֵׁ֛ב ל֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the forgiveness brought about by the sacrifice is spoken of using legal or possibly financial terminology, as if the sacrifice would be accredited to a person’s account before Yahweh. If your language uses similar metaphors to convey these ideas, consider using them here. If not, consider using a general expression. Alternate translation: [the person who offers the sacrifice will not be forgiven]

he will bear his iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנָ֥⁠הּ תִּשָּֽׂא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 5:1.

Leviticus 7:19

And the meat that touches any unclean {thing} shall not be eaten

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר אֲשֶׁר־יִגַּ֤ע בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ לֹ֣א יֵֽאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priests shall not eat the meat that touches any unclean thing]

And the meat

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֞ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the meat does not refer to a specific portion of the flesh, but rather, it generally refers to any flesh which was sacrificed and which touches something unclean. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And any meat]

any unclean {thing

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־טָמֵא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the use of this term in 5:2.

It shall be burned with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you translated this expression in 7:17.

It shall be burned

Quote: יִשָּׂרֵ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [The priests shall burn it]

But the meat

Quote: וְ⁠הַ֨⁠בָּשָׂ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The phrase But the meat leaves out information that some languages might consider essential to understanding. It refers to clean meat that has not touched anything unclean, in contrast to the meat that touches any unclean thing. You could supply words from 7:16-17 if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [But as for clean meat that has not touched any unclean thing]

any clean {person

Quote: כָּל־טָה֖וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression any clean person implies any person who has succeeded in remaining ceremonially clean by abstaining from touching anything that would render him unclean, as instructed in Leviticus. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: [any person who has not touched anything unclean and so has, himself, remained clean]

meat

Quote: בָּשָֽׂר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the term meat is, by implication, the meat that has not touched anything unclean, and so, it is considered clean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [any clean meat]

Leviticus 7:20

meat from the sacrifice of the peace offerings that {are} for Yahweh

Quote: בָּשָׂ֗ר מִ⁠זֶּ֤בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִים֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the peace offerings that are for Yahweh might seem to imply that the peace offerings supply Yahweh with food. However, as stated before, Yahweh does not eat, nor does he need food from human beings. The peace offerings belong to Yahweh in the sense that they are dedicated to Yahweh’s special purposes. Consequently, the portions of meat from these sacrifices are not to be used for any common purpose. In your translation, make sure that it is not implied that the meat from these sacrifices provides Yahweh with food.

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person who is not fit for God’s special, sacred space is spoken of as if his uncleanness were physically resting on him. If your language would use a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and he is unclean]

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

The words his and him are being used generically to refer to anyone who might become unclean and so should avoid eating the meat that is especially set apart for holy purposes. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [and the uncleanness of that person is on him]

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the abstract noun uncleanness in 5:3.

then that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here a person who eats the meat that is dedicated to Yahweh while he is considered unclean is spoken of as if he were part of a material that could be cut off from the whole. This means that the people must expel him from their community. Alternative translation: “then that person should be removed from his people and excommunicated” or, to avoid the passive form, “then the people should remove that person from the community and they should refuse to have contact with him}

then that person shall be cut off

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. For interpretive options for this expression, see the previous note. Alternate translation: [the people of Israel shall cut off that person” or ”Yahweh shall cut off that person]

Leviticus 7:21

the uncleanness of a man

Quote: בְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֤ת אָדָם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the use of this expression in 5:3.

unclean … unclean

Quote: טְמֵאָ֗ה & טָמֵ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the Introduction to this book discusses, the animals considered clean and unclean are described in detail in 11:1–47. Something was considered unclean and potentially able to defile the space or objects that were dedicated especially for Yahweh and for his purposes when they were culturally associated with death. If your language has a term for this concept, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [ritually polluted … ritually polluted]

any unclean detestable thing

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־שֶׁ֣קֶץ טָמֵ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This unclean detestable thing refers to the specific animals that Yahweh forbids both eating and touching in 11:29–31. These included the mole rat, the mouse, and several kinds of lizard. If your language has a specific term for the kind of animal that is considered forbidden to touch or to eat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [any unclean animal that is forbidden to eat or to touch]

and he eats

Quote: וְ⁠אָכַ֛ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, he refers to anyone who might eat the meat of the sacrifice. If it would be helpful, consider using a generic expression for a person. Alternate translation: [and that person eats]

that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.

Leviticus 7:22

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 7:22-23

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel]

Leviticus 7:23

You shall not eat

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here and until 7:26, the author of Leviticus switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: [No one should eat]

You shall not eat

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽלוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Here, You is plural. It refers to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using a third-person form, as modeled by the previous note. Alternate translation: [My people must not eat]

Leviticus 7:24

And the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal shall be made

Quote: וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה יֵעָשֶׂ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in an active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And you shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal” or, in the third person, “And anyone shall use the fat of a carcass or the fat of a torn animal]

And the fat of a carcass

Quote: וְ⁠חֵ֤לֶב נְבֵלָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression fat of a carcass implies any fat portion from any animal, wild or domesticated, that has died, usually referring to those domestic animals that have died of natural causes and and wild animal that any Israelite might find in the desert wilderness. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [And any fat portion from any dead animal, whether wild or domesticated]

or the fat of a torn animal

Quote: וְ⁠חֵ֣לֶב טְרֵפָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the fat of a torn animal implies the fat portions of an animal, usually a domesticated animal, that has been attacked and killed by wild animals. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [or the fat of a domesticated animal that was killed and torn apart by wild animals]

but you shall certainly not eat it

Quote: וְ⁠אָכֹ֖ל לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here the expression eating, you shall not eat it uses a repetition of the verbal form in order to intensify the idea that the eating of these fat portions is forbidden. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [but you should certainly never eat it” or, using the third-person, “but no one should ever eat it]

you shall … not eat it

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you shall … not eat it

Quote: לֹ֥א תֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: [no one shall eat it]

Leviticus 7:25

fat from the livestock that he presents from of it {as} a gift to Yahweh

Quote: חֵ֔לֶב מִן־הַ֨⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְרִ֥יב מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה אִשֶּׁ֖ה לַ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: [fat that comes from a domesticated animal from which someone has presented portions of meat or fat as a gift to Yahweh]

then the person, the one eating it, shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הָ⁠אֹכֶ֖לֶת מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expressions in 7:20.

Leviticus 7:26

And you shall not eat any blood in any of your dwelling places

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

In this verse, the words you and your are plural. Yahweh is speaking about everyone who will offer sacrifices, regardless of where they happen to live. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

And you shall not eat any blood in any of your dwelling places

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־דָּם֙ לֹ֣א תֹאכְל֔וּ בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

If you have been using third-person forms throughout this chapter, consider using whatever form would be clearest in your language. Alternate translation: [And no one shall eat any blood in any of his dwelling places]

of the bird or of the livestock

Quote: לָ⁠ע֖וֹף וְ⁠לַ⁠בְּהֵמָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions the bird and the livestock do not refer to specific animals or groups of animals. The terms describe any animal or group of animals that an Israelite might own or purchase to eat. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [of any bird or any livestock that you own” or, using the third-person, “of any bird or any livestock that someone might own]

Leviticus 7:28-29

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבֵּ֛ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This sentence has a quotation within a quotation. You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to speak to the sons of Israel]

Leviticus 7:29

The person presenting the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh shall bring his offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of his peace offerings

Quote: הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה יָבִ֧יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה מִ⁠זֶּ֥בַח שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו (1)

Alternative translation: “Any person who presents the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh must make sure to bring this portion of meat to Yahweh that comes from the flesh of the sacrifice of his peace offerings}

The person presenting the sacrifice of his peace offerings to Yahweh shall bring his offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of his peace offerings

Quote: הַ⁠מַּקְרִ֞יב אֶת־זֶ֤בַח שְׁלָמָי⁠ו֙ לַ⁠יהוָ֔ה יָבִ֧יא אֶת־קָרְבָּנ֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה מִ⁠זֶּ֥בַח שְׁלָמָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here, the author of Leviticus uses the word his to switch back to the use of third-person singular forms to address the people of Israel. If the switch from third-person to second-person back to third-person forms would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using in your translation throughout the previous chapters. Alternate translation: [If you present the sacrifice of your peace offerings to Yahweh, you should bring your offering to Yahweh from the sacrifice of your peace offerings]

Leviticus 7:30

His hands shall bring

Quote: יָדָ֣י⁠ו תְּבִיאֶ֔ינָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, his hands represent the whole person, emphasizing the individual’s personal responsibility and agency in bringing the sacrifice. If your language uses a similar expression to express this idea, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [He himself should bring” or, using the second-person “You yourself should bring]

the fat on the breast. … the breast

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠חֵ֤לֶב עַל־הֶֽ⁠חָזֶה֙ & אֵ֣ת הֶ⁠חָזֶ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, the breast is the portion of the animal’s flesh consisting of the larger part of the animal’s chest below the region of the neck. The breast and the fat on the breast were considered uniquely choice portions of meat and fat. Consequently, it was dedicated especially to Yahweh. If your language has a special term for this portion of meat and fat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the fat that is on the breast meat … the breast meat itself]

to raise it {as} a raised offering to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף אֹת֛⁠וֹ תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

For the priest to wave the offering in Yahweh’s presence is a symbolic gesture that shows that the person is dedicating the sacrifice to Yahweh. This act could mean: (1) merely presenting the sacrifice to Yahweh in a unique way. Alternate translation: [to lift and show off the breast meat of the sacrifice in Yahweh’s presence” or (2) causing the smell of the sacrifice to waft in Yahweh’s direction, creating a “pleasant smell to Yahweh” that would result in the acceptance of the sacrifice. Alternate translation: [to move the breast meat of the sacrifice back and forth overhead so that the smell of the meat is wafted to Yahweh’s presence]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “toward the presence of Yahweh.” It indicates that Moses waved the loaves and the wafer in the direction of the Most Holy Place, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: [in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lived among the Israelites]

Leviticus 7:31

and the breast shall be for Aaron and for his sons

Quote: וְ⁠הָיָה֙ הֶֽ⁠חָזֶ֔ה לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression means that the meat of the breast should not be burned completely on the altar, but rather, it should be given to the priests for food. See how you translated this similar expression in 7:7.

for Aaron and for his sons

Quote: לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֖ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

Leviticus 7:32

And the right thigh

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֔ין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The right thigh is the upper part of the right leg of the animal, directly above the knee and below the hip joint. Although the reason for the choice of the right portion of the thighs is unknown and debated, the thigh itself was considered a uniquely choice portion of meat, and so was especially dedicated to Yahweh and to his special purposes, such as providing food for the priests. If your language has a word for this choice portion of an animal’s meat, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And the choice portion of meat between the hip and the knee joints on the right leg of the animal]

you shall give {… your peace offerings

Quote: תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here, the author of Leviticus suddenly switches from the use of third-person forms to the use of second-person plural forms. If the switch from third-person to second-person forms would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use whichever form you have been using for the previous chapters. Alternate translation: [the person presenting the offering shall give … his peace offerings]

you shall give {… your peace offerings

Quote: תִּתְּנ֥וּ & שַׁלְמֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Here, you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel who would offer sacrifices at the tent of meeting. If your language uses a plural form to address a group of people, consider using that form here. If not, consider using the third person, as modeled by the previous note.

as} a contribution to the priest

Quote: תְרוּמָ֖ה לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Previously the contribution belonged to Yahweh. Here it is implied that this unique portion of meat belonged to Yahweh for his purposes, specifically, to provide the priests with their allotment of food. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [as an important contribution of choice meat that provides the priests with food]

Leviticus 7:33

from the sons of Aaron

Quote: מִ⁠בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:5.

the right thigh shall be for him for a portion

Quote: ל֧⁠וֹ תִהְיֶ֛ה שׁ֥וֹק הַ⁠יָּמִ֖ין לְ⁠מָנָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, this portion refers to the special allotment of food provided for the priests according to the laws that Yahweh gave to the people of Israel. Because the Levites, the sons of Aaron, were not given any portion of land and therefore could not farm for themselves, they were dependent on the contributions of their fellow Israelites for food. Yahweh provided this food by setting apart these choice portions for the priests. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [the right thigh shall be for that priest as the allocation of his food given by Yahweh]

Leviticus 7:34

For

Quote: כִּי֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because” or, using the second-person, “You should do this because]

I took … and I gave

Quote: לָקַ֨חְתִּי֙ & וָ⁠אֶתֵּ֣ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun I refers to Yahweh, who now speaks directly about himself. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [I, Yahweh, took … and I, Yahweh, gave]

the sons of Israel … the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל & בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

them

Quote: אֹ֠תָ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun them refers to the breast and the right thigh, those special portions of meat that Yahweh provided for the priests’ food. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [the breast meat and the portion of the right thigh]

to Aaron the priest and to his sons

Quote: לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֨ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֤ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

as an enduring portion

Quote: לְ⁠חָק־עוֹלָ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: [as a portion of food that should always be provided for the priests]

Leviticus 7:35

This {is} the allotment of Aaron and the allotment of his sons

Quote: זֹ֣את מִשְׁחַ֤ת אַהֲרֹן֙ וּ⁠מִשְׁחַ֣ת בָּנָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This allotment is the same as the “enduring portion” of the previous verse. It refers to the choice portions of meat—the breast and the right thigh—that Yahweh instructed should be given to the priests for food from the peace offerings that the people of Israel will offer. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: [This is the portion of the meat of the sacrifices that should be given to Aaron and to his sons]

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:3.

on the day he presented them as priests to Yahweh

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ הִקְרִ֣יב אֹתָ֔⁠ם לְ⁠כַהֵ֖ן לַ⁠יהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Moses, and them refers to Aaron and his sons. The expression on the day he presented them as priests to Yahweh refers to the day when Moses anointed Aaron and his sons with oil to dedicate them as priests in the service of Yahweh, as described in 8:12 and 8:30. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [on the day Moses presented Aaron and his sons as priests to Yahweh”

Leviticus 7:36

on the day of his anointing them from the people of Israel

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם מֵ⁠אֵ֖ת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the day of his anointing them from the people of Israel refers to the anointing of the priests to be especially dedicated to Yahweh, set apart from the rest of the people of God for special, sacred service to him. In this sense, the priests are anointed from the people of Israel. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [on the day of his anointing them to be priests to Yahweh and be set apart from the rest of the people of Israel]

on the day of his anointing them

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

As in the previous verse, the pronoun his refers to Moses and them refers to the priests, that is, to Aaron and his sons. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [on the day Moses anointed Aaron and his sons as priests to Yahweh]

on the day of his anointing them

Quote: בְּ⁠יוֹם֙ מָשְׁח֣⁠וֹ אֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The act of anointing the priests was a symbolic action in which oil, usually olive oil, was liberally applied to the head of the priests to mark their dedication to special, sacred service to Yahweh. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [on the day of his anointing them with oil to mark their dedication to Yahweh as priests to him]

the people of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.

an enduring statute for their generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression an enduring statute for their generations leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. It implies that every Israelite should always obey this commandment wherever they live. You could supply these words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [as an enduring statute] or [which will be an enduring statute]

Leviticus 7:37

and of the ordination offering

Quote: וְ⁠לַ֨⁠מִּלּוּאִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This ordination offering was a special sacrifice that was offered on the occasion of the dedication of a priest to the priesthood,the special, sacred service to Yahweh. It is described in detail in 8:22–32. Alternate translation: [and of the sacrifice that is offered for the priests when they are dedicated to Yahweh as priests]

Leviticus 7:38

on the day of his commanding

Quote: בְּ⁠י֨וֹם צַוֺּת֜⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The expression on the day of his commanding could refer to: (1) Yahweh commanding the people of Israel to begin bringing their sacrifices. Alternate translation: [on the day Yahweh commanded] or (2) Moses, relaying the laws he received from Yahweh, commanding the people of Israel to begin bringing their sacrifices. Alternate translation: [on the day Moses commanded]

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in 1:2.

to present their offerings

Quote: לְ⁠הַקְרִ֧יב אֶת־קָרְבְּנֵי⁠הֶ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the poetic repetition of words in 1:2.

Leviticus 8

Leviticus 8 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a narrative, the first of a series of narrative that make up Leviticus 8–10. This story details how Moses inaugurated Aaron and his four sons to be priests in Israel. Yahweh instructs Moses to gather together Aaron and his sons and the whole congregation of Israel, along with the necessary elements of the inauguration ceremony (8:1–3). Once Moses does this (8:4–5), he prepares Aaron and his sons for the ceremony by ritually washing them with water (8:6) and clothing Aaron with the special clothing of the high priest (8:6–9). Moses then takes the special anointing oil and anoints the sacred tent, all its tools used for the worship and service of Yahweh (8:10–11), and Aaron as priest (8:12), before clothing Aaron’s four sons with the special clothing of the priesthood ([8:13])(../08/13.md)). Next, Moses transitions to offering the various sacrifices required of the ceremony, including a bull for the sin offering (8:14–17), a ram for the burnt offering (8:18–21), and another ram for an ordination offering (8:22–29), the blood of which Aaron daubs on the extremities of Aaron and his sons in order to purify them from any and all uncleanness that comes from death, sin, or wrongdoing (8:23–24). From the ordination offering, Moses takes the special portions of fat, the right thigh, and the breast meat, places them into the hands of Aaron and his sons, and waves them in Yahweh’s presence to dedicate them to Yahweh (8:25–27). The breast meat then belongs to Moses as food, as per Yahweh’s law (8:28–29). Finally, Moses anoints Aaron and his sons and their clothing with oil once again, this time mixed with the purifying blood of the sacrifice (8:30), before instructing them how to eat the portions of the sacrifice that belong to them as food and how to participate in the seven-day process of being inaugurated as priests to Yahweh (8:31–35). The structure of the chapter is as follows:

1) Yahweh instructs Moses (8:1–3)
2) The Inauguration Ceremony (8:4–36)
  a. Moses gathers the people (8:4–5)
  b. Moses washes the priests and clothes Aaron (8:6–9)
  c. Moses anoints the sacred tent, its tools, and Aaron with oil (8:10–12)
  d. Moses clothes Aaron’s sons (8:13)
  e. Moses offers the sin offering (8:14–17)
  f. Moses offers the burnt offering (8:18–21)
  g. Moses offers the ordination offering (8:22–29)
  h. Moses anoints Aaron and his sons with oil and blood (8:30)
  i. Moses instructs the priests (8:31–36)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Many of the special concepts in this chapter are covered in the Book Introduction, including the burnt offering, the sin and ordination offerings, and the special role of blood in the sacrificial system of Leviticus. However, here blood and oil are applied in a unique way, warranting some explanation:

The expression “the oil of anointing” is used twice in this chapter to refer to the special olive oil that was used for the purpose of dedicating places, people, and objects for Yahweh’s use alone. (See 8:10 and 8:30.) In 8:10, the oil is expressly said to “make holy” whatever is sprinkled with oil. (Again, see 8:10–12) and 8:30.) The oil is also poured on Aaron’s heads to set him apart for the unique task of being Israel high priest, whereas it is “sprinkled,” mixed with the blood of the ordination offering, on Aaron, his sons, and their clothing (8:30). This action likewise “makes holy” Aaron, his sons, and their clothing. If your language has a special word or expression for consecrating or anointing something or someone with oil, especially if there is a unique word for pouring this special oil on someone’s head, consider using these words in this chapter.

Blood plays a similar but unique role in this chapter. Whereas the blood of the sacrifice often serves to purify the altar from the impurity of sin or uncleanness that the sacrifice “absorbs,” so to speak (see it perform this function in this chapter in 8:15 and 8:19), here Moses applies the blood to the extremities of Aaron and his sons, specifically their right earlobes, thumbs of their right hand, and big toes of their right feet. (See 8:23–24.) Because of the special property of blood (as the “life” of the animal) to remove impurity, this ritual action removes any impurity caused by proximity to death, sin, or wrongdoing from the whole body of Aaron and his sons. By metonymy, their extremities represent their entire bodies. If this action would not be clear in your language, consider explaining its meaning in a footnote or in the body of your translation. Additionally, if your language has a specific word or expression for applying blood to a person, especially in a ritual or religious context, consider using that word or expression here.

Leviticus 8:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 8:2

and his sons with him

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֣י⁠ו אִתּ֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [and his four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar]

and the clothes

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠בְּגָדִ֔ים (1)

Alternate translation: [and the priestly garments] or [and the special clothes that the priests wore]

and the oil of anointing

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֖ת שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression oil of anointing uses the possessive form to describe olive oil that was mixed with perfuming spices and used for ceremonially setting priests and kings apart for service to Yahweh. This was done by sprinkling or pouring the oil on whomever or whatever was being set apart. This oil is described in detail in Exodus 30:23–24. If your language does not have an abstract noun for the idea behind the word anointing, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [and the oil that is used to anoint people and things for service to Yahweh]

and the bull of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the bull of the sin offering uses the possessive form to describe the bull that had been selected to be sacrificed for a sin offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [and the bull that Aaron and his sons will present as a sin offering]

Leviticus 8:6

Moses presented Aaron and his sons

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֣ב מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֶֽת־אַהֲרֹ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת־בָּנָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To present someone or something is a symbolic action that includes bringing the person, object, or animal to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. Here, the same verb is used of Aaron and his sons that was used for the sacrifices in Leviticus 1–7. Alternate translation: [And Moses brought Aaron and his sons forward to stand in Yahweh’s presence]

and he washed them with water

Quote: וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that is required by the ordination ceremony as described in Exodus 29:1–46. Here, washing with water is part of a ritual cleaning that prepares Aaron and his sons to become priests. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and he washed them with water in order to purify them and prepare them to become priests to Yahweh]

and he washed them with water

Quote: וַ⁠יִּרְחַ֥ץ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

It might seem that the expression and he washed them with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: [and he thoroughly washed them]

Leviticus 8:7

with the sash

Quote: בָּֽ⁠אַבְנֵ֔ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This sash was a length of linen fabric that was worn on top of the tunic and was embroidered with blue, purple, and scarlet colors and hemmed with little bells and the designs of pomegranates, as described in Exodus 28:4, Exodus 28:39–40, Exodus 29:9, and Exodus 29:29. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: [with the special girdle]

with} the robe

Quote: אֶֽת־הַ⁠מְּעִ֔יל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This robe was a blue and purple outer garment made from woven wool; it was a single piece of fabric with an opening for the head, as described in Exodus 28:31–35 and Exodus 39:22–26. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: [with the special coat]

the ephod

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אֵפֹ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The word ephod is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language or if you will translate the meaning. Either approach has broad support. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternate translation: [the priest’s special apron]

with the finely woven waistband of the ephod

Quote: בְּ⁠חֵ֨שֶׁב֙ הָֽ⁠אֵפֹ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This finely woven waistband was a piece of skillfully woven linen embroidered with blue, red, and purple thread; it was to be worn around the waist, and it matched the priestly ephod. It is described in Exodus 28:8, Exodus 39:5, and Exodus 39:20–21. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: [with the special linen belt of the ephod]

and he fastened {the ephod} on him with it

Quote: וַ⁠יֶּאְפֹּ֥ד ל֖⁠וֹ בּֽ⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [and he attached the ephod to him with it]

Leviticus 8:8

the Urim and the Thummim

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although their exact identity and function are debated, the Urim and the Thummim appear to have been objects that the priests used as oracles in the sacred tent in order to determine the will of Yahweh. The Urim and the Thummim rested in the pocket of the priests’ breastpiece and Exodus 28:30 states that they were to be “over Aaron’s heart when he comes before the Lord.” If your language has a word for this kind of religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the special stones that the priests use to determine what Yahweh wants to do]

the Urim and the Thummim

Quote: אֶת־הָ⁠אוּרִ֖ים וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תֻּמִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

The words Urim and Thummim are borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow these words into your language or if you will translate their meaning. If you borrow the words, you could spell them in the way they sound in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. Alternate translation: [the special stones that helped the priest determine Yahweh’s will]

Leviticus 8:9

the turban

Quote: אֶת־ הַ⁠מִּצְנֶ֖פֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A turban is a man’s head covering made from a long piece of cloth wrapped around the head. This turban was made of finely woven linen (according to Exodus 28:39) and was to be worn by the priests to cover their heads when they offered sacrifices to Yahweh. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: [the high priest’s special headdress] or [the headgear worn by the high priest]

to the front of its face

Quote: אֶל־מ֣וּל פָּנָ֗י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the front of its face is an idiom. It refers to the front of the turban to which the plate of gold was affixed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [to the front side of the turban]

the flower of gold

Quote: אֵ֣ת צִ֤יץ הַ⁠זָּהָב֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This flower of gold was likely a decorative, shaped plate of gold engraved with the words “Holy to Yahweh,” (according to Exodus 28:36). Exodus 28:36-38 explains that this flower of gold allowed the priests to bear the guilt of the Israelites as they offered sacrifices on behalf of the people. If your language has a term for this special religious item, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: [the special engraved gold sign]

the crown of holiness

Quote: נֵ֣זֶר הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the crown of holiness uses the possessive form to refer to either: (1) a crown that was especially holy. Alternate translation: [the holy crown” or (2) a crown that bore and represented the priest’s own holiness. Alternate translation: [the crown that shows how holy the priest is]

Leviticus 8:10

the oil of anointing

Quote: אֶת־שֶׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 8:2.

and he anointed the Dwelling and all that {was} in it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֥ח אֶת־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֖ן וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־אֲשֶׁר־בּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a ritual action. By sprinkling and pouring the special anointing oil on all the utensils and furniture of the tent of meeting, Moses set them apart for exclusive use for Yahweh’s purposes. This ceremony is described in detail in Exodus 30:26–29.

Leviticus 8:11

And he sprinkled some of it

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֥ז מִמֶּ֛⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun it refers to the oil of anointing referenced in the previous verse. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [And he sprinkled some of the oil of anointing]

all its utensils and

Quote: כָּל־ כֵּלָ֗י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: [every pot, pan, shovel, and fork used at the altar in the tent of meeting]

the basin and

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כִּיֹּ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This basin was a large bronze tub that was filled with water and used for ritual washing. It is described in Exodus 30:17–21. If your language has a term for a religious item of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: [and the special bronze tub]

and … its base

Quote: כַּנּ֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This base was made of bronze. On top of it sat the basin. It is mentioned in Exodus 30:18, where the basin is also described. If your language has a term for a religious item of this type, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic term. Alternate translation: [and the bronze stand for the basin]

to consecrate them

Quote: לְ⁠קַדְּשָֽׁ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here the word to marks consecrate as the goal or purpose of sprinkling them with the oil of anointing. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He did this to make them holy]

Leviticus 8:12

some of the oil of anointing

Quote: מִ⁠שֶּׁ֣מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.

and he anointed him

Quote: וַ⁠יִּמְשַׁ֥ח אֹת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:10.

to consecrate him

Quote: לְ⁠קַדְּשֽׁ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here the word to marks the consecration of Aaron as the goal or purpose of pouring the oil of anointing on his head. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He did this to make Aaron holy]

Leviticus 8:13

And Moses presented the sons of Aaron

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֨ב מֹשֶׁ֜ה אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

headbands

Quote: מִגְבָּע֑וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

These headbands were made of cloth of finely woven linen that were likely wound about the head. If your language has a term for a piece of religious clothing of this type, consider using it here. If not, use a generic term. Alternate translation: [the priests’ special head-wrappings]

Leviticus 8:14

And he brought the bull of the sin offering near

Quote: וַ⁠יַּגֵּ֕שׁ אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To bring **the bull of the sin offering near” is a symbolic action equivalent to the expression “to present” used in this chapter and elsewhere in Leviticus. It refers to bringing the person, object, or animal to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites and showing it off to Yahweh. If the significance of this action would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning plain. Alternate translation: [And he led the bull of the sin offering to Yahweh’s presence in the tent of meeting]

the bull of the sin offering … the bull of the sin offering

Quote: אֵ֖ת פַּ֣ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֑את & פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this possessive form in 8:2.

And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of the bull of the sin offering

Quote: וַ⁠יִּסְמֹ֨ךְ אַהֲרֹ֤ן וּ⁠בָנָי⁠ו֙ אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם עַל־רֹ֖אשׁ פַּ֥ר הַֽ⁠חַטָּֽאת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh’s presence. See how you translated this action in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:15

And he slaughtered {it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֗ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually be the one who would slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: [And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it]

and Moses took the blood

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you handled the implied information in this expression in 1:5.

And he purified the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יְחַטֵּ֖א אֶת־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, he purified the altar means that his symbolic action cleansed it from the impurity caused by the presence of sin. By putting blood on the horns of the altar and pouring blood on the altar’s base, Moses uses the cleansing power of blood to purify the altar and prepare it to be a vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered. If this would be unclear in your language, consider clarifying by adding words in your translation or by supplying a footnote. Alternate translation: [And, by putting blood on the altar, he purified the altar from the impurity of sin in order to make it an acceptable place to offer sacrifices to Yahweh]

And he made it holy to make atonement on it

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְקַדְּשֵׁ֖⁠הוּ לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks making atonement on the altar as the goal or purpose of Moses purifying the altar. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation: [And he made it holy. He did this so that atonement might be made on it]

to make atonement on it

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָֽי⁠ו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled this expression and its abstract noun in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:17

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 4:12.

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the subject is not stated, the pronoun he cannot refer to either Moses, who offers the sacrifice as the priest, or to Aaron and his sons, who are being ordained as priests. As previously mentioned, this action must be accomplished by someone else who can afford to risk becoming unclean through contact with the carcass of the dead animal. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [someone else burned with fire] or [another Israelite burned with fire]

Leviticus 8:18

the ram of the burnt offering

Quote: אֵ֖ת אֵ֣יל הָ⁠עֹלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.

And Aaron and his sons laid their hands on the head of the ram

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּסְמְכ֞וּ אַהֲרֹ֧ן וּ⁠בָנָ֛י⁠ו אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹ֥אשׁ הָ⁠אָֽיִל׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action that identifies Aaron and his sons with the animal they are offering. In this way, they are placing their sin on the animal in Yahweh’s presence. See how you translated this in 1:4.

Leviticus 8:19

And he slaughtered {it

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשְׁחָ֑ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The one who offered a sacrifice would usually slaughter the animal for that sacrifice. However, in this case, even though Moses is offering the sacrifice, the pronoun he likely refers to Aaron, acting together with his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent plain. Alternate translation: [And Aaron and his sons slaughtered it]

Leviticus 8:20

And he cut the ram into its pieces

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל נִתַּ֖ח לִ⁠נְתָחָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

For emphasis, a verb and its object from the same root are being used. The verb cut is related to the noun pieces. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [And he carefully and thoroughly butchered the ram into its various pieces]

and the pieces

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נְּתָחִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the pieces implies all the portions of the animal’s body, all but the skin, that would be included in the burnt offering, according to the laws recorded in Leviticus 1:8 and Leviticus 7:8. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [and, except for the skin that was given to the priest, all of the body parts]

and the suet

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פָּֽדֶר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this fat portion in 1:8.

Leviticus 8:21

he washed with water

Quote: רָחַ֣ץ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 1:5.

Leviticus 8:22

the ram of the ordination offering

Quote: אֵ֖יל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the ram of the ordination offering uses the possessive form to describe the ram that had been selected to be sacrificed for an ordination offering. If this would be unclear in your language, consider making the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: [the ram that Aaron and his sons presented as an ordination offering]

Leviticus 8:23

and he put {it} on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־אַהֲרֹ֖ן הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a symbolic action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s right earlobe, the thumb of his right hand, and the big toe of his right foot Moses purifies Aaron and prepares him to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and he gave it on the earlobe of the right ear of Aaron and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron from the impurity of sin and to prepare him to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh]

Leviticus 8:24

And he presented the sons of Aaron

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֞ב אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

and Moses put some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear and on the thumb of their right hand and on the big toe of their right foot

Quote: וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֨ן מֹשֶׁ֤ה מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֙ עַל־תְּנ֤וּךְ אָזְנָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָדָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְלָ֖⁠ם הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Just as was done with Aaron, this is a ritual action. Just as placing blood on the extremities of the altar purified it and prepared it to be an appropriate vessel through which acceptable sacrifices might be offered to Yahweh, by placing blood on Aaron’s sons’ right earlobes, the thumbs of their right hands, and the big toes of their right feet, Moses purified Aaron’s sons and prepared them to be set apart for offering acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh. If this would not be clear in your language, consider explaining the meaning of this rite in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and Moses gave some of the blood on the earlobe of their right ear and on the thumb of their right hand and on the big toe of their right foot. He did this in order to purify Aaron’s sons from the impurity of sin and to prepare them to offer acceptable sacrifices to Yahweh]

Leviticus 8:26

And from the basket of the unleavened bread that {was} to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת אֲשֶׁ֣ר׀ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression to the face of Yahweh here refers to the location of the basket of the unleavened bread, as specified in Exodus 29:3. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And from the basket of the unleavened bread that was placed in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the sacred tent where Yahweh lived among the Israelites]

And from the basket of the unleavened bread

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠סַּ֨ל הַ⁠מַּצּ֜וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the basket of the unleavened bread uses the possessive form to describe a basket that is characterized by the presence of unleavened bread. If this would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And from the basket that contained the unleavened bread]

and one loaf of bread of oil

Quote: וְֽ⁠חַלַּ֨ת לֶ֥חֶם שֶׁ֛מֶן אַחַ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression loaf of bread of oil uses the possessive form to describe a loaf of bread that is characterized by the presence of oil on top. It corresponds to the bread whose flour is well-soaked with oil in 7:12. Alternate translation: [and one loaf of bread that was well-soaked with oil]

Leviticus 8:27

the whole

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the whole implies giving Aaron and his sons the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [all the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread]

and he raised them {as} a raised offering

Quote: וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Although the subject is not named, because it is usually the person offering the sacrifice who is authorized to dedicate the portions of the sacrifice to Yahweh by waving them in his presence, it is likely that he here refers to Aaron and his sons. This is further clarified by the fact that Moses placed the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread in the open palms of Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [and Aaron and his sons waved them as a wave offering]

and he raised them {as} a raised offering

Quote: וַ⁠יָּ֧נֶף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “toward the presence of Yahweh.” It indicates that Moses waved the loaves and the wafer in the direction of the Most Holy Place, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: [in the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lived among the Israelites]

Leviticus 8:28

And Moses took them

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקַּ֨ח מֹשֶׁ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun them refers to the fat portions, the right thigh, and all of the loaves of bread. If it would be helpful, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [And Moses took the portions of fat, the right thigh, and the loaves of bread]

Leviticus 8:29

and he raised it {as} a raised offering

Quote: וַ⁠יְנִיפֵ֥⁠הוּ תְנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “in the presence of Yahweh,} or {toward the direction of the Most Holy Place where Yahweh lives among the Israelites.” If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: [in the direction of the Most Holy Place, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

Leviticus 8:30

and some of the blood that {was} on the altar

Quote: וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּחַ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression the blood that was on the altar implies the blood of the sacrificed animal that had earlier been placed on the horns of the altar. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [and some of the blood that he had previously put on the four horns of the altar]

and he sprinkled {them} on Aaron, on his clothes, and on his sons, and on the clothes of his sons with him

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֤ז עַֽל־אַהֲרֹן֙ עַל־בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל־בָּנָ֛י⁠ו וְ⁠עַל־בִּגְדֵ֥י בָנָ֖י⁠ו אִתּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a ritual action. Just as sprinkling the oil on the utensils of the sacred tent sanctified them and dedicated them for service to Yahweh, the mixture of blood and oil both dedicated Aaron and his sons for service to Yahweh as priests and purified them and their clothing from the impurity of sin through the cleansing nature of blood. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning of the symbolic action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and he sprinkled them on Aaron, on his clothes, and on his sons and on the clothes of his sons with him. He did this in order to dedicate Aaron and his sons and to purify them from the impurity of sin]

Leviticus 8:31

the meat

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Although it is unclear, it is likely that here the meat implies the meat of the ram that Aaron and his sons offered as an ordination offering and that Moses waved as a wave offering in Yahweh’s presence. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [the meat of the ram of the ordination offering]

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּאכְל֣וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

is} in the basket of the ordination offering

Quote: בְּ⁠סַ֣ל הַ⁠מִּלֻּאִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 8:22.

just as I commanded, saying, ‘Aaron and his sons shall eat it

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר צִוֵּ֨יתִי֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר אַהֲרֹ֥ן וּ⁠בָנָ֖י⁠ו יֹאכְלֻֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: [just as I commanded when I said that Aaron and his sons shall eat it]

Leviticus 8:32

you shall burn in the fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in this expression in 4:12.

you shall burn in the fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרֹֽפוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 8:33

you shall … go out … your ordination, … your hand

Quote: תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם & אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The pronounsyou and your are plural here. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

until the day of the filling of the days of your ordination

Quote: עַ֚ד י֣וֹם מְלֹ֔את יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words from the same root are being repeated in a poetic word-play. The words filling and ordination come from the same root as the verbal expression he will fill. If your language has similarly related words that would convey these meanings, consider using them here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [until the day when your ordination is filled up because, during those seven days, he will fill up your hands]

the days of your ordination

Quote: יְמֵ֖י מִלֻּאֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: [the days when you are being ordained as priests in service to Yahweh]

because {for} seven days, he will fill your hand

Quote: כִּ֚י שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים יְמַלֵּ֖א אֶת־יֶדְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression he will fill your hand is an idiom that means to induct someone into the ministry and responsibilities of the priesthood. According to this verse, it will take seven days for Yahweh to induct Aaron and his sons into the priesthood. (See Exodus 28:41 and Exodus 29:9 for representative examples.) If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [because it will take seven days for Yahweh to give you the responsibilities of the priesthood and dedicate you as priests]

Leviticus 8:34

Just as he did on this day, Yahweh commanded to do

Quote: כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָשָׂ֖ה בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה צִוָּ֧ה יְהוָ֛ה לַ⁠עֲשֹׂ֖ת (1)

Alternate translation: [What has been done today is just as Yahweh commanded should be done]

to make atonement for you

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the word atonement in 1:4.

to make atonement for you

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks making atonement as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s commandments regarding the procedure of the various sacrifices performed on this day. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He did this so that he might make atonement for you]

for you

Quote: עֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 8:35

you shall stay … and you shall keep … and you will not die

Quote: תֵּשְׁב֨וּ & וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

and you shall keep the watch of Yahweh

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words from the same root are repeated for emphasis. The word watch is from the same root as the verb keep. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.

and you shall keep the watch of Yahweh

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־מִשְׁמֶ֥רֶת יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

To keep the watch of Yahweh does not mean to stand and guard the entrance to the sacred tent. Rather, the expression implies carefully avoiding Yahweh’s prohibitions, the things Yahweh has commanded his people not to do. If this meaning would not be clear, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and you will carefully keep Yahweh’s laws about what you are not to do]

and you will not die

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמ֑וּתוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The phrase and you will not die is the result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: ”and by doing this, you will not die]

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [because thus Yahweh commanded me]

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [You should do all this because thus I have been commanded]

I have been commanded

Quote: צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun I refers to Moses. IIt may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [I, Moses, have been commanded]

Leviticus 8:36

that Yahweh commanded by the hand of Moses

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה׃ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

The expression by the hand of Moses uses one part of a person, the hand, to represent all of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [that Yahweh commanded through Moses]

Leviticus 9

Leviticus 9 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter is another narrative piece in which Moses instructs Aaron to perform sin and burnt offerings for himself and sin, burnt, grain, and peace offerings for the people so that the “glory of Yahweh” would appear to the people, having atoned them. After instructing Aaron (9:1–7), Aaron performs for himself the sin offering, offering a bull calf in the prescribed way (9:8–11). Next, he performs the burnt offering for himself, offering a ram in the prescribed way (9:12–14). After this, Aaron makes sacrifices for the people of Israel, offering a male goat for a sin offering (9:15, a bull calf and a lamb for burnt offerings (9:16, a grain offering (9:17), and, finally, an ox and a ram for peace offerings 9:18–20), complete with a wave offering of the breat meat and the right thigh of the ox and the ram (9:21). In an incredible conclusion, Aaron blessed the people, and Moses and Aaron enter the sacred tent (9:22–23). When they come out, after blessing the people again, the “glory of Yahweh” appears to the people as “fire from before the face of Yahweh” comes out of the sacred tent and consumes the fat and meat on the burnt offering altar (9:23–24). In response to this incredible sight, the people shout and fall to the ground (9:24). The structure of the chapter is as follows:

1) Moses instructs Aaron (9:1–7)
2) Aaron performs sacrifices for himself (9:8–14)
  I. the sin offering for Aaron (9:8–11)
  II. the burnt offering for Aaron (9:12–14)
3) Aaron performs sacrifices for the people of Israel (9:15–21)
  I. the sin offering for the people (9:15)
  II. the burnt offering for the people (9:16)
  III. the grain offering for the people (9:17)
  IV. the peace offering for the people, including the wave offering (9:18–21)
4) The glory of Yahweh appears to the people (9:22–24)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Most of the special concepts in this chapter are discussed in the Book Introduction, including the burnt, grain, sin, and peace offerings, including the wave offering, the unique function of blood, the abstract noun “atonement,” and the ritual act of converting sacrifices to smoke on the altar.

Leviticus 9:1

on the eighth day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal number for eight.

on the eighth day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The eighth day is the first day after the seven-day period of the ordination ceremony. Alternate translation: [on the first day after the ordination ceremony was completed]

Leviticus 9:2

a calf, a son of the cattle, for a sin offering, and a ram for a burnt offering, perfect

Quote: עֵ֣גֶל בֶּן־בָּקָ֧ר לְ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אַ֥יִל לְ⁠עֹלָ֖ה תְּמִימִ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

For a discussion of the word perfect, see the section titled “‘Unblemished‘ or ‘perfect‘” in Part 3 of the Introduction to Leviticus. Alternate translation: [an unblemished calf, a son of the cattle, for a sin offering, and an unblemished ram for a burnt offering] or [a calf without blemish, a son of the cattle, for a sin offering, and a ram without blemish for a burnt offering]

And he said to Aaron

Quote: וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as said introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. Alternate transalation: “And he spoke to Aaron, saying,} or {And he told Aaron,}

a son of the cattle

Quote: בֶּן־בָּקָ֧ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

and present {them

Quote: וְ⁠הַקְרֵ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, ”in Yahweh’s presence.” See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [before Yahweh] or [in the precincts of the sacred tent, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

Leviticus 9:3

And to the sons of Israel, you will speak, saying, ‘Take a buck of the goats

Quote: וְ⁠אֶל־ בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל תְּדַבֵּ֣ר לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר קְח֤וּ שְׂעִיר־ עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This expression introduces a direct quote within a direct quote. You could change this into an indirect quote. Alternate translation: [And you should tell the sons of Israel to take a buck of the goats]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

you will speak

Quote: תְּדַבֵּ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

a buck of the goats

Quote: שְׂעִיר־עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression a buck of the goats used the possessive form to refer to a male goat that belongs to the class of animals also called goats. If your language possesses a specific term for a male goat, consider using it here or use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [an adult male goat]

the goats

Quote: עִזִּים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the goats does not refer to a specific group of goats. It describes any groups of goats that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [any of the goats that you own]

and a calf and a lamb, perfect sons of a year

Quote: וְ⁠עֵ֨גֶל וָ⁠כֶ֧בֶשׂ בְּנֵי־שָׁנָ֛ה תְּמִימִ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression sons of a year is an idiom that refers to animals that are a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are a year old] or [and a perfect calf and a perfect lamb that are twelve months of age]

Leviticus 9:4

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in Yahweh’s presence] or [in the precincts of the sacred tent, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

and a grain offering mixed with oil

Quote: וּ⁠מִנְחָ֖ה בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

See how you translated this expression in 7:10. Alternate translation: [and a grain offering they mixed with oil]

for today Yahweh will appear to you

Quote: כִּ֣י הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם יְהוָ֖ה נִרְאָ֥ה אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for marks Yahweh’s appearing to the people of Israel as the goal or purpose of presenting all the sacrificial animals that Moses names here. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [You should do this because Yahweh will appear to you today]

to you

Quote: אֲלֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 9:5

And they brought

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקְח֗וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the Israelite people, the “sons of Israel.” If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [And the people of Israel brought]

that which Moses commanded

Quote: אֵ֚ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֔ה (1)

Alternate translation: [the animals for the sacrifices and the grain for the offerings as Moses instructed]

to the face of the tent of meeting

Quote: אֶל־פְּנֵ֖י אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to the face of the tent of meeting refers to a location, “before the tent of meeting.” If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [to the front of the tent of meeting]

And the whole congregation presented {them

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּקְרְבוּ֙ כָּל־הָ֣⁠עֵדָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

and they stood to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וַ⁠יַּֽעַמְד֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the expression they stood to the face of Yahweh refers to the fact that the Israelite people came to stand before the altar in the courtyard of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and they stood in Yahweh’s presence within the precincts of the tent of meeting, in which Yahweh lived among the Israelites]

Leviticus 9:6

Yahweh commanded you will do

Quote: צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה תַּעֲשׂ֑וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the Israelite people, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

and the glory of Yahweh will appear to you

Quote: וְ⁠יֵרָ֥א אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם כְּב֥וֹד יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the glory of Yahweh refers to the earthly manifestation of Yahweh in the form of fire. (See 9:23–24) If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and Yahweh himself will appear to you in the form of heavenly fire]

Leviticus 9:7

and make your sin offering and your burnt offering … And make the offering of the people

Quote: וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ חַטָּֽאתְ⁠ךָ֙ וְ⁠אֶת־ עֹ֣לָתֶ֔⁠ךָ & וַ⁠עֲשֵׂ֞ה אֶת־ קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [and offer your sin offering and your burnt offering … And offer the offering of the people]

the offering of the people

Quote: אֶת־קָרְבַּ֤ן הָ⁠עָם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the offering of the people uses the possessive form to describe the sacrifices that Yahweh has commanded the people of Israel to bring. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the offering that Yahweh commanded the people to bring]

Leviticus 9:8

which {was} for himself

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־לֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression which was for himself implies that this animal, the calf of the sin offering, was being offered for Aaron’s sake and not for the sake of the people. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [which he offered to make atonement for his sin]

Leviticus 9:9

And the sons of Aaron presented the blood to him

Quote: וַ֠⁠יַּקְרִבוּ בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן אֶת־הַ⁠דָּם֮ אֵלָי⁠ו֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 1:2.

the sons of Aaron

Quote: בְּנֵ֨י אַהֲרֹ֣ן (1)

Alternate translation, with a comma after: [Aaron’s four sons, Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar, and Ithamar]

and he dipped his finger … and he put {it} … he poured out

Quote: וַ⁠יִּטְבֹּ֤ל אֶצְבָּע⁠וֹ֙ & וַ⁠יִּתֵּ֖ן & יָצַ֔ק (1)

Alternate translation: [and Aaron dipped his finger … and Aaron daubed it … and he poured out]

Leviticus 9:10

and the kidneys and the lobe from the liver

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כְּלָיֹ֜ת וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יֹּתֶ֤רֶת מִן־הַ⁠כָּבֵד֙ (1)

See how you translated these internal organs in 3:4.

Leviticus 9:11

But the meat

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the meat implies the portions of the calf of the sin offering that were to be taken outside of the camp and burned. According to 4:11, this included the calf’s head, the legs, the remaining internal organs (other than the kidney and the liver), and any remaining meat (other than the breast meat and the right thigh). If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation, with a comma after: [But the meat of the calf, along with its head and its legs, its entrails, its dung]

he burned with fire

Quote: שָׂרַ֣ף בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

See how you handled the extra information in the similar expression in 6:30.

Leviticus 9:13

And the burnt offering they brought to him

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֗ה הִמְצִ֧יאוּ אֵלָ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun they refers to the sons of Aaron, while the pronoun him refers to Aaron himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making these referents explicit. Alternate translation: [And the burnt offering Aaron’s four sons brought to their father]

Leviticus 9:15

And he presented the offering of the people

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב אֵ֖ת קָרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated the similar repetition of related words in 1:2.

And he presented

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְרֵ֕ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action in 8:6.

the offering of the people

Quote: אֵ֖ת קָרְבַּ֣ן הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 9:7.

the goat of the sin offering

Quote: אֶת־שְׂעִ֤יר הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar possessive form in 8:2.

like the first

Quote: כָּ⁠רִאשֽׁוֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word first is the ordinal number for one. The expression the first one refers to the calf that Aaron offered as a sin offering for himself. Alternate translation: [like the calf that Aaron offered as a sin offering for himself]

Leviticus 9:17

and he filled his palm from it

Quote: וַ⁠יְמַלֵּ֤א כַפּ⁠וֹ֙ מִמֶּ֔⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The expression he filled his palm from it refers to the priests’ practice of designating what portion of a grain offering would be burned by scooping out whatever he could fit in his open, upturned hand. This practice is described in 2:2 and 5:12. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: [and Aaron filled his palm with a handful of the grain offering in order to designate how much he would burn on the altar]

and he caused {it} to become smoke on the altar

Quote: וַ⁠יַּקְטֵ֖ר עַל־הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun it refers not to the whole grain offering, but to the portion that Aaron scooped out with his palm. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making this meaning plain. Alternate translation: [and he caused the portion of the grain offering that he scooped out with his palm to become smoke on the altar]

in addition to the burnt offering of the morning

Quote: מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד עֹלַ֥ת הַ⁠בֹּֽקֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the burnt offering of the morning uses the possessive form to describe the burnt offering that was offered as the first sacrifice of each day. Normally, the priests would offer this burnt sacrifice in the morning before any other sacrifice. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [in addition to the burnt offering that had been offered earlier that morning as the usual first sacrifice of the day]

Leviticus 9:18

and the ram of the sacrifice of the peace offerings

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַ֔יִל זֶ֥בַח הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the ram of the sacrifice of the peace offerings uses the possessive form to describe a ram that was chosen to be the animal sacrifice for a peace offering. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [The ram that the people had presented to Aaron as the sacrifice for their peace offering]

Leviticus 9:21

Aaron raised {as} a raised offering

Quote: הֵנִ֧יף אַהֲרֹ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this symbolic action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As the Introduction to Leviticus discusses, in contexts such as this, the expression to the face of Yahweh means “where Yahweh can see” and, by extension, ”in Yahweh’s presence.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [in Yahweh’s presence] or [within the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

Leviticus 9:22

And Aaron lifted his hands toward the people

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂ֨א אַהֲרֹ֧ן אֶת־יד⁠ו אֶל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Lifting one’s hands is a symbolic action that signals a physical posture of prayer. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [And Aaron lifted his hands toward the people so that he could pray for them]

and he blessed them

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְבָרְכֵ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing

Aaron is asking Yahweh to bless the people. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and he prayed Yahweh’s blessing over the people]

And he came down from making the sin offering and the burnt offering and the peace offerings

Quote: וַ⁠יֵּ֗רֶד מֵ⁠עֲשֹׂ֧ת הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה וְ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁלָמִֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression And he came down implies that Aaron was likely elevated off the ground, probably by means of steps or a ramp, in order to offer the sacrifices on top of the altar. Consequently, Aaron would have been higher than where the people were standing. If it would be helpful, consider supplying this implied information. Alternate translation: [And, because Aaron was elevated above the people when he offered the sacrifices, he came down from making the sin offering and the burnt offering and the peace offerings]

Leviticus 9:23

and they blessed the people

Quote: וַֽ⁠יְבָרֲכ֖וּ אֶת־הָ⁠עָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing

Aaron and Moses asked Yahweh to bless the people. You could express this as either a blessing or a prayer, in whichever way is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and they prayed that Yahweh would bless the people]

And the glory of Yahweh appeared to all the people

Quote: וַ⁠יֵּרָ֥א כְבוֹד־ יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־ כָּל־ הָ⁠עָֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the expression the glory of Yahweh in 9:6.

Leviticus 9:24

before the face of Yahweh, and it consumed

Quote: מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה וַ⁠תֹּ֨אכַל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression fire went out from before the face of Yahweh implies that the fire came from the direction of Yahweh’s presence in the Most Holy Place, where he lived among the Israelites. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [from Yahweh’s presence in the Most Holy Place, where he lived among the Israelites, and it consumed]

And all the people saw

Quote: וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא כָּל־הָ⁠עָם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The expression And all the people saw is missing some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [And all the people saw how Yahweh provided the fire to consume the offering and fat on the altar] or [And all the people saw how the fire from before the face of Yahweh consumed the burnt offering and the fat on the altar]

and they shouted

Quote: וַ⁠יָּרֹ֔נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, they shouted means that they cried out in joy with a loud voice. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they cheered loudly]

and they fell on their faces

Quote: וַֽ⁠יִּפְּל֖וּ עַל־ פְּנֵי⁠הֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To fall on one’s face is a symbolic action. As an act of reverence, honor, and submission, It refers to either: (1) bowing on one’s knees with one’s face to the ground. If your language has a similar idiom to refer to bowing with respect to authority, consider using it here. If not, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and they knelt down in respect and awe with their faces toward the ground” or (2) lying flat on the ground. Alternate translation: [and they lay flat out on the ground]

Leviticus 10

Leviticus 10 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter includes the last narrative of the section that began in Leviticus 8. It tells the story of how Aaron’s two sons, Nadab and Abihu, offered “strange fire that he did not command them” (10:1). As a result of this action, Yahweh kills the two men with fire sent out from his presence (10:2). Moses then interprets the events as a demonstration of Yahweh’s utter holiness (10:3), before instructing that the men’s bodies be removed carefully (10:4–5) and guiding Aaron’s remaining sons how they should mourn as priests (10:5–7). Yahweh then gives instruction to Aaron concerning the consumption of alcoholic drink in connection to the priesthood (10:8–9), clarifying that the role of the priesthood in Israel is to help the people distinguish between what is pure and what is impure so that they may follow Yahweh’s laws and be his holy people (10:10–11). Following this, Moses instructs Aaron’s remaining two sons, Eleazar and Ithamar, that they are to eat the remaining food portions of the sacrifice and to do so in a clean and holy place (10:12–15). However, when Moses later searches for the meat of the sin offering, he discovers that it had been burnt rather than eaten ([10:16])(../10/16.md)). When Moses questions why this happened, as the sin offering was exactly the type whose meat should have been eaten by the priests (10:17–18), Aaron responds that he believes that the presence of his son’s bodies in the sanctuary has made the sin offering unacceptable to eat (10:19). The narrative ends as Moses is satisfied with this answer (10:20). The structure of the chapter is as follows:

1) The death of Nadab and Abihu (10:1–2)
2) Moses’ interpretation and instructions (10:3–7)
  A. the removal of the bodies (10:3–5)
  B. mourning as priests (10:6–7)
3) Yahweh instructs Aaron (10:8–11)
4) Moses instructs Eleazar and Ithamar (10:12–15)
5) The debate between Moses and Aaron concerning the sin offering (10:16–20)

Note that Leviticus 10:3 is a line of poetry. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 10:3.

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Mourning practices

In Leviticus 10:6–7, Moses instructs Aaron’s remaining sons, Eleazar and Ithamar that,when they are performing their duties as priests, they are not to mourn as they normally would mourn. Instead, they are to let the people of Israel mourn for them. (See 10:6). The symbolic actions associated with mourning practices that they are to avoid are: 1) letting their hair be disheveled and loose. The expression in Lev 10:6 (“Do not let your heads be loose”) is a figure of speech. Here, the word “heads” refers by association to the hair of one’s head, so the expression “Do not let your heads be loose” refers to letting one’s hair hang down disheveled and unkempt. It is implied that Aaron’s sons’ hair was long enough to hang down over their heads. This was a common practice associated with mourning for a dead relative. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. 2) tearing their clothes in grief. The practice of tearing one’s clothes was a common sign of public mourning in ancient Israel. This was a common practice associated with mourning for a dead relative. If your culture has an expression that describes a similar symbolic action, consider using that expression here. If not, consider using a generic expression and explaining the meaning of this action in a footnote or in the body of your translation.

These are symbolic actions associated with mourning for dead relatives. If your language does not have similar actions associated with a period of mourning, consider explaining the meaning of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

Fire and “strange fire”

In this chapter, the word translated as “fire” appears both as literal fire and as referring to live, burning coals that produce fire. The notes below (as well as the UST) will serve to distinguish which meaning is present in each context. Where the word “fire” represents the coals that produce fire, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly, if it would be helpful in your language. In Leviticus 10:2, the expression “strange fire” appears. Here, “fire” refers to coals that produce fire rather than to the fire itself. In context, the expression means that either: (1) Aaron’s sons Nadab and Abihu had used burning coals that came from a common, everyday source rather than from a holy source, as Yahweh had commanded or (2) the incense that Aaron’s sons Nadab and Abihu placed on top of the burning coals was not the kind of incense that Yahweh had commanded should be offered in the tent of meeting. The notes and the UST favor the first option, but the second is possible as well.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

The use of plural “you”

Throughout this chapter, the words “you” and “*your” are plural. They often refer to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form of the second-person pronouns of your language in your translation if your language marks that distinct

Leviticus 10:1

And … took

Quote: וַ⁠יִּקְח֣וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential

The word And indicates that the action of this chapter immediately follows what happened in the previous chapter. The events recorded here should be considered to be a continuation of the story of the ordination ceremony. In your translation, be sure to use a connecting word that signals this to your readers.

his censer

Quote: מַחְתָּת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A censer is a shallow bronze container that priests could use to carry hot coals on which to burn incense. If your language has a word for this religious object, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [his incense pan]

fire

Quote: אֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word fire represents the coals that produce fire. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [glowing coals] or [live coals]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites] or [in Yahweh’s presence]

strange fire

Quote: אֵ֣שׁ זָרָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

It is likely that the expression strange fire means that either: (1) Nadab and Abihu had used burning coals that came from a common, everyday source rather than from a holy source, as Yahweh had commanded. Alternate translation: [common fire that was not set apart exclusively for Yahweh’s purposes” or (2) the incense that Nadab and Abihu placed on top of the burning coals was not the kind of incense that Yahweh had commanded should be offered in the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: [unauthorized incense]

Leviticus 10:2

fire

Quote: אֵ֛שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, fire means flames and not hot coals, as it did in the previous verse. The poetic repetition of words is intended to be ironic. Nadab and Abihu offered fire as coals, but flames of fire consumed them in judgment. If your language has words for live coals and for flaming fire that are similar and that could preserve this irony, consider using those terms here. If not, use the word for flaming fire here. Alternate translation: [blazing flames]

from before the face of Yahweh

Quote: מִ⁠לִּ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [from the Holy of Holies where Yahweh lived among the Israelites] or [from Yahweh’s presence]

and it consumed them

Quote: וַ⁠תֹּ֣אכַל אוֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The author of Leviticus uses the image of the fire consuming or eating Aaron’s two sons to refer to the process that the sacrifice undergoes as the fire burns it until it is completely ash. If your language has a similar idiom used of fire completely burning something, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and it killed them]

Leviticus 10:3

This is what Yahweh spoke, saying, Among those who draw near to me, I will show myself to be holy. And on the faces of all the people, I will be honored

Quote: הוּא֩ אֲשֶׁר־ דִּבֶּ֨ר יְהוָ֤ה׀ לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ וְ⁠עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י כָל־ הָ⁠עָ֖ם אֶכָּבֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: [This is what Yahweh spoke when he said that he would show himself to be holy among those who draw near to him and that he would be honored on the faces of all the people]

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Among those who draw near to me

Quote: בִּ⁠קְרֹבַ֣⁠י (1)

Alternate translation: [Among the priests who offer sacrifices to me”

I will show myself to be holy

Quote: אֶקָּדֵ֔שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression I will show myself to be holy implies that, by killing Aaron’s sons who had sinned, either: (1) Yahweh demonstrated that he alone is God. He is not only set apart from sin, but he is also perfect and powerful. Alternate translation: [I will show that I am God and that I alone am set apart from sin” or (2) Yahweh removed the impurity caused by the sins of Nadab and Abihu, thus purifying himself. Alternate translation: [I will purify myself from the impurity of people’s sin]

And on the faces of all the people

Quote: וְ⁠עַל־פְּנֵ֥י כָל־הָ⁠עָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the faces of all the people refers to the people’s faculties of sight and, by extension, what they can see. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And in the sight of all the people]

I will be honored

Quote: אֶכָּבֵ֑ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [people will honor me]

Leviticus 10:4

Mishael … Elzaphan, the sons of Uzziel

Quote: מִֽישָׁאֵל֙ & אֶלְצָפָ֔ן & בְּנֵ֥י עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Mishael and Elzaphan are the names of Aaron’s cousins, the sons of his uncle, Uzziel.

Uzziel

Quote: עֻזִּיאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

Uzziel is the name of Aaron’s uncle.

the uncle of Aaron

Quote: דֹּ֣ד אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship

Here the term uncle specifically refers to Aaron’s father’s brother. Since Aaron and Moses are brothers, Uzziel is also the uncle of Moses. If your language has a specific word for an uncle, it would be appropriate to use it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [Aaron’s father’s brother]

Present {yourselves

Quote: קִ֠רְב֞וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

To Present oneself is a symbolic action that refers to bringing oneself into Yahweh’s presence to do his purposes. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [Come near to the precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites, and be ready to do what Yahweh requires of you]

your brothers

Quote: אֶת־אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, your is plural. It refers to Mishael and Elzaphan, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

from the face of the Holy Place

Quote: מֵ⁠אֵ֣ת פְּנֵי־הַ⁠קֹּ֔דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, from the face of the Holy Place refers to a location before the Holy Place. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an expresson from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from the space in front of the Holy Place within the tent of meeting]

Leviticus 10:5

and they lifted them by their tunics

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The text implies that Mishael and Elzaphan carried Nadab and Abihu by their tunics so as to not come in direct contact with their dead bodies, which would have made Mishael and Elzaphan ceremonially unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider providing this implied information in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and, because they did not want to become unclean by touching the dead bodies, they lifted them by their tunics]

and they lifted them

Quote: וַ⁠יִּשָּׂאֻ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun them refers to the bodies of Nadab and Abihu. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [and they lifted the bodies of Nadab and Abihu]

by their tunics

Quote: בְּ⁠כֻתֳּנֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the possessive pronoun their could refer to (1) Nadab and Abihu. Alternate translation: [by Nadab and Abihu’s tunics” or (2) Mishael and Elzaphan. Alternate translation: [by Mishael and Elzaphan’s tunics]

Leviticus 10:6

Do not let your heads be loose and do not tear your clothes

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־ תִּפְרָ֣עוּ׀ וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לֹֽא־ תִפְרֹ֨מוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

These are symbolic actions associated with mourning for dead relatives. If your language does not have similar actions associated with a period of mourning, consider explaining the meaning of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [Do not mourn for your relatives by letting your heads be loose or by tearing your clothes]

Do not let your heads be loose

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־תִּפְרָ֣עוּ ׀ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word heads refers by association to the hair of one’s head, so the expression Do not let your heads be loose refers to letting one’s hair hang down disheveled and unkempt. It is implied that Aaron’s sons’ hair was long enough to hang down from their heads. As the previous note suggests, this was a common practice associated with mourning for a dead relative. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [Do not let your long hair hang down loose]

your heads … and … your clothes, so that you will not die and … not} … But your brothers

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם & וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֔תוּ & וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronouns you and your are plural. They refer to Aaron’s sons, Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Do not let your heads be loose and do not tear your clothes, so that you will not die and against all the congregation he will {not} be angry

Quote: רָֽאשֵׁי⁠כֶ֥ם אַל־תִּפְרָ֣עוּ ׀ וּ⁠בִגְדֵי⁠כֶ֤ם לֹֽא־תִפְרֹ֨מוּ֙ וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֔תוּ וְ⁠עַ֥ל כָּל־הָ⁠עֵדָ֖ה יִקְצֹ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, so that marks you will not die and against all the congregation he will {not} be angry as the goal or purpose of Do not let your heads be loose and do not tear your clothes . Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Altrnate translation: “Do not let your heads be loose and do not tear your clothes. If you do not do these things, you will not die and against all the congregation he will {not} be angry.

he will {… be angry

Quote: יִקְצֹ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronoun he refers to Yahweh. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [Yahweh will not be angry]

But your brothers

Quote: וַ⁠אֲחֵי⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word brothers does not mean male relatives. Rather, it likely refers to all their fellow Israelites, who were to be considered to be members of a single extended family. Alternate translation: [But all your fellow Israelites]

all of the house of Israel

Quote: כָּל־ בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, house refers to the whole people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [all the people of Israel]

for} the burning that Yahweh has burned

Quote: הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase Yahweh has burned translates as a verb that is related to the noun translated as burning. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation.

for} the burning that Yahweh has burned

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠שְּׂרֵפָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר שָׂרַ֥ף יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word burning implies the fire that came out from the Holy Place and consumed Nadab and Abihu. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [for the way that Yahweh killed Nadab and Abihu with fire]

Leviticus 10:7

you shall not go out, … you die, … is} on you

Quote: לֹ֤א תֵֽצְאוּ֙ & תָּמֻ֔תוּ & עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

for

Quote: כִּי־ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [This is because]

the oil of the anointing of Yahweh

Quote: שֶׁ֛מֶן מִשְׁחַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the oil of the anointing of Yahweh uses the possessive form to describe oil that is used to anoint people for service to Yahweh. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning with a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the special oil that is used to set people apart to serve as priests to Yahweh]

And they did according to the word of Moses

Quote: וַֽ⁠יַּעֲשׂ֖וּ כִּ⁠דְבַ֥ר מֹשֶֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The term word is being used to mean the message that Moses spoke. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And they did exactly what Moses told them to do]

Leviticus 10:9

or beer

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׁכָ֞ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, beer is likely a fermented and alcoholic beverage brewed from wheat, barley, or other grains. If your language has a word for this beverage, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [or other alcoholic beverage]

you or your sons with you

Quote: אַתָּ֣ה ׀ וּ⁠בָנֶ֣י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֗⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is singular. It refers to Aaron, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

when you go … so you will not die—… throughout your generations

Quote: בְּ⁠בֹאֲ⁠כֶ֛ם & וְ⁠לֹ֣א תָמֻ֑תוּ & לְ⁠דֹרֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The pronouns you and your are plural. They refer to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 10:10

and to separate

Quote: וּֽ⁠לֲ⁠הַבְדִּ֔יל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

The word translated as and indicates that the ability to separate between holy and common and between clean and unclean is a further consequence of abstaining from drinking alcohol while conducting priestly duties. Use a natural form in your language to connect this statement to the previous one. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: [That way you will also be able to separate]

the holy … the common

Quote: הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ & הַ⁠חֹ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The adjectives holy and common are being used as nouns to refer to that which is set apart for Yahweh alone and that which is associated with ordinary everyday life. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: [that which is holy … that which is common]

the common

Quote: הַ⁠חֹ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word common refers to things, animals, or people that are not set apart for Yahweh but are associated with ordinary, everyday life. If it would be helpful in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the ordinary] or [the usual]

the unclean … the clean

Quote: הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א & הַ⁠טָּהֽוֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The adjective clean is being used as a noun to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects. The adjective unclean is being used as a noun to refer to that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: [that which is clean … that which is unclean]

Leviticus 10:11

and to teach

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, in order to marks teaching the sons of Israel as the goal or purpose of learning to separate between holy and common, between clean and unclean. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternatively, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [The priests should learn to do this so that they might be able to teach]

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

by the hand of Moses

Quote: בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, hand represents the agency of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [through Moses]

Leviticus 10:12

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

and eat it

Quote: וְ⁠אִכְל֥וּ⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun it refers to whatever portion of the grain offering was left over and had not been burned on the aItar. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [and eat the remaining grain offering]

for it is a holy thing of the holy things

Quote: כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [This is because it is a holy thing of the holy things]

it is a holy thing of the holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 10:13

And you shall eat

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

it

Quote: אֹתָ⁠הּ֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [the remaining part of th grain offering]

because it {is} your portion and the portion of your sons from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: כִּ֣י חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ הִ֔וא מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [You should do this because it is your portion and the portion of your sons from the gifts of Yahweh]

from the gifts of Yahweh

Quote: מֵ⁠אִשֵּׁ֖י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 2:3.

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [This is so because thus I have been commanded]

because thus I have been commanded

Quote: כִּי־ כֵ֖ן צֻוֵּֽיתִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [because thus Yahweh commanded me]

Leviticus 10:14

And the breast of the raised offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֩ חֲזֵ֨ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the breast of the wave offering uses the possessive form to describe breast meat that is to be offered as a wave offering. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And the breast meat that Aaron and his sons presented as a wave offering]

the raised offering

Quote: הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֜ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this type of offering in 7:30.

and the thigh of the contribution

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the thigh of the contribution uses the possessive form to describe thigh meat that has been chosen to be offered as a special contribution of food to Yahweh’s priests. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and the thigh meat that Aaron and his sons presented as a special contribution]

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּֽאכְלוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons. Consider using the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

you and your sons and your daughters with you

Quote: אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The pronouns you and your refer to Aaron. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [you, Aaron, and your sons and your daughters with you]

you and your sons and your daughters with you, … as} your portion … your sons

Quote: אַתָּ֕ה וּ⁠בָנֶ֥י⁠ךָ וּ⁠בְנֹתֶ֖י⁠ךָ אִתָּ֑⁠ךְ & חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ & בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, the words you and your are singular. They refer to Aaron alone. Consider using the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

for they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons

Quote: כִּֽי־חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [You should do this because they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons]

for they are given {as} your portion and the portion of your sons

Quote: כִּֽי־ חָקְ⁠ךָ֤ וְ⁠חָק־ בָּנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ נִתְּנ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [for Yahweh has given them as your portion and the portion of your sons]

they are given

Quote: נִתְּנ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun they does not refer to Aaron’s sons and daughters. Rather, it refers to the breast meat of the wave offering and the thigh meat of the contribution. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [the breast meat of the wave offering and the thigh meat of the contribution are given]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:2.

Leviticus 10:15

The thigh of the contribution and the breast of the raised offering

Quote: שׁ֣וֹק הַ⁠תְּרוּמָ֞ה וַ⁠חֲזֵ֣ה הַ⁠תְּנוּפָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these expressions in 10:14.

the gifts of the fat portions

Quote: אִשֵּׁ֤י הַ⁠חֲלָבִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the gifts of the fat portions implies all the portions of fat and internal organs that would normally be offered with sacrifices of peace offerings. See 3:3–4, 3:9–10, and 3:14–15 for the exact portions.

they shall bring

Quote: יָבִ֔יאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronoun they likely refers to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the referent explicitly. Alternate translation: [the people of Israel shall bring]

to raise {as} a raised offering

Quote: לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this ritual action and its corresponding type of offering in 7:30.

to raise {as} a raised offering

Quote: לְ⁠הָנִ֥יף תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks waving the meat and fat portions as a wave offering as reason to bring them to the tent of meeting. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the precincts of the tent of meeting where Yahweh lived among the Israelites] or [in Yahweh’s presence]

Leviticus 10:16

And the goat of the sin offering

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ת ׀ שְׂעִ֣יר הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֗את (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this possessive form in 9:15. Here, the goat of the sin offering refers to the butchered meat of the animal rather than to the live animal itself. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And the meat of the goat of the sin offering]

Moses, searching, searched for

Quote: דָּרֹ֥שׁ דָּרַ֛שׁ מֹשֶׁ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb searched for in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [Moses diligently searched for]

It had been burned up

Quote: שֹׂרָ֑ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Aaron’s sons had burned it up]

Leviticus 10:17

Why have you not eaten … to you

Quote: מַדּ֗וּעַ לֹֽא־אֲכַלְתֶּ֤ם & לָ⁠כֶ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Eleazar and Ithamar, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

the sin offering

Quote: אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּאת֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [the meat of the goat that was offered as a sin offering]

for it is a holy thing of holy things

Quote: כִּ֛י קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הִ֑וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a question mark before and a period after: [You should have done this because it is a holy thing of holy things]

to bear the iniquity of the congregation

Quote: לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks bearing the iniquity of the people as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s having given the meat of the sin offering to the priests to eat. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to bear the iniquity of the congregation

Quote: לָ⁠שֵׂאת֙ אֶת־ עֲוֺ֣ן הָ⁠עֵדָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 5:1.

to make atonement for them

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠הֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks making atonement for the people as the goal or purpose of Yahweh’s having given the meat of the sin offering to the priests to eat. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to make atonement

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this expression in 1:4.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in Yahweh’s presence] or [in Yahweh’s judgment]

Leviticus 10:18

its blood was not brought into the inner Holy Place

Quote: לֹא־הוּבָ֣א אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ אֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [this sacrifice did not require the priests to bring its blood into the inner Holy Place]

its blood was not brought into the inner Holy Place

Quote: לֹא־הוּבָ֣א אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ אֶל־הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

According to 6:23, sin offerings that required the priest to bring the blood of the animal into the inner sanctuary of the Holy Place could not be eaten by the priests. Rather, this variety of sin offerings had to be burned completely. Moses is saying that because the sin offering presented by the people was not this particular kind of sin offering, it should have been eaten by the priests. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this statement in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [if the blood of the sin offering had been brought into the inner Holy Place, it could not have been eaten. But since it was the sin offering that the people presented, it did not require this]

its blood

Quote: אֶת־דָּמָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the possessive pronoun its refers to the sin offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [the blood of the sin offering]

the inner Holy Place

Quote: הַ⁠קֹּ֖דֶשׁ פְּנִ֑ימָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The inner Holy Place refers to the space within the tent of meeting, particularly, the space of the inner tent known as the Holy of Holies. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [the interior section of the tent of the Holy Place]

Eating, you shall eat it

Quote: אָכ֨וֹל תֹּאכְל֥וּ אֹתָ֛⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb eat in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [You must certainly eat it]

you shall eat

Quote: תֹּאכְל֥וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here the pronoun you is plural. It refers to Aaron and his sons, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [you must eat]

Leviticus 10:19

they presented their sin offering and their burnt offering

Quote: הִקְרִ֨יבוּ אֶת־חַטָּאתָ֤⁠ם וְ⁠אֶת־עֹֽלָתָ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here the pronouns they and their refer to Aaron’s four sons, who had offered burnt offerings and sin offerings on their own behalf as well as on the behalf of the people. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [my four sons presented their sin offerings and their burnt offerings]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [in the precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lived among the Israelites] or [in Yahweh’s presence]

and it has happened to me according to these things

Quote: וַ⁠תִּקְרֶ֥אנָה אֹתִ֖⁠י כָּ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Aaron is referring to the death of his sons, Nadab and Abihu, in a polite way by using the phrase it has happened to me according to these things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to these events in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: [and now my sons lie dead outside of the camp, having been consumed by Yahweh’s fire]

But {if} I ate the sin offering today, would it have been good in the eyes of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠אָכַ֤לְתִּי חַטָּאת֙ הַ⁠יּ֔וֹם הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion

Aaron here uses the question form to question Moses about the appropriateness of eating the meat of the sin offering when his two sons were killed within the holy space of the tent of meeting itself. His question anticipates a negative response. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation, followed by a period rather than a question mark: “But even if I ate the sin offering today, it would not have been good in the eyes of Yahweh.}

would it have been good in the eyes of Yahweh

Quote: הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or approval. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [would it have been good in Yahweh’s judgment]

would it have been good in the eyes of Yahweh

Quote: הַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression good in the eyes of Yahweh is an idiom that means “to be pleasing to Yahweh} or {to be acceptable to Yahweh.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [would Yahweh have approved] or [would it have pleased Yahweh]

Leviticus 10:20

and it was good in his eyes

Quote: וַ⁠יִּיטַ֖ב בְּ⁠עֵינָֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression good in his eyes is an idiom that means “to be pleasing to him} or {to be acceptable to him.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and he approved] or [and it seemed good to him]

Leviticus 11

Leviticus 11 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

In Leviticus 11, Yahweh speaks to Moses again and delivers a series of laws about all things clean and unclean that continues through Leviticus 15. This chapter concerns the animals that Israel is allowed to eat and how to distinguish between what is clean and what is unclean. (See Leviticus 11:46–47.) The list begins with four unclean quadrupeds, establishing a rule for identifying clean and unclean four-footed animals: they must both chew cud and possess a fully cloven hoof (11:2–4. As such, camels (11:4), rock badgers (11:5), rabbits (11:6), and pigs (11:7) are unclean because these animals meet one but not both of these criteria. The section which follows describes a rule for determining clean and unclean creatures that live in water: they must possess both scales and fins. (See 11:9–12.) Next, Yahweh gives a list of unclean birds, although he does not describe why these are unclean. (See 11:13–19.) This is followed by a list of clean insects and a rule for distinguishing them from unclean ones (11:20–23). The rule for determining unclean quadrupeds is reiterated (11:24–28) before a list of unclean “swarming things” is provided (11:29–31), along with instructions for what to do when such unclean creatures come into contact with various everyday items and objects (11:32–38). Yahweh reiterates that no one should touch or eat the dead body of an unclean animal (11:39–40), before reiterating the rule for unclean “swarming things” (11:41–43). Yahweh then explains that the reason for these laws is found in his own holiness and his desire for his people to be just as holy (11:44–45) by following his laws and distinguishing between what is clean and what is unclean (11:46–47). The structure of the chapter is as follows:

Clean and Unclean Animals
  A. The rule for clean and unclean quadrupeds (11:1–8)
  B. The rule for clean and unclean water creatures (11:9–12)
  C. A list of unclean birds (11:13–19)
  D. The rule for clean and unclean insects (11:20–23)
  E. The rule for clean and unclean quadrupeds, again (11:24–28)
  F. A list of unclean “swarming” creatures (11:29–31)
  G. Handling objects that come into contact with unclean creatures (11:32–38)
  H. Prohibition against touching or eating dead unclean animals (11:39–40)
  I. Unclean “swarming” creatures, again (11:41–43)
  J. Yahweh’s concluding explanation for the law (11:44–47)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Clean and unclean animals

This chapter describes the animals, birds, and other creatures that were “unclean,” meaning that the Israelites were not allowed to eat them. It also describes the ones that were “clean,” which the Israelites were permitted to eat. The lists of four-legged animals, water creatures, and insects tell how to determine which ones are clean and which ones are not. The lists of birds and swarming creatures do not provide that information.

Interpreters continue to debate the grounds on which creatures were considered clean or unclean. However, it is likely that in the mind of the ancient Israelite, unclean creatures had an association with death, or they did not fit properly into their own category of creation, or they were associated with the false gods of the nations that lived around Israel.

For example, birds that ate the flesh of dead animals were unclean because that associated them with death. The ostrich was considered unclean because it is a bird that does not fly, so it does not fit its own category. There was also an association between the ostrich and the religious practices of the Egyptians.

But in general, the book of Leviticus leaves the logic unstated and implicit that defines clean and unclean. In your translation, it may be best to do the same. As a translator, it is important not to introduce into your translation of Leviticus current cultural notions of which foods are acceptable.

Important Figures of Speech in This Chapter

Repeated words

Throughout this chapter, several related words are repeated for emphasis. Examples of this are found in the expressions “dividing a hoof” (11:3–7), “splitting the cleft of hooves” (11:3 and 11:7), “chew the cud” (11:7), “any food that is eaten” and “any drink that is drunk” (11:34), “any seed, a sown seed that will be sown” (11:37), and “every swarming thing, the one swarming on the ground” (11:41). You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning of these expressions.

The use of generic nouns

Throughout this chapter, generic nouns are used to describe clean and unclean animals. When these nouns use the article “the” (as in “the rock badger”), the expression does not refer to a specific animal. Rather, it describes any animal of that type that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language.

Other Possible Translation Difficulties in This Chapter

“Clean” and “unclean”

To understand the concepts of clean and unclean, it may be helpful to review the section of the Book Introduction labeled “What is the meaning of ‘holy’ and ‘holiness’ in the book of Leviticus?” as well as the section in the Introduction to Chapter 5 labeled “Unclean.” (Also see: clean, wash)

The identity of the clean and unclean animals

The exact identities of several of the animals listed in this chapter are ambiguous and debated, especially in the lists of unclean birds (11:13–19) and “swarming” creatures (11:29–31). Not only is it likely that some of these animals are extinct or no longer exist in the same form as they did in ancient Israel, but it is also likely that the ancient Israelites categorized animals differently than modern zoological taxonomies. Despite this, the ULT gives a reasonable translation for the animals in these lists. In your translation, it is best to keep the names of the animals in these lists as general as possible. Consider using words or expressions that describe a category of birds (such as “hawks} or {lizards”) rather than the name of a specific species of bird (like “the Swainson’s Hawk} or {the monitor lizard”). If your language does not have many different words for similar animals, you may have to list fewer animals than the ULT does. See the UST for a model of this kind of translation.

Leviticus 11:1

saying to them

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 11:1-2

saying to them … Speak to the sons of Israel, saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֥ר אֲלֵ⁠הֶֽם׃ & דַּבְּר֛וּ אֶל־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told them to tell the sons of Israel]

Leviticus 11:2

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this way of referring to the people of Israel in 1:2.

This {is} the living thing

Quote: זֹ֤את הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word living thing is singular in form, but it refers to all the following animals, birds, fish, lizards, and insects as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: [These are the creatures]

is} the living thing

Quote: הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the living thing does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any animal, bird, fish, lizard, or insect that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [is the type of creature]

Leviticus 11:3

Anything dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of hooves, making the cud go up among the livestock

Quote: כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה בַּ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: [Animals that have a divided hoof, split in two parts, and they bring up and rechew their food]

Anything dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of hooves

Quote: כֹּ֣ל ׀ מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [Anything dividing the hoof that splits the cleft of the hooves completely]

dividing a hoof

Quote: מַפְרֶ֣סֶת פַּרְסָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb dividing comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [that has a completely divided hoof]

and splitting the cleft of hooves

Quote: וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֤עַת שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פְּרָסֹ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb splitting comes from the same root as the noun cleft. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [and with hooves that are thoroughly split in two]

making the cud go up

Quote: מַעֲלַ֥ת גֵּרָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression, making the cud go up, is an idiom that refers to the process of regurgitating partly digested food from the first stomach to the mouth. The animal chews the food again before swallowing it to the second stomach for thorough digestion. If your language has a general word for this digestive process, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [reprocessing partially digested food]

the cud

Quote: גֵּרָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the cud does not refer to a specific food substance. Rather, it refers to any food that an animal brings up and chews again. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [any food from the first stomach]

you shall eat it

Quote: אֹתָ֖⁠הּ תֹּאכֵֽלוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to any individual land-dwelling quadruped that meets both of the criteria listed in this verse. That is, it must both chew cud and possess a completely divided hoof to be considered clean and acceptable for eating. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [you should eat any four-footed animal that meets these criteria]

Leviticus 11:4

the camel

Quote: אֶֽת־ הַ֠⁠גָּמָל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the camel does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any camel that an Israelite might own or encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [any camel]

the camel

Quote: אֶֽת־הַ֠⁠גָּמָל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This camel is a large, long-necked animal that usually lives in hot, dry climates. It has long slender legs, broad cushioned feet, and either one or two humps of fatty tissue on its back. They are still used as beasts of burden. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term.

because

Quote: כִּֽי־ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [for the reason that]

but a hoof it is not dividing

Quote: וּ⁠פַרְסָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נּוּ מַפְרִ֔יס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb dividing comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation, preceded by a comma: “but it does not have a fully divided hoof}

Leviticus 11:5

And the rock badger, because

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [Likewise, you shall not eat the rock badger. This is because]

And the rock badger

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This rock badger is a small-to-medium-sized rodent-like animal that lives and hunts in rocky places. It is also known as the hyrax, the rock rabbit, or, in some places, the coney. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term.

And the rock badger

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁפָ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the rock badger does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rock badger that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And any rock badger]

but it does not divide a hoof

Quote: וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א יַפְרִ֑יס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb divide comes from the same root as the noun hoof. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [but it does not have a totally divided hoof]

Leviticus 11:6

And the rabbit, because

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [Likewise, you shall not eat the rabbit. This is because]

And the rabbit

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The rabbit is a burrowing, plant-eating animal with long ears, long hind legs, and a short tail. If your language has a word for such an animal, consider using it here. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term.

And the rabbit

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַרְנֶ֗בֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the rabbit does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any rabbit that an Israelite might encounter in their daily life. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And any rabbit]

but it does not divide a hoof

Quote: וּ⁠פַרְסָ֖ה לֹ֣א הִפְרִ֑יסָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these repeated words in 11:5.

Leviticus 11:7

And the pig, because

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [Likewise, you shall not eat the pig. This is because]

And the pig

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This pig is a hoofed swine with a flat snout for rooting in the soil. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of something similar in your area, or you could use a more general term.

And the pig

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֠⁠חֲזִיר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the pig does not refer to a specific animal. It describes any pig that an Israelite might encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And any pig]

because it is dividing a hoof and splitting the cleft of a hoof

Quote: כִּֽי־מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than and in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [because it is dividing the hoof in a way that splits the cleft of the hooves completely]

it is dividing a hoof

Quote: מַפְרִ֨יס פַּרְסָ֜ה ה֗וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these repeated words in 11:5.

and splitting the cleft of a hoof

Quote: וְ⁠שֹׁסַ֥ע שֶׁ֨סַע֙ פַּרְסָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. The verb splitting comes from the same root as the noun cleft. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [and the cleft if the hoof is totally split]

but it itself does not ruminate the cud

Quote: וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb chew comes from the same root as the noun cud. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [but it itself does not chew the cud]

but it itself does not ruminate the cud

Quote: וְ⁠ה֖וּא גֵּרָ֣ה לֹֽא־יִגָּ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This expression uses the word itself to emphasize that the pig does not chew the cud. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: [but the pig itself does not chew the cud]

Leviticus 11:9

everything that is to it fins and scales

Quote: כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁר־ל⁠וֹ֩ סְנַפִּ֨יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת (1)

Alternative translation: “anything that has both fins and scales}

fins

Quote: סְנַפִּ֨יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, fins refers to the thin, flat body parts that the fish uses to move through the water.

and scales

Quote: וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֜שֶׂת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Here, scales refers to the small, bony, protective plates that cover the body of the fish.

them you shall eat

Quote: אֹתָ֥⁠ם תֹּאכֵֽלוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the fish that possess both fins and scales. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referents explicit. Alternate translation: [you shall eat anything that lives in water that possesses both fins and scales]

Leviticus 11:10

there is not to it fins and scales

Quote: אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The phrase there is not to it fins and scales is meant to distinguish the unclean sea creatures from the clean sea creatures. This expression establishes criteria by which the people of Israel may determine whether a creature that lives in the water, regardless of whether it lives in the seas or in the rivers, is acceptable for eating. The animal must possess both fins and scales. If an animal fulfills only one of these criteria, it should be considered a detestable thing and should be avoided. Alternate translation: [does not have both fins and scales]

But everything that there is not to it fins and scales

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵֽין־ל֜⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֣יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֗שֶׂת (1)

Alternative translation: “But anything that does not have both fins and scales}

from every swarming thing of the water

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הַ⁠מַּ֔יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe swarming fish that live in water, that is, schools of small fish that swim together in large numbers. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [from every fish that swarms in large numbers and lives in the water]

or … and from every life of a living thing that is in the water

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠כֹּ֛ל נֶ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠חַיָּ֖ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression, life of a living thing, uses the possessive form to describe living things that are both living, breathing creatures and live in water. Whereas the expression swarming thing of the water refers to schools of small fish, this expression likely refers to larger fish and mammals that live in water. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and from every living creature that lives in the water]

Leviticus 11:12

Everything that there is not to it fins or scales

Quote: כֹּ֣ל אֲשֶׁ֥ר אֵֽין־ל֛⁠וֹ סְנַפִּ֥יר וְ⁠קַשְׂקֶ֖שֶׂת (1)

Alternative translation: “Anything that does not have both fins and scales}

Leviticus 11:13

from the bird

Quote: מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

The word bird is singular in form, but it refers to all winged animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: [from winged animals]

They shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵאָכְל֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You must not eat them]

the eagle

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֨שֶׁר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of the eagle is debated, it likely refers to a large carrion-eating bird of prey such as the is commonly known as an eagle. Like many of the birds on this list, this bird is a large bird of prey. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the vulture

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠פֶּ֔רֶס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a what is commonly known as a vulture. Specifically, a vulture is a large bird of prey with the head and neck more or less bare of feathers, feeding mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the buzzard

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֖ת הָ⁠עָזְנִיָּֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to a buzzard. Like all the birds in this verse, it is a large carnivorous bird but it prefers to capture and eat live animals. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:14

and the kite

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ֨⁠דָּאָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a kite, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey that eats dead animals and insects. A kite has a partly bare face and short beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the falcon

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠אַיָּ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this group of birds is debated, the word likely refers to a falcon, a bird of prey ranging in size from large to small, with long, pointed wings and a notched beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:15

any raven

Quote: אֵ֥ת כָּל־עֹרֵ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a raven, a medium-to-large-sized bird with entirely black feathers. It feeds mostly on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:16

and the daughter of clamor

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ בַּ֣ת הַֽ⁠יַּעֲנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the daughter of clamor describes a bird which possesses a cry that sounds like a loud and confused noise. Specifically, this expression is used to describe an ostrich. a flightless, fast-running bird which has a long neck, long bare legs, and two toes on each foot. In the ancient world, it was associated with ruins and desolate places and, therefore, with death and destruction. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and the ostrich]

and the owl

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תַּחְמָ֖ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers generally to an owl, a bird that hunts at night. It ranges from small to large in size, and it has large eyes and a hooked beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the gull

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁ֑חַף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a gull, a common bird that lives and hunts in large bodies of water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the hawk of its kind

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠נֵּ֖ץ לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a hawk, a small-to-medium-sized bird of prey with broad, rounded wings and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:17

and the little owl

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠כּ֥וֹס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to the little owl, a small-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that commonly feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.

and the cormorant

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠שָּׁלָ֖ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a cormorant, a large, diving bird with a long neck, long hooked bill, and dark feathers. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the big owl

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠יַּנְשֽׁוּף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a big owl, a large-sized variety of owls, a nocturnal bird of prey that also feeds on carrion. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term. See how you translated the word “owl” in the previous verse.

Leviticus 11:18

and the waterhen

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠תִּנְשֶׁ֥מֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a waterhen, a small-to-medium-sized water bird that lives in the water and hunts by wading in shallow water. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the pelican

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠קָּאָ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a pelican, a large white or grey water bird with a large bill designed for scooping up fish and prey. This word may specifically refer to a variety of pelican that lives in the desert. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the ibis

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠רָחָֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to an ibis, a group of wading water birds that have long necks and legs and a long, curved beak. If your readers would not be familiar with this group of birds, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:19

and the stork

Quote: וְ⁠אֵת֙ הַ⁠חֲסִידָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a stork, a tall long-legged bird with a long, heavy bill. The stork wades in shallow water to catch fish and water animals to eat. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific type of bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

the heron of its kind

Quote: הָ⁠אֲנָפָ֖ה לְ⁠מִינָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a heron, a tall, fish-eating bird with long legs. It is recognizable by its long S-shaped neck and long, pointed bill. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar species of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the hoopoe

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠דּוּכִיפַ֖ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this bird is debated, it likely refers to a hoopoe, a salmon-pink bird with a long, thin beak and black and white wings and tail. In the ancient world, it was often associated with filth and excrement. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific bird, you could use the name of a similar specieis of bird in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the bat

Quote: הָ⁠עֲטַלֵּֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this flying animal is debated, it likely refers to a bat, a winged, rodent-like mammal that usually flies and hunts at night. Although the bat is not a bird, it is a flying creature associated with death and destruction in the ancient world because of its tendency to live near desolate or deserted places. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of animal, you could use the name of a similar flying animal in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:20

Every swarming thing of the wing, the one walking on four

Quote: כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־ אַרְבַּ֑ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the expression the one walking on four is an idiom that means to crawl on the ground on four legs. This sets these insects apart from other flying things, such as birds, that have only two feet. Alternate translation: [Every swarming thing of the wing that has four legs]

Every swarming thing of the wing

Quote: כֹּ֚ל שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression every swarming thing of the wing uses the possessive form to describe a swarming insect that is characterized by possessing wings. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [Every winged, swarming insect]

Leviticus 11:21

from every swarming thing of the wing, the one walking on four

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף הַ⁠הֹלֵ֖ךְ עַל־אַרְבַּ֑ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these expressions in 11:20.

that which to it {are} legs from above to its feet to jump with them on the earth

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־ל֤וֹ כְרָעַ֨יִם֙ מִ⁠מַּ֣עַל לְ⁠רַגְלָ֔י⁠ו לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The expression to it {are} legs from above to its feet to jump with them implies a criterion by which the people of Israel may distinguish whether a winged, swarming insect is acceptable for eating. The insect must have jointed legs with which it jumps to move about on the ground. The implication is that if an insect does not have jointed legs, the people of Israel should consider the insect to be unclean. Express this in whatever way is most natural for your language. Alternate translation: [that which has jointed legs above its feet with which it jumps on the ground]

to jump with them

Quote: לְ⁠נַתֵּ֥ר בָּ⁠הֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks jumping as the goal or purpose of having jointed legs. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

Leviticus 11:22

These from them

Quote: אֶת־אֵ֤לֶּה מֵ⁠הֶם֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [These from among them]

the locust of its kind and the bald locust of its kind and the cricket of its kind and the grasshopper of its kind

Quote: אֶת־הָֽ⁠אַרְבֶּ֣ה לְ⁠מִינ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠סָּלְעָ֖ם לְ⁠מִינֵ֑⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠חַרְגֹּ֣ל לְ⁠מִינֵ֔⁠הוּ וְ⁠אֶת־הֶ⁠חָגָ֖ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of these insects is debated, these terms likely refer to locust- or cricket-like insects that have wings and jointed legs by which they jump on the ground. Although these insects usually have six legs, 11:20 describes these insects as swarming things that have four legs. This is because, in most cases, these insects walk on four legs and use their back two legs, quite different in size and appearance from the rest, to jump. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. If your readers would not be familiar with these types of insects, you could use the names of similar insects in your area, or you could use more general terms.

Leviticus 11:23

But every swarming thing of the wing that to it {are} four feet

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֙ שֶׁ֣רֶץ הָ⁠ע֔וֹף אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם (1)

Alternate translation: [Every winged, swarming insect that has four legs]

that to it {are} four feet

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אַרְבַּ֣ע רַגְלָ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

This statement reiterates what 11:20 stated. Any winged, swarming insect that only has four legs with which it walks on the ground, other than the ones listed in the previous verse, are to be considered unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider clarifying this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 11:24

And by these

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠אֵ֖לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, these refers to either: 1) any winged, swarming insect that has four legs and does not possess jointed legs. Alternate translation: [And by any winged, swarming insect that has four legs that are not jointed on which it walks” or 2) all the unclean quadrupeds, including the ones that have paws, listed in 11:26–27. Alternate translation: [And by any quadruped that either chews the cud or has a completely cloven hoof, but does not possess both characteristics, or by any quadruped that has paws]

Leviticus 11:25

and anyone lifting {one} of their carcasses

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂ֖א מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֑⁠ם (1)

Alternate translation: [and whoever picks up one of their carcasses]

shall wash his clothes

Quote: יְכַבֵּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

The act of washing one’s clothing is not for hygienic purposes but rather for the purpose of removing ritual impurity from one’s body or from anything with which one comes into contact. If this would be unclear to your readers, consider explaining the significance of this action in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [shall wash his clothes in order to remove any impurity from them that they might have acquired by touching the carcass of the unclean insect or animal]

Leviticus 11:26

To any livestock that it {is} dividing the hoof, but it is not splitting the cleft, and it is not making the cud go up

Quote: לְֽ⁠כָל־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֡ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִוא֩ מַפְרֶ֨סֶת פַּרְסָ֜ה וְ⁠שֶׁ֣סַע ׀ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה שֹׁסַ֗עַת וְ⁠גֵרָה֙ אֵינֶ֣⁠נָּה מַעֲלָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated these expressions in 11:3.

Leviticus 11:29

the rat

Quote: הַ⁠חֹ֥לֶד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a rat, a large rodent, typically having a pointed nose and a long, bare tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a some animal in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the mouse

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠עַכְבָּ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term likely refers to a mouse, a small rodent, typically having long ears and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this animal, you could use the name of a some animal in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the large lizard of its kind

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּ֥ב לְ⁠מִינֵֽ⁠הוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a large lizard. This term includes a wide variety of large scaly reptiles with four short legs. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:30

and the gecko

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אֲנָקָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a gecko, a large group of small lizards with sticky pads on their feet by which they climb. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the monitor lizard

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠כֹּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a monitor lizard, a term that includes a wide variety of large, heavy-set lizards with large claws and a forked, snake-like tongue. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the lizard

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠לְּטָאָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may generally refer to a lizard, including a wide variety of small-to-large-sized scaly reptiles with four short legs and a long tail. If your readers would not be familiar with this general group of animals, you could use the name of a similar kind of animal in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the skink

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠חֹ֖מֶט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a skink. This term includes a wide variety of small, smooth-skinned lizards that typically burrow in sandy ground. If your readers would not be familiar with this kind of animal, you could use the name of a similar group of animals in your area, or you could use a more general term.

and the chameleon

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠תִּנְשָֽׁמֶת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

Although the exact designation of this animal is debated, this term may refer to a chameleon. If this is the case, this term refers to a small, slow lizard with a long, curved tail, and a long, sticky tongue. It also has bulging eyes that move independently, andit is most recognizable for its ability to blend in with its surroundings by changing color. If your readers would not be familiar with this specific animal, you could use the name of a similar animal in your area, or you could use a more general term.

Leviticus 11:32

one} from them

Quote: מֵ⁠הֶ֨ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The expression one from them refers to any unclean animal, but specifically the list of lizards and “swarming things” from 11:29–30.

from any vessel of wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־כְּלִי־עֵץ֙ א֣וֹ בֶ֤גֶד אוֹ־עוֹר֙ א֣וֹ שָׂ֔ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the phrase of wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth is using the possessive form to describe a vessel that is characterized by being made of one or more of those materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state this in another way that is natural to your language. Alternate translation: [anything made from wood or cloth or leather or sackcloth]

any vessel that work is done with them shall be brought into the water

Quote: כָּל־כְּלִ֕י אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה מְלָאכָ֖ה בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם בַּ⁠מַּ֧יִם יוּבָ֛א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the owner of any such item with which he does work should bring it into water]

Leviticus 11:33

one} from them

Quote: מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

See how you translated this expression in 11:32.

and you shall break it

Quote: וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

and you shall break it

Quote: וְ⁠אֹת֥⁠וֹ תִשְׁבֹּֽרוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the vessel of clay. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [and you shall break the vessel of clay]

Leviticus 11:34

Any food that is eaten

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Any food that someone eats]

Any food that is eaten

Quote: מִ⁠כָּל־הָ⁠אֹ֜כֶל אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the verb eaten comes from the same root as the noun food. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [From anything that can be eaten]

that {such} water comes onto, it

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יָב֥וֹא עָלָ֛י⁠ו מַ֖יִם (1)

Alternate translation: [onto which any such water comes]

And any drink that is drunk

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here words are being repeated for emphasis. Here, the verb drunk comes from the same root as the noun drink. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [and any liquid that you can drink]

And any drink that is drunk

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־מַשְׁקֶה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִשָּׁתֶ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and any drink that you drink]

from any vessel

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־כְּלִ֖י (1)

Alternate translation: [from any vessel into which a dead, unclean animal has fallen]

Leviticus 11:35

one} of their carcasses

Quote: מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֥⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [one of the carcasses of any unclean animal]

An oven or stove shall be smashed

Quote: תַּנּ֧וּר וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם יֻתָּ֖ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You shall shatter an oven or stove] or [The owner of the oven or stove shall shatter it]

An oven

Quote: תַּנּ֧וּר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this household item in 2:4.

or stove

Quote: וְ⁠כִירַ֛יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This stove was likely a household item on which food could be cooked in or over an open flame. If your language has a word for such an item, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [or other means of cooking food]

Leviticus 11:36

their carcass

Quote: בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [the carcass of any unclean animal]

Leviticus 11:37

part} of their carcass

Quote: מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [one of the carcasses of any unclean animal]

any seed, a sown seed that will be sown

Quote: כָּל־זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִזָּרֵ֑עַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. The noun seed is related to the verb sown. The emphasis distinguishes these seeds as plant seeds and not any other kind of seed, whether male sperm, discharge, or otherwise. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [any plant seeds that are sown in the ground]

any seed, a sown seed that will be sown

Quote: כָּל־זֶ֥רַע זֵר֖וּעַ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִזָּרֵ֑עַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [any seed that someone might plant in the ground]

Leviticus 11:38

But when water is put on seed

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־ מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־ זֶ֔רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [But when you water the seed” or ”But when someone waters the seed]

But when water is put on seed

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֤י יֻתַּן־מַ֨יִם֙ עַל־זֶ֔רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to watering a seed after it has been planted in the ground. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. However, if this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [But when a seed is watered after it has been planted in the ground]

on seed

Quote: עַל־זֶ֔רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

In this verse, the word seed is singular in form, but it refers to all plant seeds as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: [on some seeds]

and {a} carcass of theirs

Quote: מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, their refers to the list of unclean animals. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [one of the carcasses of any unclean animal]

Leviticus 11:39

But when {one} from the livestock that it {is} to you to eat dies

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֤י יָמוּת֙ מִן־הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥יא לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לְ⁠אָכְלָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The expression that it is to you to eat refers to animals which are raised to provide food rather than other useful products. Aternate translation: “But whenever one of the livestock that is acceptable for you to eat dies}

the one touching its carcass

Quote: הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֥עַ בְּ⁠נִבְלָתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one touching represents anyone who touches these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [whoever touches its carcass]

Leviticus 11:40

And the one eating from its carcass

Quote: וְ⁠הָֽ⁠אֹכֵל֙ מִ⁠נִּבְלָתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one eating represents anyone who eats meat from these animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And whoever eats meat from its carcass]

And the one lifting its carcass

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּשֵׂא֙ אֶת־נִבְלָתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The phrase the one lifting represents anyone who removes these dead animals in general, not one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And whoever picks up its carcass]

Leviticus 11:41

And every swarming thing, the one swarming on the ground

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [Anything at all that swarms on the ground]

It shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You must not eat it]

Leviticus 11:42

Everything going on a belly

Quote: כֹּל֩ הוֹלֵ֨ךְ עַל־גָּח֜וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that crawls and possesses short limbs or limbs that are angled in such a way that its belly drags on the ground. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [Any animal that crawls with its belly on the ground]

up to anything multiplying feet

Quote: עַ֚ד כָּל־מַרְבֵּ֣ה רַגְלַ֔יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to any swarming animal that possesses many legs. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [or anything with numerous legs]

of any swarming thing, the one swarming on the earth

Quote: לְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֣ץ עַל־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [to anything at all that swarms all over the ground]

Leviticus 11:43

You shall not make your lives detestable

Quote: אַל־תְּשַׁקְּצוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative

Yahweh is using a future statement to give an instruction or command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate these words using a command or instruction form. Alternate translation: [You must not make your lives detestable]

with any swarming thing, the one swarming

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖רֶץ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֵ֑ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

This expression is an emphatic construction that uses a verb and its object that comes from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [with anything at all that swarms all over]

And you shall not make yourselves unclean with them and be made unclean by them

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תִֽטַּמְּאוּ֙ בָּ⁠הֶ֔ם וְ⁠נִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Yahweh repeats the same idea twice with different words in order to strengthen the command that the people of Israel are not to eat the meat of any unclean animal. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the clauses with a word that shows that the second clause is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [And you should not make yourselves unclean with them. No, certainly, you should never be made unclean by them]

and be made unclean by them

Quote: וְ⁠נִטְמֵתֶ֖ם בָּֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and do not let them make you unclean]

Leviticus 11:44

For I {am} Yahweh your God

Quote: כִּ֣י אֲנִ֣י יְהוָה֮ אֱלֹֽהֵי⁠כֶם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [You should not make yourselves unclean with them, because I am Yahweh your God]

And you shall not make your lives unclean

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תְטַמְּאוּ֙ אֶת־נַפְשֹׁ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

Alternate translation: [And you shall not make yourselves unclean]

Leviticus 11:45

For I {am} Yahweh

Quote: כִּ֣י ׀ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [You should not make yourselves unclean, because I am Yahweh]

to be God for you

Quote: לִ⁠הְיֹ֥ת לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks Yahweh being Israel’s God as the goal or purpose of his bringing them out of Egypt. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: [so that I could be God for you]

for I {am} holy

Quote: כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אָֽנִי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [You must be a holy people because I am holy]

Leviticus 11:46

This {is} the law of the livestock and the bird

Quote: זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֤ת הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of animals, fish, and living things listed in this verse. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law that has to do with the livestock and the bird] or [This is the law that pertains to the livestock and the bird]

the livestock and the bird

Quote: הַ⁠בְּהֵמָה֙ וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions the livestock and the bird do not refer to specific groups of animals. Rather, they describe animals which are raised to provide food and other useful products. or any bird that an Israelite might own or encounter. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [any of the animals you raise and the birds]

and the bird

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠ע֔וֹף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns

The word bird is singular in form, but it refers to all winged animals as a group. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this plainly. See how you translated this collective noun in 11:13. Alternate translation: [and the winged animals]

and every life of the living thing

Quote: וְ⁠כֹל֙ נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression life of the living thing uses the possessive form to describe an animal that is a living, breathing, creature. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and every living creature]

and of every life, the ones crawling on the earth

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֖פֶשׁ הַ⁠שֹּׁרֶ֥צֶת עַל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [and of every living creature that crawls about on the ground]

Leviticus 11:47

to separate

Quote: לְ⁠הַבְדִּ֕יל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the word to marks distinguishing between clean and unclean animals as the goal or purpose of these instructions. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose. Alternate translation, with a period before: [This instruction is intended to help you separate]

between the unclean and between the clean

Quote: בֵּ֥ין הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בֵ֣ין הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj

The adjectives unclean and clean are being used as nouns to refer to that which is able to be in holy space and come into contact with holy objects, and that which is impure and cannot be in holy space without introducing impurity to that space and those objects. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: [between that which is unclean and that which is clean]

the living thing, the one being eaten, … the living thing that shall not be eaten

Quote: הַֽ⁠חַיָּה֙ הַֽ⁠נֶּאֱכֶ֔לֶת & הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֖ר לֹ֥א תֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the living thing that you will eat … the living thing that you must not eat]

Leviticus 12

Leviticus 12 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This short chapter continues Yahweh’s law concern clean and unclean things. In this chapter, Yahweh describes the process by which a woman becomes unclean when giving birth to children, as well as the process for her purification. The structure of this chapter is as follows:

1) Becoming unclean due to childbirth (12:1–5)
   A. Giving birth to a male child (12:1–4)
   B. Giving birth to female child (12:5)
2) Sacrifices required for purification (12:6–8)
    A. The normal burnt and sin offering requirements (12:6–7)
    B. Provisions for the inability to acquire the normal offerings (12:8)

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Becoming unclean in childbirth

In this chapter, a woman is described as becoming unclean in the process of childbirth. This is because any loss of blood and all bodily discharges made a person ritually unclean. For this reason, this chapter also describes how a woman may become purified from the uncleanness of the bloodloss during and following childbirth. It is important to note that this uncleanness is not because a woman’s flowing blood was considered sinful. Uncleanness was acquired when a person bled, because the loss of blood was considered a sign of proximity to death.

It is also important to note that there is a difference in the length of purification when a woman gives birth to a girl rather than a boy. While the reason for this is debated, the difference is not due to the fact that girls were considered more unclean than boys. In your translation, make sure not to convey this misunderstanding. (See: clean, wash and INVALID bible/kt/blood)

The expression “the blood of her purification” (12:4–5) uses the possessive form to describe a flow of blood that is characterized by the fact that the onset of this blood begins a period of time during which the woman should wait to be purified. This is called the “days of her purification” (12:4 and 12:6). The implication is that for the 33 (after giving birth to a boy) or 66 days (after giving birth to a girl) during which time the woman is unclean because of bleeding from childbirth, the woman is waiting to be purified from the impurity caused by the blood that she bled during her childbirth.

Leviticus 12:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 12:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר׃ & דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לֵ⁠אמֹ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to tell the sons of Israel]

Leviticus 12:2

Like the days of the menstruation of her menstruating

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. If your language can repeat words for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. Alternate translation: [Like the days when she is menstruating]

Like the days of the menstruation of her menstruating

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֛י נִדַּ֥ת דְּוֺתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days during which a woman is menstruating. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [Like when she is normally menstruating]

Leviticus 12:3

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֖וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal number for eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [And after seven days]

the flesh of his foreskin shall be circumcised

Quote: יִמּ֖וֹל בְּשַׂ֥ר עָרְלָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Only the priest could perform circumcision. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [a priest must circumcise the flesh of the foreskin of the baby boy]

Leviticus 12:4

And thirty days and three days

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וּ⁠שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים (1)

Alternate translation: [And for 33 days]

she shall stay in the blood of her purification

Quote: תֵּשֵׁ֖ב בִּ⁠דְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The phrase blood of her purification refers to the bleeding a woman experiences after childbirth. The bleeding that accompanies childbirth marks a time of waiting until she will be declared ritually pure once again. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [she shall wait to be purified from the impurity of the blood that she bled during childbirth]

until the days of her purification are full

Quote: עַד־מְלֹ֖את יְמֵ֥י טָהֳרָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In these phrases, the author is using the term “days” to refer to a specific time, the days of her purification. He is doing this by association with the way a lifetime is made up of individual days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [until the waiting time for her purification is ended] or [until the time she is waiting to be purified is complete]

Leviticus 12:5

for} two sets of seven {days

Quote: שְׁבֻעַ֖יִם (1)

Alternate translation: [for fourteen days] or [for 14 days]

And sixty days and six days

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁשִּׁ֥ים יוֹם֙ וְ⁠שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִ֔ים (1)

Alternate translation: [And for 66 days]

Leviticus 12:6

And when the days of her purification are full

Quote: וּ⁠בִ⁠מְלֹ֣את ׀ יְמֵ֣י טָהֳרָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 12:4. Alternate translation: [And when the days of her purification are completed]

for a son or for a daughter

Quote: לְ⁠בֵן֮ א֣וֹ לְ⁠בַת֒ (1)

Alternate translation: [whether 33 days for a son or 66 days for a daughter]

a lamb, a son of its year

Quote: כֶּ֤בֶשׂ בֶּן־שְׁנָת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a son of its year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 9:3. Alternate translation: [a year-old lamb] or [a twelve-months old lamb]

and a son of a pigeon

Quote: וּ⁠בֶן־יוֹנָ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression son of describes a person or animal that shares the essential qualities of something. The author of Leviticus uses this phrase to describe this bird as the son of the pigeon since it is a bird that shares the essential qualities of that class of birds. If it would be helpful, you could use an equivalent idiom from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this expression in 1:14. Alternate translation: [and a pigeon”

to the entrance of the tent of meeting, to the priest

Quote: אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [to the entrance of the tent of meeting, where the priest is] or [to the priest at the entrance of the tent of meeting]

Leviticus 12:7

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֤י יְהוָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:3.

and he shall make atonement for her

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלֶ֔י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood that had discharged from the woman’s body, not by any sin but as is normal following childbirth. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

And she will be purified from the flow of her blood

Quote: וְ⁠טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And Yahweh will cleanse her from the flow of her blood]

from the flow of her blood

Quote: מִ⁠מְּקֹ֣ר דָּמֶ֑י⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication of the phrase purified from the flow of her blood is that the woman was made impure because of the presence of blood discharging from her body. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [from the impurity that she acquired because of the bloody discharge related to childbirth]

is} the law of the {woman} who bears a male or a female

Quote: תּוֹרַת֙ הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe these instructions that pertain to women who gave birth, whether to boys or girls. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [is the law that pertains to the woman who bears a male or a female]

the {woman} who bears a male or a female

Quote: הַ⁠יֹּלֶ֔דֶת לַ⁠זָּכָ֖ר א֥וֹ לַ⁠נְּקֵבָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

. Alternate translation: [the woman who births either a son or a daughter]

Leviticus 12:8

And if her hand does not find enough {for} a sheep

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֨א תִמְצָ֣א יָדָ⁠הּ֮ דֵּ֣י שֶׂה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to offer an animal from one’s own flock animal or that was purchased. If your language uses a similar idiom, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expressions in 5:7 and 5:11. Alternate translation: [But if she cannot afford to offer her own flock animal or to purchase someone else’s]

And the priest shall make atonement for her

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלֶ֛י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, make it clear that the woman does not need atonement because of any sin on her part. Here, the sacrifices performed by the priest provide for the removal of impurity from the women—in this case, impurity acquired by the presence of blood discharging from the woman’s body, not by any sin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 13

Leviticus 13 Chapter Introduction

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Skin disease

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, causing a person to be unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread among the people in the ancient Near East. This is also true concerning things growing on clothing or things that touch a person’s skin. (See: priest, priesthood and clean, wash)

Leviticus 13:1

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 13:2

A man, when he has

Quote: אָדָ֗ם כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֤ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

To help explain how to apply this law, the author of Leviticus uses the expression A man, when he has to introduce an imaginary situation. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: [If some man has]

on the skin of his flesh … on the skin of his flesh

Quote: בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֙ & בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [on the skin of his body … on the skin of his body]

a swelling

Quote: שְׂאֵ֤ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This swelling refers to a portion of skin that has become raised, inflamed, swollen, and unusually discolored. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a raised spot of skin] or [a place that is swollen]

a scab

Quote: סַפַּ֨חַת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This scab refers to a discolored, hard, crusty portion of skin that forms over an opening in the skin during healing. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a dry, rough crust]

an infection of skin disease

Quote: לְ⁠נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression an infection of skin disease uses the possessive form to describe a contagious skin disease that is characterized by the presence of certain symptoms—in this case, a visible infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a likely symptom of a contagious skin condition]

skin disease

Quote: צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase skin disease may be commonly translated as “leprosy,” but, in terms of modern medicine, the phrase actually covers a large range of contagious skin diseases not limited to the modern designation of Hansen’s disease, better known as leprosy. If your language has a word or expression that describes a wide range of infectious and sometimes deadly skin diseases, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a contagious disease that affects people’s skin]

then he shall be brought to Aaron the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הוּבָא֙ אֶל־אַהֲרֹ֣ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [then someone shall bring him to Aaron the priest]

Leviticus 13:3

and {if} the hair on the infection has turned white

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר בַּ⁠נֶּ֜גַע הָפַ֣ךְ ׀ לָבָ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression implies that the presence of hair on the infection that is white in color should indicate to the priest that the infection might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, white hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy in appearance. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and if the hair on the infection looks diseased]

Leviticus 13:4

and deep is not the appearance of it from the skin

Quote: וְ⁠עָמֹק֙ אֵין־מַרְאֶ֣⁠הָ מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: [and it does not look as though it is beneath the skin] or [and it does not appear to be under the skin]

then the priest shall separate the infection

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֧יר הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression implies the existence of a process of quarantining the person who has the infection for a period of time. This allows the infection to either heal itself or progress in a way that develops symptoms more easily identifiable as an infectious skin disease while preventing spread of the disease to others. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [then, in order to better determine what is the cause of the infection, the priest shall isolate the infection]

the infection

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the infected person] or [the person who has the infection]

Leviticus 13:5

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that weeklong period]

and behold, the infection stands

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה הַ⁠נֶּ֨גַע֙ עָמַ֣ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the infection stands is an idiom that refers to the infection remaining as it was before the seven-day quarantine, not having spread or grown on the person’s skin. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, this expression does not have this meaning in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and look, the infection has remained as it was] or [and look, the infection is unchanged]

in his eyes

Quote: בְּ⁠עֵינָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [in his assessment] or [as far as he can determine]

for} a second seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

This expression refers to a second seven-day period during which the person with the infection is to be quarantined from other people. The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [for another seven days]

Leviticus 13:6

on the second seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֮ שֵׁנִית֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven, and second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: [on the last day of the additional week-long period]

and behold, the infection has faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

For the infection to have faded implies that it has reduced in size and become dimmer in color. If this meaning would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and indeed, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the person’s normal skin color]

and he shall wash his clothes, and he will be clean

Quote: וְ⁠כִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו וְ⁠טָהֵֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, a person is to wash his or her clothes to become religiously and ceremonially clean, not in order to be physically clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and he shall clean his clothing, and he will be ritually clean]

Leviticus 13:7

But if, spreading, the scab spreads on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֨ה תִפְשֶׂ֤ה הַ⁠מִּסְפַּ֨חַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [But if the scab spreads to a larger area on the skin]

But if, spreading

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֨ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The author of Leviticus uses the expression But if to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain what could happen. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: [But supposing that, spreading]

a second {time

Quote: שֵׁנִ֖ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: [again]

Leviticus 13:9

on a man

Quote: בְּ⁠אָדָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, it is being used the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [on a person]

then he shall be brought to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [then someone must bring him to the priest”

Leviticus 13:10

and it has turned the hair white

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֕יא הָפְכָ֖ה שֵׂעָ֣ר לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression implies that the presence of hair on the swelling that is white in color should indicate to the priest that the swelling might be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. Specifically, white hair refers to hair that is discolored and unhealthy. If your language refers to unhealthy or diseased hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and if the hair on the swelling is unhealthy and looks diseased]

and a preservation of living flesh {is} on the swelling

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽחְיַ֛ת בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י בַּ⁠שְׂאֵֽת׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [and raw skin is on the swelling]

Leviticus 13:12

But if, breaking out, the skin disease breaks out on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּר֨וֹחַ תִּפְרַ֤ח הַ⁠צָּרַ֨עַת֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

The author repeats the verb breaking out in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [But if the skin disease breaks out aggressively on the skin]

all the skin of the infection

Quote: אֵ֚ת כָּל־ע֣וֹר הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [all the skin of the infected person] or [all the skin of the person with the infection]

from his head and to his feet

Quote: מֵ⁠רֹאשׁ֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠עַד־רַגְלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The expression refers to all of the person by naming the parts that are at the extreme ends of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the entire person]

to the whole vision of the eyes of the priest

Quote: לְ⁠כָל־מַרְאֵ֖ה עֵינֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the whole appearance, as far as the priest can see] or [the whole appearance, as the priest judges]

Leviticus 13:13

Then he shall pronounce the infection clean

Quote: וְ⁠טִהַ֖ר אֶת־הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [Then he shall pronounce the infected person clean]

All of it has turned white

Quote: כֻּלּ֛⁠וֹ הָפַ֥ךְ לָבָ֖ן (1)

Alternate translation: [All of the person’s infected skin has naturally fallen off, leaving uninfected, white skin in its place]

Leviticus 13:14

And on the day of the appearing of living flesh on him

Quote: וּ⁠בְ⁠י֨וֹם הֵרָא֥וֹת בּ֛⁠וֹ בָּשָׂ֥ר חַ֖י (1)

Alternate translation: [But if ever living flesh appears on him]

Leviticus 13:15

The living flesh, it {is} unclean

Quote: הַ⁠בָּשָׂ֥ר הַ⁠חַ֛י טָמֵ֥א ה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the living flesh represents the whole person who has raw skin or an open sore. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [The person with the raw skin or open sore is unclean]

Leviticus 13:16

and it is turned to white

Quote: וְ⁠נֶהְפַּ֣ךְ לְ⁠לָבָ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, turned to white implies that if the priest sees white skin all over the person’s body, then the living flesh, that is, the raw skin, may be healing naturally. The infected skin may be falling off naturally, leaving white, new skin in its place. If this meaning would not be clear in your language, it may be helpful to clarify it for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the presence of white skin in 13:13.

Leviticus 13:18

a boil

Quote: שְׁחִ֑ין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A boil is a painful, discolored, swollen area on the skin that contains infection. In some instances, it can be the symptom of an infectious skin disease. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [an abscess]

and it has been healed

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְפָּֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and it returned to good health]

Leviticus 13:19

in the place of the boil

Quote: בִּ⁠מְק֤וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁחִין֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here Leviticus is using the possessive form to describe a ** place that is characterized by the boil. The expression the place of the boil** refers to the spot on the skin where the boil was previously. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expresson. Alternate translation: [where the boil had been] or [where the boil was previously located]

then he shall show himself to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠נִרְאָ֖ה אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [then he shall show it to the priest]

Leviticus 13:20

and its hair has turned white

Quote: וּ⁠שְׂעָרָ֖⁠הּ הָפַ֣ךְ לָבָ֑ן (1)

Alternate translation: [and if the hair on the swelling or the bright spot is unhealthy and looks diseased]

It {is} an infection of skin disease; it has broken out in the boil

Quote: נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֥עַת הִ֖וא בַּ⁠שְּׁחִ֥ין פָּרָֽחָה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

This expression refers to the instruction that after the priest observes the symptoms, the priest should pronounce the person unclean. Don’t imply that the disease is the result of the priest’s pronouncement. Rather, the disease is the reason, and the pronouncement is the result. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: [The symptoms indicate that it is an infection of skin disease that has broken out in the boil]

Leviticus 13:21

And if the priest sees it

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the white swelling or bright spot on the skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And if the priest sees the bright spot or the swelling]

and lower it is not than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נָּה מִן־הָ⁠ע֖וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: [and it is not deeper than the surface of the skin]

Leviticus 13:22

But if, spreading, it spreads on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה תִפְשֶׂ֖ה בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [But if it spreads aggressively on the skin]

Leviticus 13:23

But if the bright spot stands under it

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, stands under it is an idiom that refers to the bright spot remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the boil once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the place where the boil once was]

But if the bright spot stands under it

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּ֜י⁠הָ תַּעֲמֹ֤ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֨רֶת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the boil that has healed, as described in 13:18. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [But if the bright spot stands under the place of the boil that has now healed]

it {is} the scar of the boil

Quote: צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠שְּׁחִ֖ין הִ֑וא (1)

Alternate translation: [it is only a scar that has resulted from the healed boil]

Leviticus 13:24

Or flesh, when it has a burn of fire on his skin

Quote: א֣וֹ בָשָׂ֔ר כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עֹר֖⁠וֹ מִכְוַת־אֵ֑שׁ (1)

Alternate translation: [Or when someone has a burn of fire on his skin]

a burn of fire

Quote: מִכְוַת־ אֵ֑שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a burn that has resulted from a person’s contact with fire. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a burn]

the preservation of the burn

Quote: מִֽחְיַ֣ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֗ה (1)

Alternate translation: [the new skin on the burn site]

Leviticus 13:25

and behold, the hair has been turned white

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֣ה נֶהְפַּךְ֩ שֵׂעָ֨ר לָבָ֜ן (1)

Alternate translation: [and look, the hair appears to be unhealthy and diseased]

and the appearance of it {is} deeper than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֶ֨⁠הָ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: [and it appears to be deeper than the skin]

it {is} a skin disease. … It {is} an infection of skin disease

Quote: צָרַ֣עַת הִ֔וא & נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת הִֽוא (1)

Alternate translation: [The discolored raw skin is actually a symptom of an infectious skin disease]

Leviticus 13:26

But if the priest sees it

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם ׀ יִרְאֶ֣⁠נָּה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the raw skin that grows on the burn on the person’s skin. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [But if the priest sees the discolored, raw skin growing on the burn]

and deeper it is not than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁפָלָ֥ה אֵינֶ֛⁠נָּה מִן־הָ⁠ע֖וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: [and it is not deeper than the skin]

but it {is} faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֣וא כֵהָ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: [but it has reduced in size and its color is closer to the person’s normal skin color]

Leviticus 13:27

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that week-long period]

If, spreading, it has spread on the skin

Quote: אִם־פָּשֹׂ֤ה תִפְשֶׂה֙ בָּ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [If it has spread aggressively on the skin]

Leviticus 13:28

But if the bright spot stands under it

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־תַּחְתֶּי⁠הָ֩ תַעֲמֹ֨ד הַ⁠בַּהֶ֜רֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, stands under it is an idiom that refers to the bright spot remaining unchanged in the place on the person’s skin where the burn once was. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [But if the bright spot remains unchanged in the spot where the burn once was]

it {is} the swelling of the burn

Quote: שְׂאֵ֥ת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִ֑וא (1)

Alternate translation: [the bright spot is merely a swelling caused by the burn]

because it {is} the scar of the burn

Quote: כִּֽי־צָרֶ֥בֶת הַ⁠מִּכְוָ֖ה הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [The priest should pronounce the person clean because it is the scar of the burn]

Leviticus 13:29

And a man or a woman, when he has an infection on him

Quote: וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ א֣וֹ אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נָ֑גַע (1)

Alternate translation: [And when a man or a woman has an infection]

when he has an infection on him

Quote: כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נָ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the words he and him are masculine, they are being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [when any person has an infection on him]

or in a beard

Quote: א֥וֹ בְ⁠זָקָֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a beard represents the lower portion of a man’s face where hair typically grows. But since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to refer only to men’s faces. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [or on the lower part of the face where hair might grow]

Leviticus 13:30

And behold, the appearance of it {is} deeper than the skin

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֤ה מַרְאֵ֨⁠הוּ֙ עָמֹ֣ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֔וֹר (1)

Alternate translation: [And look, it appears to be deeper than the skin of his flesh]

and on it {is} yellow, thin hair

Quote: וּ⁠ב֛⁠וֹ שֵׂעָ֥ר צָהֹ֖ב דָּ֑ק (1)

Alternate translation: [and the hair on the infection looks unhealthy and diseased]

It {is} a scall

Quote: נֶ֣תֶק ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A scall is a scaly and scabby infection that is typically itchy. These are associated with the scalp or places that grow hair and are generally symptoms of a wide variety of infectious skin diseases. If your language has a word for this kind of skin condition, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [It is an itchy, scabbed infection]

It {is} a skin disease of the head or the beard

Quote: צָרַ֧עַת הָ⁠רֹ֛אשׁ א֥וֹ הַ⁠זָּקָ֖ן הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a skin disease that is characterized by its location on the person’s head or beard. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [It is a skin disease that has affected the head or the beard]

the beard

Quote: הַ⁠זָּקָ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

As in the previous verse, here, the beard represents the lower portion of the face where hair typically grows. Since the verse explicitly includes men and women, this word should not be limited to men. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the lower part of the face where hair might grow]

Leviticus 13:31

the infection of the scall, … the infection of the scall

Quote: אֶת־נֶ֣גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֗תֶק & אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

These expressions use the possessive form to describe an infection that is characterized by its characteristics that qualify it as a scall If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the itchy, scabby infection … the itchy, scabby infection]

and there is no black hair on it

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֥ר שָׁחֹ֖ר אֵ֣ין בּ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, black hair implies healthy hair, as opposed to the yellow, thin hair that grows out of the scall. If your language refers to healthy hair with a specific color, consider using that color here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and there is no healthy hair on it]

the infection of the scall

Quote: אֶת־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection of the scall represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the person who has the infection of the scall]

Leviticus 13:32

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that week-long period]

and the appearance of the scall is not deeper than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔תֶק אֵ֥ין עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠עֽוֹר׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [and it does not look as though it is deeper than the skin]

Leviticus 13:33

but the scall shall not be shaved

Quote: הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [but he shall not shave the scall]

the scall

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֛תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the scall represents the person who has the infection. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the person who has the scall]

for} a second seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: [for seven days once again]

Leviticus 13:34

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that week-long period]

and the appearance of it is not deeper than the skin

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵ֕⁠הוּ אֵינֶ֥⁠נּוּ עָמֹ֖ק מִן־הָ⁠ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Alternate translation: [and it does not look as though it is deeper than the skin]

And he shall wash his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠כִבֶּ֥ס בְּגָדָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, a person was to wash his or her clothes not only to be physically clean but also as to become religiously and ceremonially clean. If your language has a special word that refers to washing clothing for a religious (and not hygienic) purpose, consider using it here. If not, use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and he shall clean his clothing will water]

Leviticus 13:35

But if, spreading, the scall has spread on the skin

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־פָּשֹׂ֥ה יִפְשֶׂ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק בָּ⁠ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb spread in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [But if the scall has spread aggressively on the skin]

Leviticus 13:37

in his eyes

Quote: בְּ⁠עֵינָי⁠ו֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, eyes represent the sight of a person and, by extension, their judgment or assessment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. See how you translated this expression in 13:5. Alternate translation: [in his assessment] or [in his best judgment]

the scall stands

Quote: עָמַ֨ד הַ⁠נֶּ֜תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The scall stands is an idiom that refers to the scall remaining unchanged (as opposed to spreading aggressively). If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the scall has not changed or spread at all] or [the scall has remained as it was]

and black hair

Quote: וְ⁠שֵׂעָ֨ר שָׁחֹ֧ר (1)

Alternate translation: [and healthy hair]

the scall has been healed

Quote: נִרְפָּ֥א הַ⁠נֶּ֖תֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [then the scall has healed]

Leviticus 13:38

And a man or a woman, when he has on the skin of their flesh bright spots

Quote: וְ⁠אִישׁ֙ אֽוֹ־אִשָּׁ֔ה כִּֽי־יִהְיֶ֥ה בְ⁠עוֹר־בְּשָׂרָ֖⁠ם בֶּהָרֹ֑ת (1)

Alternate translation: [And when a man or a woman has bright spots on the skin of his or her body]

Leviticus 13:40

And a man, when his head is made bare

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ כִּ֥י יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The author of Leviticus uses the expression And a man, when to introduce an imaginary situation to help explain how to apply this law. Use a natural method in your language for introducing an imaginary situation. Alternate translation: [If some man loses the hair from the top of his head]

when his head is made bare

Quote: כִּ֥י יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. It does not refer to shaving one’s head intentionally but to the natural process of male balding, specifically of balding on the back of one’s head (that is, on the crown of the head). If your language has a similar expression that refers generally to balding, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [when he becomes bald naturally]

he {is} bald

Quote: קֵרֵ֥חַ ה֖וּא (1)

Alternate translation: [he is losing the hair from the crown of his head in a natural way]

Leviticus 13:41

his head is made bare

Quote: יִמָּרֵ֖ט רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [he loses the hair of his head]

from the corners of his face

Quote: מִ⁠פְּאַ֣ת פָּנָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression the corners of his face is an idiom that refers to one’s hairline on the front of their face. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If, alternatively, the meaning of this expression would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [on the hairline of his forehead]

Leviticus 13:43

like the appearance of the skin disease of the skin of the flesh

Quote: כְּ⁠מַרְאֵ֥ה צָרַ֖עַת ע֥וֹר בָּשָֽׂר׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [like the appearance of a skin disease that presents itself on a person’s body]

Leviticus 13:44

He {is} a man of a skin disease

Quote: אִישׁ־ צָר֥וּעַ ה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression man of skin disease uses the possessive form to describe a man who has contracted this kind of infectious skin disease. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [The man has contracted a skin disease]

Being unclean, the priest shall pronounce him unclean

Quote: טַמֵּ֧א יְטַמְּאֶ֛⁠נּוּ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the word unclean in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [The priest shall certainly pronounce him unclean]

on his head of his infection

Quote: בְּ⁠רֹאשׁ֥⁠וֹ נִגְעֽ⁠וֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the person’s head that has contracted the infection. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [because of his infected head]

Leviticus 13:45

But the person with a skin disease, who {has} on him the infection, on his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠צָּר֜וּעַ אֲשֶׁר־בּ֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠נֶּ֗גַע בְּגָדָ֞י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: [But the person who has a skin disease and the infection is on his clothes]

they shall be torn

Quote: יִהְי֤וּ פְרֻמִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the person’s infected clothes. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [the person’s infected clothes shall be torn]

they shall be torn

Quote: יִהְי֤וּ פְרֻמִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [he must tear his clothes]

and his head shall be unbound

Quote: וְ⁠רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה פָר֔וּעַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and he shall let his head be unbound] or [he shall unbind his head]

and his head shall be unbound

Quote: וְ⁠רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ יִהְיֶ֣ה פָר֔וּעַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, head represents the hair of one’s head. Consequently, the expression his head shall be unbound refers to letting one’s long hair hang down loose and untied. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and his long hair shall hang down loose and untied]

and he shall cover over the mustache

Quote: וְ⁠עַל־שָׂפָ֖ם יַעְטֶ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Covering over one’s mustache is a symbolic action to show one’s public shame. If this would not be clear to your readers, you could explain the significance of this action in the text or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [and he shall cover his mustache to express his shame]

the mustache

Quote: שָׂפָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the mustache does not refer to a specific mustache but to the infected person’s facial hair. In this way, it represents the upper lip generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [any facial hair] or [any upper lip]

Leviticus 13:46

All the days that the infection {is} on him

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֞י אֲשֶׁ֨ר הַ⁠נֶּ֥גַע בּ֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

In these phrases, the author is using the term “days” to refer to a specific time, the days that the infection is on him. He is doing this by association with the way a lifetime is made up of individual days. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [During the time that he has the infection”

shall be} outside the camp

Quote: מִ⁠ח֥וּץ לַֽ⁠מַּחֲנֶ֖ה (1)

Alternate translation: [shall be away from the location where everyone else lives]

Leviticus 13:47

But the clothing, when it has on it the infection of disease

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד כִּֽי־ יִהְיֶ֥ה ב֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)

Alternate translation: [But when the clothing carries and spreads the disease]

But the clothing

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בֶּ֕גֶד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the clothing refers to all clothing in general, not one piece of clothing in particular. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [But any piece of clothing]

the infection of disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Although this expression is the same as the one used previously for contagious aspects of infectious skin diseases, here the issue is with infections that can be spread on clothing and other household objects. Consequently, this expression likely refers to infectious molds or mildews. If your language has an expression that can describe both skin diseases and these kinds of molds and mildews, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [an infectious mold or mildew]

on clothing of wool

Quote: בְּ⁠בֶ֣גֶד צֶ֔מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This wool is the shorn hair of sheep, goats, or similar animals. Wool is used in the production of textiles for warm clothing and blankets. If your language has a word for this kind of material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [on clothing of woolen fabric]

on clothing of linen

Quote: בְּ⁠בֶ֥גֶד פִּשְׁתִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this type of clothing in 6:10.

Leviticus 13:48

or in the warp or in the woof of the linen or of the wool

Quote: א֤וֹ בִֽ⁠שְׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ בְ⁠עֵ֔רֶב לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The words warp and woof refer to a structure used in weaving and the production of textiles. Specifically, warp refers to the threads that run vertically, or up and down, and woof (or weft) refers to the threads that run horizontally, or from side to side. If your language has an expression for this kind of weaving structure, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [or on linen or woolen threads that are being woven together on a loom]

of the linen

Quote: לַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the linen does not refer to a specific piece of fabric, but to any linen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [of any linen that you are weaving]

or of the wool

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠צָּ֑מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the wool does not refer to a specific piece of wool, but to any woolen product generally. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [of any wool that you are weaving]

on any work of leather

Quote: בְּ⁠כָל־ מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֽוֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression any work of leather uses the possessive form to describe an object made of leather. This includes a large variety of items such as belts, bags, saddles, straps, etc. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [on anything that has been made of leather] or [on any piece of leatherwork]

Leviticus 13:49

article of leather

Quote: כְּלִי־ ע֔וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression articles of leather implies that something useful has been made from an animal hide or skin. It may refer to the same leatherwork that the previous verse called “any work of leather.” If this meaning would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [useful things made of leather] or [leatherwork]

it {is} an infection of disease

Quote: נֶ֥גַע צָרַ֖עַת ה֑וּא (1)

Alternate translation: [the infection on the material is actually an indication of infectious disease]

And the priest shall be made to see {it

Quote: וְ⁠הָרְאָ֖ה אֶת־הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And the owner of the fabric should show it to the priest]

Leviticus 13:50

the infection

Quote: אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression the infection represents the whole article of clothing, thread of fabric, or leatherwork that has mold or mildew on it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the infected item] or [the item with the infection on it]

Leviticus 13:51

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that week-long period]

of any equipment into which the leather was made

Quote: לְ⁠כֹ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־יֵעָשֶׂ֥ה הָ⁠ע֖וֹר לִ⁠מְלָאכָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [of anything that someone made of leather]

the infection {is} a malignant disease. It {is} unclean

Quote: צָרַ֧עַת מַמְאֶ֛רֶת הַ⁠נֶּ֖גַע טָמֵ֥א הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A malignant disease is a condition of health or wholeness which tends to lead to deterioration or death. It is a condition which causes injury and tends to spread. Because of its connection with death, any malignant disease would cause the bearer of that disease to be declared unclean. Alternate translation: [the infection will threaten the wellbeing of all who come in contact with it, so the material is judged to be unclean]

Leviticus 13:52

because it {is} a malignant disease

Quote: כִּֽי־ צָרַ֤עַת מַמְאֶ֨רֶת֙ הִ֔וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [because the infection could spread and harm others]

It shall be burned with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [He shall burn it with fire]

It shall be burned with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: [It shall be completely burned]

Leviticus 13:54

then the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with household items that were infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [then the priest shall command the people what they must do]

that which the infection {was} on it

Quote: אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)

Alternate translation: [whichever item has the mold or mildew on it]

for} a second seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַת־ יָמִ֖ים שֵׁנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: [for seven days once again]

Leviticus 13:55

after the infection has been washed

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֣י ׀ הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֗גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [after the item’s owner has washed the infection]

and behold, the infection has not turned its eye

Quote: וְ֠⁠הִנֵּה לֹֽא־הָפַ֨ךְ הַ⁠נֶּ֤גַע אֶת־עֵינ⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression turned its eye is an idiom that refers to the appearance of the infection changing. In other words, for an infection to have turned its eye is for that infection to have changed its appearance, likely by spreading or changing color. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and note, the infection appears to be unchanged]

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: [The owner of the item should burn it with fire]

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: [You must burn it completely]

It {is} a rot

Quote: פְּחֶ֣תֶת הִ֔וא (1)

Alternate translation: [It is judged to be an infectionus and decaying mold or mildew]

Leviticus 13:56

and behold, the infection has faded

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּה֙ כֵּהָ֣ה הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע (1)

Alternate translation: [and look, the infection has reduced in size and the color of the infection is closer to the item’s normal color]

after it was washed

Quote: אַחֲרֵ֖י הֻכַּבֵּ֣ס אֹת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [after the owner of the item washed it]

then he shall tear it

Quote: וְ⁠קָרַ֣ע אֹת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the portion of the item that has the infectious mold or mildew on it. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [then he shall tear the infected portion of the item]

Leviticus 13:57

it is breaking out

Quote: פֹּרַ֖חַת הִ֑וא (1)

Alternate translation: [it is a sign that the infectious mold or mildew has spread over the entire item such that it cannot be washed and made clean]

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the sudden switch to the second person would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: [The owner should burn it with fire]

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, You is singular and refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if you choose to use the second person form and if your language marks that distinction.

You shall burn it with fire

Quote: בָּ⁠אֵ֣שׁ תִּשְׂרְפֶ֔⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: [You should completely burn it]

that which {has} the infection on it

Quote: אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠נָּֽגַע׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [whichever item has the mold or mildew on it]

Leviticus 13:58

that you washed

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּכַבֵּ֔ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

As the Introduction to this chapter discusses, here the author of Leviticus switches to a second-person address. If the switch would not be naturl in your language, consider continuing to use the third person in your translation. Alternate translation: [that the owner of the item has washed]

that you washed

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר תְּכַבֵּ֔ס (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is singular. It refers to the owner of the infected item, so use the singular form in your translation if you choose to use the second person form and if your language marks that distinction.

and the infection turned aside from them

Quote: וְ⁠סָ֥ר מֵ⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠נָּ֑גַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. For the infection to have turned aside from the item means for it to have been removed through the process of washing. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and the infection was successfully removed from them]

a second {time

Quote: שֵׁנִ֖ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word second is the ordinal form of the number two. Alternate translation: [again]

Leviticus 13:59

This {is} the law of the infection of disease of

Quote: זֹ֠את תּוֹרַ֨ת נֶֽגַע־ צָרַ֜עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by its referring to the infection of disease that might occur in a variety of textiles and materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law that has to do with the infection of disease] or [This is the law that pertains to the infection of disease]

the infection of disease of clothing of wool or linen or warp or woof or any article of leather

Quote: נֶֽגַע־צָרַ֜עַת בֶּ֥גֶד הַ⁠צֶּ֣מֶר ׀ א֣וֹ הַ⁠פִּשְׁתִּ֗ים א֤וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ הָ⁠עֵ֔רֶב א֖וֹ כָּל־כְּלִי־ע֑וֹר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses a prolonged possessive form to describe an infection that is actually the symptom of an infectious disease that can occur on a variety of textiles and household materials. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [an infection that is the symptom of an infectious disease that might occur on clothing of wool or linen or on the warp or woof or on any article of leather]

or warp or woof

Quote: א֤וֹ הַ⁠שְּׁתִי֙ א֣וֹ הָ⁠עֵ֔רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 13:48.

to pronounce it clean or to pronounce it unclean

Quote: לְ⁠טַהֲר֖⁠וֹ א֥וֹ לְ⁠טַמְּאֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks pronouncing the item to be clean or unclean as the goal or purpose of the instruction. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

Leviticus 14

Leviticus 14 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter is a continuation of the material in the previous chapter.

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Skin disease and mildew

This chapter addresses the ways a priest was to decide if a person had a skin disease, which would make a person unclean. This was important because these diseases could have easily spread by contact among the people in the ancient Near East. This was also true for the things which could have touched a person’s skin. This chapter explains how the priest was to treat the person suffering with a skin disease. (See: priest, priesthood and clean, wash)

Leviticus 14:1

saying

Quote: לֵּ⁠אמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 14:2

the law of the person with a skin disease

Quote: תּוֹרַ֣ת הַ⁠מְּצֹרָ֔ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by its referring to the process of cleansing for any person with a skin disease who has been pronounced clean by the priest. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law for a person who previously had a skin disease] or [This is the law that pertains to the person who previously had a skin disease]

on the day of his cleansing

Quote: בְּ⁠י֖וֹם טָהֳרָת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, the expression on the day of his cleansing is uses the possessive form to describe a day that is characterized by his cleansing. This expression refers to the day on which the priest declares the person to be ritually clean. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could state the meaning generically. Alternate translation: [on the day on which he is to be made clean]

And he shall be brought to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠הוּבָ֖א אֶל־ הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And someone should bring him to the priest] or [He must go to the priest]

Leviticus 14:3

And behold, the infection of the skin disease was healed from the person with the skin disease

Quote: וְ⁠הִנֵּ֛ה נִרְפָּ֥א נֶֽגַע־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת מִן־הַ⁠צָּרֽוּעַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And behold, the infection of the skin disease has completely healed from the person with the skin disease]

the infection of the skin disease

Quote: נֶֽגַע־ הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these words in 13:2.

Leviticus 14:4

Then the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the infected person how to prepare for his cleansing. You could supply words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall command the people what they must do]

and he shall take for the person who is being cleansed

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֧ח לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. Here, he refers to anyone in general. Alternate translation: [and someone shall take for the one being cleansed

for the person who is being cleansed

Quote: לַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [for the person whom the priest is cleansing]

and scarlet of worm

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

By using the expression scarlet of worm, the author is referring to fabric or twine by association with its color. The dye for this scarlet color was likely the byproduct of crushing the eggs of a certain insect, here referred to as a worm. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers, either in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and thread that has been naturally dyed bright red]

and hyssop

Quote: וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This hyssop was a leafy plant, an herb that was common in Israel. Its large and numerous leaves made it ideal for use in sprinkling, especially in ceremonial or ritual contexts, as described in the present chapter. If your language does not have a word for this plant, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and some leafy branches]

Leviticus 14:5

And the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression again omits out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the infected person how to proceed with the ritual cleansing. You could supply some words from the context if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall command the person what he must do]

and he shall slaughter one bird

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֖ט אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפּ֣וֹר הָ⁠אֶחָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. This expression contains the context of what the priest is commanding. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [and the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter one bird]

a container of clay

Quote: כְּלִי־ חֶ֖רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression container of clay refers to a vessel made from clay or earthenware, likely resembling modern kitchen pots or perhaps clay pots that could hold water. If your language has a specific word for a pot made from this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a clay vessel]

clay

Quote: חֶ֖רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The container is described as being made of clay, which refers to a material similar to earthenware, out of which a pot-shaped vessel could be shaped. Then it could be baked in a kiln until hardened. If your language has a specific word for this material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [earthenware]

living water

Quote: מַ֥יִם חַיִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, living water is an idiom that refers to flowing water. The water in the container of clay needed to be taken from a flowing source such as a river or a well rather than from a cistern. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [freshwater taken from a flowing source]

Leviticus 14:7

And he shall sprinkle on the person who is being cleansed from the skin disease seven times

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֗ה עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת שֶׁ֣בַע פְּעָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This is a ritual action by which cedar wood, hyssop, and a living bird are used to sprinkle the person with the skin disease with both blood and clean water. This action ritually purifies and cleanses the individual from any impurity that they acquired through their skin disease. It may be helpful to explain this to your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. See how you handled the idea of ritual sprinkling in 1:5 and elsewhere.

on the person who is being cleansed from the skin disease

Quote: עַ֧ל הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֛ר מִן־הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [on the person he is cleansing]

over the face of the field

Quote: עַל־פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the expression the face of the field refers to an open field. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [toward an open field]

the field

Quote: הַ⁠שָּׂדֶֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the expression the field does not refer to a specific field but to any field near the place where the Israelites are living. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [any nearby field]

Leviticus 14:8

And the person who is being cleansed shall wash his clothes, and he shall shave all his hair, and he shall bathe in the water

Quote: וְ⁠כִבֶּס֩ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר אֶת־בְּגָדָ֜י⁠ו וְ⁠גִלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

These are ritual actions designed to show the people and the individual who is being cleansed that he is now ritually and ceremonially clean. If your language has expressions for these kinds of ritual actions, especially in religious contexts, consider using them here. If not, consider explaining the significance of these actions in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

the person who is being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֨ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

and he shall bathe in the water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֤ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

It might seem that the expression and he shall bathe in the water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: [And he shall wash his body thoroughly]

Leviticus 14:9

on the seventh day

Quote: בַ⁠יּ֨וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that week-long period]

he shall shave all his hair. His head and his beard and the brows of his eyes, and all his hair he shall shave

Quote: יְגַלַּ֣ח אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֗⁠וֹ אֶת־רֹאשׁ֤⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־זְקָנ⁠וֹ֙ וְ⁠אֵת֙ גַּבֹּ֣ת עֵינָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶת־כָּל־שְׂעָר֖⁠וֹ יְגַלֵּ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These expressions mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [he shall shave all his hair, including his head and his beard and the brows of his eyes—all his hair]

and he shall bathe his flesh in the water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֧ץ אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in the previous verse and in 1:9.

his flesh

Quote: אֶת־בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [his whole body]

Leviticus 14:10

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [And on the next day]

he shall take

Quote: יִקַּ֤ח (1)

Alternate translation: [the person who is being cleansed shall take]

and one {female} lamb, a perfect daughter of her year

Quote: וְ⁠כַבְשָׂ֥ה אַחַ֛ת בַּת־שְׁנָתָ֖⁠הּ תְּמִימָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression a daughter of her year is an idiom that refers to an animal that is a year old. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, state the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 9:3. Alternate translation: [and an unblemished female lamb that is a year old] or [and a perfect female lamb that is twelve months of age]

and three tenth parts of flour

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים סֹ֤לֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

Although the measurement is not explicitly listed here, the flour is likely to be measured in ephahs. One ephah was about 23 liters, so three tenth parts of an ephah would amount to almost seven liters of flour. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [and about seven liters of flour]

and three tenth parts of

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה עֶשְׂרֹנִ֗ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The word tenth means one part out of ten equal parts, so three tenth parts would equal three parts out of ten parts. Alternate tranlation: “and about seven quarts of}

a grain offering mixed with oil

Quote: מִנְחָה֙ בְּלוּלָ֣ה בַ⁠שֶּׁ֔מֶן (1)

Alternate translation: an offering of grain to which oil has been mixed in]

and one log of oil

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥ג אֶחָ֖ד שָֽׁמֶן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

One log was about half of a liter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or a footnote. Alternate translation: [and one half of a liter of oil]

Leviticus 14:11

And the priest, the one pronouncing clean, shall make the man, the one being cleansed, and them stand

Quote: וְ⁠הֶעֱמִ֞יד הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֣ן הַֽ⁠מְטַהֵ֗ר אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression implies positioning the man and his sacrificial items in such a way that they face the inner tent of the tent of meeting, in which the Holy of Holies was housed. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [And the priest, the one pronouncing clean, shall position the man, the person being cleansed, and the sacrifice he offers, in such a way that they stand]

the man, the one being cleansed

Quote: אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Even though the word man is masculine, it is being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [the person who is being cleansed]

the man, the one being cleansed

Quote: אֵ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

and them

Quote: וְ⁠אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that, in the previous verse, the individual was told to bring . It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [and the three lambs, the flour, and the oil that he has brought]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: [in Yahweh’s presence in the sacred precincts of the tent of meeting, where Yahweh lives among the Israelites]

Leviticus 14:12

and he shall present it

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֥יב אֹת֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you handled this ritual action in 1:2.

as a guilt offering

Quote: לְ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)

See the discussion about the guilt offering in the Introduction to Chapter 5. See how you translated this sacrifice in 5:16.

and the log of oil

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־לֹ֣ג הַ⁠שָּׁ֑מֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

One log was about one-sixth of a liter (or 0.167 liters). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use the equivalent modern measurement in your translation or in a footnote. Alternate translation: [and the one-sixth of a liter of oil]

And he shall raise them {as} a raised offering to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵנִ֥יף אֹתָ֛⁠ם תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

It is highly unlikely that the living lamb was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence before it was killed. Instead, this expression may refer to some physical motion to show that the lamb (and the oil) were the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a wave offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [And he shall uplift them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh]

as} a raised offering

Quote: תְּנוּפָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated this sacrifice in 7:30.

Leviticus 14:13

And he shall slaughter the lamb

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַ֣ט אֶת־הַ⁠כֶּ֗בֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers either to: 1) the person who is to be cleansed. Alternate translation: [And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb” or 2) the priest, who was the subject in the previous verse. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall slaughter the lamb”

in the place where one slaughters the sin offering and the burnt offering

Quote: בִּ֠⁠מְקוֹם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁחַ֧ט אֶת־הַֽ⁠חַטָּ֛את וְ⁠אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-tense

Here, the author of Leviticus uses the present tense to describe a habitual action - something that is done regularly. Also, he here refers to anyone who does this action. Alternate translation: [in the same place where sin offerings and burnt offerings are slaughtered] or [in the same place where they slaughter sin offerings and burnt offerings]

for the guilt offering {is} like the sin offering

Quote: כִּ֡י כַּ֠⁠חַטָּאת הָ⁠אָשָׁ֥ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [This is because the guilt offering is like the sin offering]

It {is} a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹ֥דֶשׁ קָֽדָשִׁ֖ים הֽוּא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you handled the similar expression in 2:3.

Leviticus 14:14

and the priest shall put {it} on the lobe of the right ear of the person who is being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן עַל־תְּנ֛וּךְ אֹ֥זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.

the person who is being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

and the priest shall put {it

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַן֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled this idiom in 1:7. Alternate translation: [and the priest should spread some of the blood of the sacrificed animal]

Leviticus 14:17

And the priest shall put some of the remainder of the oil that {is} on his palm on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot, on the blood of the guilt offering

Quote: וּ⁠מִ⁠יֶּ֨תֶר הַ⁠שֶּׁ֜מֶן אֲשֶׁ֣ר עַל־כַּפּ֗⁠וֹ יִתֵּ֤ן הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ עַל־תְּנ֞וּךְ אֹ֤זֶן הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית עַ֖ל דַּ֥ם הָ⁠אָשָֽׁם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

Leviticus 14:18

on the head of the person being cleansed

Quote: עַל־רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [on the head of the person whom the priest is cleansing]

And the priest shall make atonement for him to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the person is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin, but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 14:19

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

from his uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאָת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [from that which has made him unclean]

Leviticus 14:20

And the priest shall make the burnt offering and the grain offering go up on the altar

Quote: וְ⁠הֶעֱלָ֧ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן אֶת־הָ⁠עֹלָ֥ה וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠מִּנְחָ֖ה הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֑חָ⁠ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression go up on the altar is an idiom. It depicts the act of burning the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar as converting the offering into smoke that goes up from the altar to God in heaven. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall burn the burnt offering and the grain offering on the altar in such a way that they go up to Yahweh in smoke]

Leviticus 14:21

and his hand is not reaching

Quote: וְ⁠אֵ֣ין יָד⁠וֹ֮ מַשֶּׂגֶת֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression his hand is not reaching is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to provide or purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: [and he cannot afford to offer the three lambs]

to raise, to make atonement for him

Quote: לִ⁠תְנוּפָ֖ה לְ⁠כַפֵּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks waving and making atonement as the goal or purpose of bringing the lamb, flour, and birds to the priest. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

and one tenth of flour

Quote: וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The word “tenth” means one part out of ten equal parts, so one tenth would equal one part out of ten parts. Alternate tranlation: about two quarts of fine flour

and one tenth of flour

Quote: וְ⁠עִשָּׂר֨וֹן סֹ֜לֶת אֶחָ֨ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

Although it is not explicit, it is likely that one tenth refers to a tenth of an ephah of flour. See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.

and a log of oil

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥ג שָֽׁמֶן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

See how you translated this measurement in 14:10.

Leviticus 14:22

sons of a pigeon

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

that his hand reaches

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֥ר תַּשִּׂ֖יג יָד֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to being able to afford to purchase an animal. In other words, that which his hand reaches refers to whatever bird the individual is able to afford. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See the discussion of Sacrifices for the poor in the Introduction to Chapter 5 and see how you translated the similar expression in 5:7 and 5:11. Alternate translation: [that he can afford]

Leviticus 14:23

And on the eighth day, he shall bring them

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֨יא אֹתָ֜⁠ם בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed, and them refers to the lamb, portions of flour, and birds that the ritual cleansing requires. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And on the eighth day, the person who is to be cleansed should bring the lamb, portions of flour, oil, and the birds]

on the eighth day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. The eighth day refers to the day after the week-long period of purification mentioned in 14:8 during with the person dwells outside of the camp. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [on the day after the week-long period during which he lived outside of the camp]

for his cleansing

Quote: לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for marks cleansing as the goal or purpose of bringing all of the required items and animals. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to the priest, to the entrance of the tent of meeting, to the face of Yahweh

Quote: אֶל־הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֑ן אֶל־פֶּ֥תַח אֹֽהֶל־מוֹעֵ֖ד לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word that shows that the second and third phrases are repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: [to the priest who is at the entrance of the tent of meeting, that is, to the face of Yahweh]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:3–5.

Leviticus 14:24

the lamb of the guilt offering

Quote: אֶת־כֶּ֥בֶשׂ הָ⁠אָשָׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a lamb that is characterized by the fact that it has been selected to become a guilt offering. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the lamb which someone has selected to offer as a guilt offering]

And the priest shall raise them {as} a raised offering to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠הֵנִ֨יף אֹתָ֧⁠ם הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן תְּנוּפָ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Again, it is highly unlikely that the living lamb of the guilt offering was physically waved in Yahweh’s presence. Instead, this expression may refer to making some physical motion that would show that it (along with the measure of oil) was the kind of sacrifice that qualified as a wave offering. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall present them as a wave offering to the face of Yahweh]

Leviticus 14:25

And he shall slaughter the lamb of the guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁחַט֮ אֶת־כֶּ֣בֶשׂ הָֽ⁠אָשָׁם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the person who is to be cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers.. Alternate translation: [And the person who is to be cleansed shall slaughter the lamb of the guilt offering]

and he shall put {it} on the lobe of the right ear of the person being cleansed and on the thumb of his right hand and on the big toe of his right foot

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֛ן עַל־תְּנ֥וּךְ אֹֽזֶן־הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר הַ⁠יְמָנִ֑ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֤הֶן יָד⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠יְמָנִ֔ית וְ⁠עַל־בֹּ֥הֶן רַגְל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠יְמָנִֽית׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you translated the similar ritual action in 8:23–24.

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

Leviticus 14:27

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:28

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

Leviticus 14:29

to make atonement for him

Quote: לְ⁠כַפֵּ֥ר עָלָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks making atonement as the goal or purpose of putting the oil on the head of the person being cleansed. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 14:31

whatever his hand reaches

Quote: אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁר־תַּשִּׂ֞יג יָד֗⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [whatever he can afford]

the person being cleansed

Quote: הַ⁠מִּטַּהֵ֖ר (1)

Alternate translation: [the person whom the priest is cleansing]

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:3–5.

Leviticus 14:32

This {is} the law of whoever {has} on him an infection of skin disease

Quote: זֹ֣את תּוֹרַ֔ת אֲשֶׁר־בּ֖⁠וֹ נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by referring to any person who has an infection of a skin disease and who cannot afford the three lambs normally required for the ritual cleansing. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law for whoever has an infection of a skin disease] or [This is the law that pertains to whoever has an infection of a skin disease]

an infection of skin disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרָ֑עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated these words in 13:2.

whose hand does not reach his cleansing

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression whose hand does not reach his cleansing is an idiom that refers to being unable to afford to purchase the three lambs required for the ritual cleansing. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. See the discussion of Sacrifices for the poor in the Introduction to Chapter 5 and see how you translated the similar expression in 5:11. Alternate translation: [who cannot afford the three lambs required for his cleansing]

whose hand does not reach his cleansing

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ׃פ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Like the similar expression in 5:7, the phrase whose his hand does not reach is an idiom that refers to someone being unable to afford to purchase the usual animal for the sacrifice. If your language has a similar idiomatic expression, consider using it here. Otherwise, if it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [who is unable to afford the usual sacrifice required for cleansing]

whose hand does not reach his cleansing

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹֽא־תַשִּׂ֥יג יָד֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

The clause whose hand does not reach his cleansing does not describe every person who has a skin disease. It describes only those who are not able to afford the usual offering of three lambs. Alternate translation: [who is not able to provide the required offering for cleansing]

his cleansing

Quote: בְּ⁠טָהֳרָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [the means by which he can become clean] or [the means by which he can be cleansed]

Leviticus 14:34

you enter … to you … your possession

Quote: תָבֹ֨אוּ֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם & אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

an infection of a disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression an infection of a disease, while the same expression that was used above for infectious skin diseases, likely refers to an infectious household mold or fungus. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [an infection of mold or mildew]

an infection of a disease

Quote: נֶ֣גַע צָרַ֔עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe an infection that is characterized by the fact that it is the symptom of a disease, likely referring to a mold or mildew. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [an infectious disease] or [an infectious mold or mildew]

in a house of the land of your possession

Quote: בְּ⁠בֵ֖ית אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a house that is in the land that the Israelites will come to possess, that is, the land of Canaan. If your language would not use the possessive form to express this, use a construction that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [in a house that is in the land that you will possess]

the land of your possession

Quote: אֶ֥רֶץ אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word possession, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [in the land that you will possess]

Leviticus 14:35

then he who the house {is} to him shall come

Quote: וּ⁠בָא֙ אֲשֶׁר־ל֣⁠וֹ הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)

Alternate translation: [then he who owns the house shall come]

and he shall inform the priest, saying, ‘{Something} like an infection has appeared to me in the house

Quote: וְ⁠הִגִּ֥יד לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר כְּ⁠נֶ֕גַע נִרְאָ֥ה לִ֖⁠י בַּ⁠בָּֽיִת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: [and he shall inform the priest that something like an infection has appeared to him in the house]

Leviticus 14:36

The priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּ֨ה הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֜ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do about the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [The priest shall command the people what they must do]

and they shall empty the house before the priest comes to see the infection, and everything that {is} in the house will not be pronounced unclean

Quote: וּ⁠פִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת בְּ⁠טֶ֨רֶם יָבֹ֤א הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ לִ⁠רְא֣וֹת אֶת־הַ⁠נֶּ֔גַע וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implicaton is that unless the owners and residents of the house totally empty the house in preparation for the priest to arrive to inspect the household mold, the priest will declare the house and everything (and, likely, everyone) in it to be unclean. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [and they shall prepare the house by opening windows and emptying the house of its contents before the priest comes to inspect regarding the infection. If they do not do this, the priest will declare everything that is in the house to be unclean]

and they shall empty the house

Quote: וּ⁠פִנּ֣וּ אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents of the house. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [and the people in the house shall open the house]

and everything that {is} in the house will not be pronounced unclean

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥א יִטְמָ֖א כָּל־ אֲשֶׁ֣ר בַּ⁠בָּ֑יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Once the priest declared the house to be unclean, everything in the house became unclean too. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [so that the priest does not need to declare the things and people in the house to be unclean]

Leviticus 14:37

is} greenish or reddish eruptions

Quote: שְׁקַֽעֲרוּרֹת֙ יְרַקְרַקֹּ֔ת א֖וֹ אֲדַמְדַּמֹּ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word eruptions likely refers to spots on the wall where the mold or mildew has aggressively spread and changed colors. If your language has a word for this kind of spreading mold or mildew, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [is spots of mold or mildew that are green or red in color]

and their appearance {is} deeper than the wall

Quote: וּ⁠מַרְאֵי⁠הֶ֥ן שָׁפָ֖ל מִן־ הַ⁠קִּֽיר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression their appearance is deeper than the wall implies that the priest is to determine whether mold or mildew has gone deeper into the construction material than just the surface of the wall. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [and they look as though they are deeper than the surface of the wall]

Leviticus 14:38

and he shall shut up the house {for} seven days

Quote: וְ⁠הִסְגִּ֥יר אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

As was the case with the person who had the potential symptom of an infectious skin disease, this expression refers to quarantining the house for a period of time in order to allow the mold to naturally progress and for a diagnosis to be more easily made in one direction or another. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [and he shall shut up the house for seven days so that no one can come in or out]

Leviticus 14:39

on the seventh day

Quote: בַּ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word seventh is the ordinal form of the number seven. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [on the last day of that week-long period]

Leviticus 14:40

And the priest shall command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוָּה֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. Here, the priest is telling the people what to do with the house that is infected with mold or mildew. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall command the people what they must do]

and they shall pull out … and they shall cast

Quote: וְ⁠חִלְּצוּ֙ & וְ⁠הִשְׁלִ֤יכוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents or owners of the house. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers.Alternate translation: [the residents of the house shall pull out … and they shall cast]

to {a place} on the outside of the city, to an unclean place

Quote: אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר אֶל־מָק֖וֹם טָמֵֽא׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [to the unclean place on the outside of the city where people dispose of unclean things]

to {a place} on the outside of the city

Quote: אֶל־מִ⁠ח֣וּץ לָ⁠עִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, and as 14:34 also suggests, the inclusion of the word city implies that Yahweh is speaking of a future time when the people of Israel will be living in cities rather than in the wilderness, as they were when Yahweh spoke these words to Moses. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [to a place on the outside of the city in which you will one day live]

of the city

Quote: לָ⁠עִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the city does not refer to a specific city but to any city in which an Israelite may someday live. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [of any city in which you will someday live]

Leviticus 14:41

And he shall have the house scraped, inside the house all around

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ מִ⁠בַּ֖יִת סָבִ֑יב (1)

Alternate translation: [And he should scrape away and remove all the material which held the stones together to form the interior walls of his house]

And he shall have the house scraped

Quote: וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֛יִת יַקְצִ֥עַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest, although the priest is not the one who will scrape the house. The rest of the verse suggests that the residents of the house will scrape the walls. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall command that the owner must scrape the house]

And they shall pour out the mortar that they scrape

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁפְכ֗וּ אֶת־הֶֽ⁠עָפָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הִקְצ֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, they refers to the residents of the house. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the residents of the house shall pour out the plaster that they scrape off]

the mortar

Quote: אֶת־הֶֽ⁠עָפָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This dirt likely refers to an earthen, plaster-like material that would be used to cover the walls of a house. If your language has a word for this kind of building material, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the wall plaster]

Leviticus 14:42

And they shall take … and they shall bring {them

Quote: וְ⁠לָקְחוּ֙ & וְ⁠הֵבִ֖יאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the pronoun they refers to the owner and residents of the house or someone they have hired. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the workers shall take … and they shall bring them]

other stones … and … other {mortar

Quote: אֲבָנִ֣ים אֲחֵר֔וֹת & וְ⁠עָפָ֥ר אַחֵ֛ר (1)

Alternate translation: [new, clean stones … fresh material for plastering, ]

and they shall bring {them} in the place of the stones

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֖יאוּ אֶל־תַּ֣חַת הָ⁠אֲבָנִ֑ים (1)

Alternate translation: [and they shall insert them wherever the infected stones were removed from the wall]

Leviticus 14:44

it {is} a malignant infection in the house

Quote: צָרַ֨עַת מַמְאֶ֥רֶת הִ֛וא בַּ⁠בַּ֖יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the similar expression in 13:51. Alternate translation: [the infection is actually a sign that the house has an infectious and potentially deadly mold or mildew on it]

Leviticus 14:45

Then he shall tear down the house

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֣ץ אֶת־ הַ⁠בַּ֗יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers either to: 1) the owner of the house. Alternate translation: [Then the owner of the house shall tear down the house” or 2) the priest. Alternate translation: [Then the priest shall tear down the house]

And he shall take {them} out

Quote: וְ⁠הוֹצִיא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to all the parts of the house that were previously mentioned in this verse, including the stones, wood, and dirt of the house. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And he shall take out the stones, wood, and dirt of the house]

Leviticus 14:46

And the person entering into the house

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּא֙ אֶל־הַ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who enters the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And any person who enters into the house]

all of the days of {the priest’s} shutting it up

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֖י הִסְגִּ֣יר אֹת֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [during the time when the priest has shut up the house”

Leviticus 14:47

And the person dwelling in the house

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠שֹּׁכֵ֣ב בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who dwells in the quarentined house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And any person who dwells in the house]

And the person eating in the house

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אֹכֵ֣ל בַּ⁠בַּ֔יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who eats in the house in general, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And any person who eats in the house]

Leviticus 14:48

But if, coming, the priest comes

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־בֹּ֨א יָבֹ֜א הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb coming in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [But if the priest ever comes” or ”But when the priest comes]

because the infection was healed

Quote: כִּ֥י נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [The house should be pronounced clean. since the infection was healed]

the infection was healed

Quote: נִרְפָּ֖א הַ⁠נָּֽגַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [the owner has successfully removed the infection from the house]

Leviticus 14:49

And he shall take

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֛ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall take]

and wood of cedar and scarlet of worm and hyssop

Quote: וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ אֶ֔רֶז וּ⁠שְׁנִ֥י תוֹלַ֖עַת וְ⁠אֵזֹֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated these words in 14:4.

to cleanse the house

Quote: לְ⁠חַטֵּ֥א אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, to marks cleansing the house as the goal or purpose of the priests’ using these items. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

Leviticus 14:51

And he shall take

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַ֣ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall take]

in the blood of the bird, the one that was slaughtered

Quote: בְּ⁠דַם֙ הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠שְּׁחוּטָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [in the blood of the bird that the owner of the house slaughtered]

and in the living water

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠מַּ֖יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 14:5.

Leviticus 14:52

and with the living water

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠מַּ֖יִם הַֽ⁠חַיִּ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 14:5.

and with the live bird and with the wood of cedar and with the hyssop and with the scarlet of worm

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠צִּפֹּ֣ר הַ⁠חַיָּ֗ה וּ⁠בְ⁠עֵ֥ץ הָ⁠אֶ֛רֶז וּ⁠בָ⁠אֵזֹ֖ב וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנִ֥י הַ⁠תּוֹלָֽעַת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated these words in 14:4.

Leviticus 14:53

And he shall send the live bird

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֞ח אֶת־הַ⁠צִּפֹּ֧ר הַֽ⁠חַיָּ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, he refers to the priest and not to the owner of the house that is being cleansed. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall send the live bird]

to the face of the field

Quote: אֶל־פְּנֵ֣י הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 14:7.

And he shall make atonement for the house

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֥ר עַל־הַ⁠בַּ֖יִת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. Here, however, make sure your translation makes it clear that the house is not being atoned for because of any sin on the part of anyone who lived in it. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

Leviticus 14:54

This {is} the law of every infection of the skin disease

Quote: זֹ֖את הַ⁠תּוֹרָ֑ה לְ⁠כָל־נֶ֥גַע הַ⁠צָּרַ֖עַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by referring to the process of cleansing for any of the scenarios described in 14:54–57. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law that has to do with every infection of the skin disease] or [This is the law that pertains to every infection of the skin disease]

and of the scall

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠נָּֽתֶק׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:30.

Leviticus 14:56

and of the swelling

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠שְׂאֵ֥ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:2.

and of the rash

Quote: וְ⁠לַ⁠סַּפַּ֖חַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated this skin condition in 13:6.

Leviticus 14:57

in order to teach

Quote: לְ⁠הוֹרֹ֕ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, the expression in order to marks teaching how to identify uncleanness and cleanness as the goal or purpose of the law. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

on the day of uncleanness or on the day of cleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the words uncleanness and cleanness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [when a person is unclean or when a person is clean]

on the day of uncleanness or on the day of cleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠י֥וֹם הַ⁠טָּמֵ֖א וּ⁠בְ⁠י֣וֹם הַ⁠טָּהֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here the term day refers to the time at which something might be considered to become unclean or clean. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [at the time when someone or something becomes unclean or becomes clean”

This {is} the law of the skin disease

Quote: זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠צָּרָֽעַת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by referring to the wide variety of skin diseases described in 14:54–57. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a gesneric expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law that has to do with skin diseases] or [This is the law that pertains to skin diseases]

Leviticus 15

Leviticus 15 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter contains Yahweh’s laws concerning bodily discharges that make people unclean, as well as the process for their purification. The structure of this chapter is as follows: 1) Laws about male discharges (15:1-18) A. Abnormal discharges (15:1-15) B. Normal discharges (15:16-18) 2) Laws about female discharges (15:19-30) A. Normal menstruation (15:19-24) B. Abnormal bleeding (15:25-30) 3) Summary and purpose (15:31-33)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Euphemisms and polite language

This chapter frequently uses the word “flesh” as a polite way to refer to sexual organs. Your language may have its own polite ways to refer to these body parts. You should use terms that your community would consider respectful and appropriate for public reading.

Repeated words and phrases

The chapter often repeats words like “flow” or “discharge” for emphasis (for example, “when a flow flows”). If your language uses different methods to show emphasis, you can use those instead. You may not need to repeat the exact words.

Possessive expressions

The text frequently uses possessive phrases like “days of her purification” or “bed of her menstruation.” These describe things characterized by or associated with a condition. Your language might express these relationships differently. For example, “days of her purification” could be “the days when she waits to be pure.”

Quotes within quotes

At the beginning of the chapter, there are several layers of quotations (God speaking to Moses, who speaks to the people). If this is confusing in your language, you can break these into separate sentences or use your language’s way of showing different speakers.

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Bodily discharges

This chapter talks about different kinds of bodily fluids that made a person ritually unclean. When translating this chapter, remember that these conditions: - Were not considered sinful - Were natural body processes - Made people unclean because they were connected to life and death - Required cleansing rituals before people could worship again

Cleanliness and separation

The laws about bodily discharges had two main purposes: 1. To protect people’s health by keeping them apart when diseases might spread 2. To keep Israel pure as Yahweh’s special people

Atonement without sin

When translating about the offerings in this chapter: - Do not use words that suggest the person did something wrong - Make it clear these offerings were for becoming clean again, not for forgiveness - Use words that show this was about ritual purity, not moral purity (See: clean, wash and atonement, atone, atoned)

Leviticus 15:1

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language. Alternate translation: [and he told them]

Leviticus 15:1-2

saying … Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹֽר & דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses and Aaron to speak to the sons of Israel and to say to them]

Leviticus 15:2

Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבְּרוּ֙ אֶל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition emphasizes that Moses and Aaron are to deliver the following speech to the people of Israel. If your language does not use repetition for emphasis, you could use a single phrase and convey the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: [Make sure you say to the sons of Israel]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this metaphor in 1:2.

and you shall say

Quote: וַ⁠אֲמַרְתֶּ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you here is plural. The word refers to Moses and Aaron. Use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ אִ֗ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, here man is repeated to refer to any male. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [Any man]

from his flesh

Quote: מִ⁠בְּשָׂר֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here and throughout this chapter, the word flesh is a polite way of referring to a man‘s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: [from his sexual organs]

Leviticus 15:3

And this is his uncleanness … it {is} his uncleanness

Quote: וְ⁠זֹ֛את תִּהְיֶ֥ה טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ & טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ הִֽוא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word uncleanness, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [This is what makes him unclean … it makes him unclean]

whether} his flesh secretes his flow

Quote: רָ֣ר בְּשָׂר֞⁠וֹ אֶת־זוֹב֗⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [whether the discharge drips from his flesh]

or his flesh blocks his flow

Quote: אֽוֹ־הֶחְתִּ֤ים בְּשָׂר⁠וֹ֙ מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [or the discharge is stopped up in the man’s flesh]

Leviticus 15:4

the {one} flowing

Quote: הַ⁠זָּ֖ב (1)

Alternate translation: [the man with the flux] or [the man with the flow]

Leviticus 15:5

And a man who touches his bed shall wash his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִגַּ֖ע בְּ⁠מִשְׁכָּב֑⁠וֹ יְכַבֵּ֧ס בְּגָדָ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

See how you handled this ritual action in 14:8.

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word man is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [And any person]

And he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

It might seem that the expression he shall bathe with water contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you could use an equivalent expression. See how you translated this expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: [And he shall wash thoroughly]

Leviticus 15:6

And the person who sits on the furniture

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠יֹּשֵׁב֙ עַֽל־הַ⁠כְּלִ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who sits on any furniture on which the man with the discharge has sat, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And any person who sits on the furniture]

and he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:7

And the person who touches the flesh of the {one} flowing

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר הַ⁠זָּ֑ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, flesh likely does not represent the genitals specifically, but the body of the person with the discharge as a whole. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [And the person who touches any part of the body of the flowing man]

And the person who touches the flesh of

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֖עַ בִּ⁠בְשַׂ֣ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who touches the flesh of the man with the discharge, not one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And any person who touches the flesh]

And he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:8

and he shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:9

And any means of riding on which the flowing {man} rides

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִרְכַּ֥ב עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠זָּ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the expression means of riding translates a noun that is related to the verb rides. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And anyt chariot or riding seat on which the man with the flux has ridden]

And any means of riding

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־הַ⁠מֶּרְכָּ֗ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression any means of riding would imply anything that is placed on the back of a horse or donkey on which a person would ride. This includes objects like saddles, clothes, blankets, and the like. It could also include a chariot or riding seat. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [And anything that could be used to ride an animal or travel in a vehicle]

Leviticus 15:10

anything that was under him

Quote: בְּ⁠כֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִהְיֶ֣ה תַחְתָּ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

This expression refers to the “means of riding” that was described in the previous verse. So the word him in this expression refers to the man who has the discharge. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [anything that the man with the discharge sat upon to ride an animal or a vehicle]

And the one who lifts them

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹשֵׂ֣א אוֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression represents any person who lifts anything on which the man with the discharge sat while riding; it does not refer to one particular individual. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And whoever lifts them]

Leviticus 15:11

And anyone whom the {one} flowing touches

Quote: וְ⁠כֹ֨ל אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגַּע־ בּ⁠וֹ֙ הַ⁠זָּ֔ב (1)

Alternate translation: [And whomever the person with the infected flow touches]

Leviticus 15:12

And a container of clay that the {one} flowing touches shall be broken

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־ חֶ֛רֶשׂ אֲשֶׁר־ יִגַּע־ בּ֥⁠וֹ הַ⁠זָּ֖ב יִשָּׁבֵ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And whoever owns the vessel of clay that the flowing man touches shall break it]

And a container of clay

Quote: וּ⁠כְלִי־חֶ֛רֶשׂ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression vessel of clay uses the possessive form to describe a container that is characterized by being made of clay. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an adjective to show that one noun describes the other. Alternate translation: [And a clay container]

and every vessel of wood shall be rinsed with water

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־ כְּלִי־ עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and someone must rinse every wooden container with water]

and every vessel of wood shall be rinsed with water

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ יִשָּׁטֵ֖ף בַּ⁠מָּֽיִם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

This expression contains extra information that would be unnatural to express in some languages. If this is true of your language, you could shorten the expression. See how you handled the similar expression in 7:17. Alternate translation: [and whoever owns a vessel of wood shall rinse it thoroughly]

and every vessel of wood

Quote: וְ⁠כָל־כְּלִי־עֵ֔ץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The expression a vessel of wood is likely an implement rather than a container. Additionally, the expression here refers to any wooden implement that the {one} flowing touches. If your readers would not be familiar with this type of tool, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: [and every wooden implement that the man who has a flux touches]

Leviticus 15:13

And when the {one} flowing cleanses from his flow

Quote: וְ⁠כִֽי־יִטְהַ֤ר הַ⁠זָּב֙ מִ⁠זּוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [And when the man who was flowing recovers from his flow and is no longer infected]

then he shall count for himself seven days

Quote: וְ⁠סָ֨פַר ל֜⁠וֹ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֛ים (1)

Alternate translation: [then he shall determine a seven-day period]

for his cleansing

Quote: לְ⁠טָהֳרָת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, for marks cleansing as the goal or purpose of counting out seven days. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that this is the purpose.

his flesh

Quote: בְּשָׂר֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled this euphemism in 15:2.

in living water

Quote: בְּ⁠מַ֥יִם חַיִּ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 14:5.

Leviticus 15:14

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [And on the next day]

two sons of a pigeon

Quote: שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:15

And the priest shall make them

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)

Alternate translation: [And the priest shall get them ready]

And the priest shall make them

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂ֤ה אֹתָ⁠ם֙ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, them refers to the two birds that are described in the previous verse. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall make ready the two birds]

And the priest shall make atonement for him

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלָ֧י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, here and throughout this chapter, make sure that your translation makes it clear that the man is not being atoned for because of any sin on his or her part. In this case, atonement removes impurity that is not caused by sin but by infection and uncleanness. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation.

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:16

And a man, when

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ כִּֽי־ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

See how you translated this expression in 13:2. See also the discussion of this phrase in the introduction to this book.

when a laying of seed goes out from him

Quote: כִּֽי־תֵצֵ֥א מִמֶּ֖⁠נּוּ שִׁכְבַת־זָ֑רַע (1)

Alternate translation: [when he experiences an ejaculation]

all his flesh

Quote: אֶת־כָּל־בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Whereas elsewhere, the word flesh usually refers specifically to a person’s genitals, here the expression all his flesh refers to a man’s entire body. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [his whole body]

Leviticus 15:17

and it shall be washed in water

Quote: וְ⁠כֻבַּ֥ס בַּ⁠מַּ֖יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [and the owner of the item shall wash it with water] or [and someone shall wash it with water]

Leviticus 15:18

And a woman, when a man lies with her

Quote: וְ⁠אִשָּׁ֕ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֥ב אִ֛ישׁ אֹתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This expression refers in a polite way to sexual relations between a man and a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: [And if a man and woman have sexual relations]

a laying down of seed

Quote: שִׁכְבַת־ זָ֑רַע (1)

Alternate translation: [and the man ejaculates]

then they shall bathe with water

Quote: וְ⁠רָחֲצ֣וּ בַ⁠מַּ֔יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

Leviticus 15:19

in her flesh

Quote: בִּ⁠בְשָׂרָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, the word flesh is a polite way of referring to a woman’s genitals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: [in her genitals]

for} seven days, she will be in her menstruation

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֤ת יָמִים֙ תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression implies that when a woman begins menstruating, she will be considered unclean for seven days. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [she will be unclean because of her menstruation]

she will be in her menstruation

Quote: תִּהְיֶ֣ה בְ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word menstruation refers to the time when blood discharges from a woman’s uterine lining. If your readers would not be familiar with this term, you could use the term or euphemism used in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: [she is in the way of women] or [it is her monthy period]

Leviticus 15:23

But if it {is} on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם עַֽל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֜ב ה֗וּא א֧וֹ עַֽל־הַ⁠כְּלִ֛י אֲשֶׁר־הִ֥וא יֹשֶֽׁבֶת־עָלָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to anything that might be placed on a bed or a piece of furniture on which the menstruating woman has sat or on which she has lain. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [But if an item should happen to be placed on the bed or on furniture on which she is sitting]

Leviticus 15:24

And if, lying, a man lies with her

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This expression is a polite way to refer to sexual relations between a man and a woman while she is menstruating. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite reference to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: [And if a man has sexual relations with her]

And if, lying, a man lies with her

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֡ם שָׁכֹב֩ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אִ֜ישׁ אֹתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb lying in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [And certainly, if a man lies with her]

and her menstruation is on him

Quote: וּ⁠תְהִ֤י נִדָּתָ⁠הּ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the expression her menstruation represents a woman’s menstrual blood. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and her menstrual flow is on him]

Leviticus 15:25

when a flow of her blood flows

Quote: כִּֽי־יָזוּב֩ ז֨וֹב דָּמָ֜⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word flow translates a noun that is related to the verb flows. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [when her blood certainly flows]

when she flows beyond her menstruation

Quote: כִֽי־תָז֖וּב עַל־נִדָּתָ֑⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [when she continues to bleed from her genitals longer than the expected length of time]

all the days of the flow of her uncleanness

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֞י ז֣וֹב טֻמְאָתָ֗⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

Here, days of the flow uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean flow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [as long as she is bleeding and is unclean, it]

like the days of her menstruation

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֧י נִדָּתָ֛⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [like the period when she normally menstruates]

Leviticus 15:26

Every bed on which she lies all the days of her flow shall be to her like the bed of her menstruation

Quote: כָּל־הַ⁠מִּשְׁכָּ֞ב אֲשֶׁר־תִּשְׁכַּ֤ב עָלָי⁠ו֙ כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔⁠הּ כְּ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ יִֽהְיֶה־לָּ֑⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [Every bed on which she lies all the days of her flow should be considered to be unclean, just like the bed of her menstruation]

all the days of her flow

Quote: כָּל־יְמֵ֣י זוֹבָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe days that are characterized by the presence of the woman’s unclean flow. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [when she is experiencing unusual genital bleeding]

like the bed of her menstruation

Quote: כְּ⁠מִשְׁכַּ֥ב נִדָּתָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a bed that is characterized by its use during the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [like the bed on which she lays when she is normally menstruating]

like the uncleanness of her menstruation

Quote: כְּ⁠טֻמְאַ֖ת נִדָּתָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe uncleanness that comes from the woman’s menstruation. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [like the uncleanness that she acquires because of her menstruation]

Leviticus 15:28

But if she becomes clean from her flow

Quote: וְ⁠אִֽם־טָהֲרָ֖ה מִ⁠זּוֹבָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

The author is presenting this as a hypothetical condition and describing what should happen if this condition, that she becomes clean from her flow, should occur. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a situation that could happen. Alternate translation: [Suppose the woman who was experiencing unusual genital bleeding becomes clean from the flow of her blood]

then she shall count for herself seven days

Quote: וְ⁠סָ֥פְרָה לָּ֛⁠הּ שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִ֖ים (1)

Alternate translation: [then she shall determine a seven-day period]

Leviticus 15:29

And on the eighth day

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The word eighth is the ordinal form of the number eight. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [And on the next day]

sons of a pigeon

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יוֹנָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 1:14.

Leviticus 15:30

And the priest shall make atonement for her

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֨ר עָלֶ֤י⁠הָ הַ⁠כֹּהֵן֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the abstract noun atonement in 1:4. However, in your translation, be careful not to convey the idea that the woman has sinned and so is in need of atonement. Here, atonement removes from the woman the impurity that she acquired from the blood that she has bled. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [And the priest shall present these offerings for her purification”

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:9.

from the flow of her uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠זּ֖וֹב טֻמְאָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [from her flow of blood that made her unclean]

Leviticus 15:31

And you shall hold back

Quote: וְ⁠הִזַּרְתֶּ֥ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to Aaron and Moses, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־ בְּנֵי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this way of referring to the people of Israel in 1:2.

from their uncleanness, … by their uncleanness, by their defiling

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם & בְּ⁠טֻמְאָתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠טַמְּאָ֥⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word uncleanness comes from a noun that is related to the verb defiling. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have another way of showing the emphasis.

from their uncleanness

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאָתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word uncleanness, you can express the same idea with “unclean.” Alternate translation: [from becoming unclean]

my Dwelling, which {is} in their midst

Quote: אֶת־מִשְׁכָּנִ֖⁠י אֲשֶׁ֥ר בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish

Yahweh is not distinguishing this Dwelling in the midst of the Israelites from another Dwelling that in not in their midst. Yahweh is reminding them about the location of his Dwelling with them. Be sure that this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: [my Dwelling. After all, it is in their midst”

Leviticus 15:32

This {is} the law of the flowing {person

Quote: זֹ֥את תּוֹרַ֖ת הַ⁠זָּ֑ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe the law that is characterized by its referring to the wide variety of bodily discharges listed in 15:32–33. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [This is the law that has to do with people who have discharges] or [This is the law that pertains to people who have discharges]

a layer of seed

Quote: שִׁכְבַת־ זֶ֖רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled this expression in 15:16.

to become unclean by it

Quote: לְ⁠טָמְאָה־בָֽ⁠הּ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [and he becomes unclean by it]

Leviticus 15:33

and of {the woman} who is sick in her menstruation

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠דָּוָה֙ בְּ⁠נִדָּתָ֔⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression does imply physical sickness but, rather, a woman’s geneal experience of menstruation. You could include this information if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: [and of the woman who experiences menstruation]

and of the flowing of his flow

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the word his is masculine, here is it being used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [and of the flowing of any person’s flow]

and of the flowing of his flow

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠זָּב֙ אֶת־זוֹב֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the word flow translates a noun that is related to the verb flowing. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and of his flowing discharge]

and of the man who lies with an unclean {woman

Quote: וּ⁠לְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִשְׁכַּ֖ב עִם־טְמֵאָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This expression refers in a polite way to sexual relations between a man and a woman. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a polite way of referring to this in your language, or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: [and of the man who has sexual relations with an unclean woman]

Leviticus 16

Leviticus 16 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter explains the rules for the Day of Atonement, the most important holy day for Israel. The structure of this chapter is as follows: 1) Introduction and basic requirements (16:1-5) 2) The sacrifices and rituals (16:6-28) A. The sin offering for Aaron (16:6-14) B. The sin offering for the people (16:15-19) C. The scapegoat ritual (16:20-28) 3) Rules for observing the Day of Atonement (16:29-34)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Special terms for clothing and objects

This chapter uses several special terms that might be hard to translate: - Undergarments - clothes worn under other clothes - Sash - a long piece of cloth worn around the waist - Turban - cloth wrapped around the head - Censor - a special container for carrying fire and incense - Horns of the altar - the corners of the altar that stick out like animal horns

Metaphors about cleanness

The chapter uses many word pictures about being clean or unclean: - Sin is described as if it were dirt that makes things physically unclean - Making things acceptable to God is described as “cleansing” them - Setting things apart for God is described as “separating” them from uncleanness

Active and passive sentences

Many actions in this chapter are written in passive form (“it will be done”) rather than active form (“someone will do it”). Your language might need to say who does the action. For example: - Blood was brought in → Aaron brought the blood in - It shall be carried outside → Someone must carry it outside

Time references

The chapter mentions specific times using the Hebrew calendar: - “Seventh month” and “tenth day” are ordinal numbers - These dates match with late September in our calendar - You may need to explain this in a note if your readers won’t understand these time references

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

The Day of Atonement

This was the most important holy day for Israel because: - It happened only once a year - Only the high priest could perform the rituals - It was when sins were dealt with for the whole nation - Special rules had to be followed exactly

Symbolic Actions

The chapter includes actions that had special meaning: - Putting hands on the goat’s head showed the transfer of sin - Sprinkling blood showed cleansing - Sending away the scapegoat showed removing sin from the people

Holy Places and Things

The chapter talks about different sacred areas: - The most holy place (where only the high priest could go) - The holy place (where regular priests could go) - The altar in the courtyard - Special clothes for the high priest (See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred, clean, wash, high priest, chief priests, atonement, atone, atoned, and sin, sinful, sinner, sinning)

Leviticus 16:1

the two sons of Aaron

Quote: שְׁנֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן (1)

The phrase the two sons of Aaron refers to Nadab and Abihu, who died because they brought fire to Yahweh that he did not approve (Leviticus 10:1–2).

Leviticus 16:4

and the undergarments of linen

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽכְנְסֵי־ בַד֮ (1)

These undergarments were clothing worn next to the skin under the outer clothes.

and … the linen sash

Quote: וּ⁠בְ⁠אַבְנֵ֥ט בַּד֙ (1)

A sash is a piece of cloth that ties around the waist or chest.

and … the linen turban

Quote: וּ⁠בְ⁠מִצְנֶ֥פֶת בַּ֖ד (1)

A turban is a head covering made from wrapped strips of cloth.

Leviticus 16:5

And from the congregation of

Quote: וּ⁠מֵ⁠אֵ֗ת עֲדַת֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [And from the congregation of]

Leviticus 16:6

the sin offering, which {is} for himself

Quote: הַ⁠חַטָּ֖את אֲשֶׁר־ ל֑⁠וֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [as the sin offering for himself]

Leviticus 16:8

for the scapegoat

Quote: לַ⁠עֲזָאזֵֽל (1)

Aaron was to have someone set the goat free in the wilderness. Alternate translation: [the scapegoat] or [for the goat that is sent away]

Leviticus 16:9

on which the lot … went up

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָלָ֥ה עָלָ֛י⁠ו הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֖ל (1)

Alternate translation: [which the lot designated]

Leviticus 16:10

But the goat … shall be made to stand, living

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֗יר & יָֽעֳמַד־ חַ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [But Aaron must bring the goat … alive]

Leviticus 16:12

the fullness of a censer

Quote: מְלֹֽא־ הַ֠⁠מַּחְתָּה (1)

A censor is a container for fire and incense, used by the priests.

Leviticus 16:14

some of the blood of the bull

Quote: מִ⁠דַּ֣ם הַ⁠פָּ֔ר (1)

This is the blood Aaron caught with a bowl in Leviticus 16:11.

on the face of the atonement lid

Quote: עַל־ פְּנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת (1)

He put the blood on the top part of the lid that was toward him as he entered the most holy place.

And to the face of the atonement lid

Quote: וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֗רֶת (1)

This could mean: (1) “And below the atonement lid onto the chest” or (2) “And onto the ground in front of the atonement lid.}

Leviticus 16:15

And he shall sprinkle it on the atonement lid and to the face of the atonement lid

Quote: וְ⁠הִזָּ֥ה אֹת֛⁠וֹ עַל־ הַ⁠כַּפֹּ֖רֶת וְ⁠לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠כַּפֹּֽרֶת (1)

Aaron sprinkled the blood in the same manner that he did with the bull’s blood. See how you translated the previous instructions in Leviticus 16:14.

Leviticus 16:16

And he shall make atonement for the Holy Place from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עַל־ הַ⁠קֹּ֗דֶשׁ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)

The sins of the people of Israel made the holy place unclean.

from the uncleanness of … and from their rebellion, {… their sins

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ & וּ⁠מִ⁠פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם & חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם (1)

The words uncleanness, rebellion, and sins mean basically the same thing. They emphasize that the people have committed all kinds of sins.

from the uncleanness of

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physically unclean.

in the midst of their uncleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ טֻמְאֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The phrase their uncleanness represents the people who commit sinful actions. Alternate translation: [in the presence of people who commit sinful actions]

Leviticus 16:18

And he shall go out to the altar that {is} to the face of Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠יָצָ֗א אֶל־ הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֛חַ אֲשֶׁ֥ר לִ⁠פְנֵֽי־ יְהוָ֖ה (1)

This is the altar of sacrifice just inside the courtyard of the tabernacle.

and he shall make atonement for it

Quote: וְ⁠כִפֶּ֣ר עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)

Like the holy place and tent of meeting, the altar is unclean because of the sins of the people.

the horns of the altar

Quote: קַרְנ֥וֹת הַ⁠מִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)

The horns of the altar refers to the corners of the altar. They are shaped like the horns of an ox. See how you translated this in Leviticus 4:7. Alternate translation: [the projections at the corners of the altar]

Leviticus 16:19

And he shall cleanse it

Quote: וְ⁠טִהֲר֣⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Making the altar fit to be used for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the priest were physically cleansing it.

and make it holy from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel

Quote: וְ⁠קִדְּשׁ֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The altar being dedicated to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were being physically separated from the sins of the people.

from the uncleanness of the sons of Israel

Quote: מִ⁠טֻּמְאֹ֖ת בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Sinful actions which make people unacceptable to Yahweh are spoken of as if they were physical uncleanness.

Leviticus 16:20

and he shall present the living goat

Quote: וְ⁠הִקְרִ֖יב אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֥יר הֶ⁠חָֽי (1)

This goat is called the scapegoat in verse Leviticus 16:10.

Leviticus 16:21

and he shall confess over it

Quote: וְ⁠הִתְוַדָּ֣ה עָלָ֗י⁠ו (1)

Alternate translation: [and confess over the goat]

the iniquity of … their rebellion, … their sins

Quote: עֲוֺנֹת֙ & פִּשְׁעֵי⁠הֶ֖ם & חַטֹּאתָ֑⁠ם (1)

The words wickedness, rebellion, and sins mean basically the same thing. Aaron is confessing every kind of sin that the people committed.

And he shall put them on the head of the goat

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַ֤ן אֹתָ⁠ם֙ עַל־ רֹ֣אשׁ הַ⁠שָּׂעִ֔יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Aaron’s actions here were a symbolic transfer of the people’s sin to the goat as a sign that the goat would bear the punishment for their guilt.

Leviticus 16:23

and he shall remove the linen clothing

Quote: וּ⁠פָשַׁט֙ אֶת־ בִּגְדֵ֣י הַ⁠בָּ֔ד (1)

These were the special garments Aaron wore only when he entered the most holy place.

Leviticus 16:24

And he shall bathe his flesh in the water in a holy place

Quote: וְ⁠רָחַ֨ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֤⁠וֹ בַ⁠מַּ֨יִם֙ בְּ⁠מָק֣וֹם קָד֔וֹשׁ (1)

Here, holy place does not refer to the tent of meeting. This was a different place set aside for him to bathe himself.

and he shall wear his clothes

Quote: וְ⁠לָבַ֖שׁ אֶת־ בְּגָדָ֑י⁠ו (1)

These garments were the clothes that Aaron wore for his ordinary duties.

Leviticus 16:25

he shall cause to become smoke

Quote: יַקְטִ֥יר (1)

Alternate translation: [Aaron must burn]

Leviticus 16:26

And the person sending away the goat as scapegoat shall wash his clothes, and he shall bathe his flesh in the water

Quote: וְ⁠הַֽ⁠מְשַׁלֵּ֤חַ אֶת־ הַ⁠שָּׂעִיר֙ לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל יְכַבֵּ֣ס בְּגָדָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠רָחַ֥ץ אֶת־ בְּשָׂר֖⁠וֹ בַּ⁠מָּ֑יִם (1)

The man was unclean because of his contact with the scapegoat, which carried the sin of the people.

as scapegoat

Quote: לַֽ⁠עֲזָאזֵ֔ל (1)

See how you translated this in Leviticus 16:8. Alternate translation: [the goat that is sent away]

Leviticus 16:27

whose blood was brought

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר הוּבָ֤א אֶת־ דָּמָ⁠ם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [whose blood Aaron brought in]

shall be brought out

Quote: יוֹצִ֖יא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [someone must carry]

their skins

Quote: אֶת־ עֹרֹתָ֥⁠ם (1)

Here, their refers to the bull and the goat. A hide is the skin of an animal. Alternate translation: [the skins of the bull and the goat]

Leviticus 16:29

for you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

The word you is plural and refers to the people of Israel.

in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of September on the western calendar.

in the seventh month on the tenth day of the month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ֠⁠שְּׁבִיעִי בֶּֽ⁠עָשׂ֨וֹר לַ⁠חֹ֜דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

The words seventh and tenth are the ordinal forms of “seven” and “ten”. Alternate translation: [in month seven on day ten of the month]

Leviticus 16:30

he will make atonement for you

Quote: יְכַפֵּ֥ר עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Aaron will make atonement for you]

to cleanse you … you will be clean

Quote: לְ⁠טַהֵ֣ר אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּטְהָֽרוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

People who are acceptable for God’s purposes are spoken of as if they were physically made clean.

Leviticus 16:31

It {is} a sabbath of sabbaths for you

Quote: שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן הִיא֙ לָ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

This is not the same as the Sabbath they observed every week on the seventh day. This was a special Sabbath on the Day of Atonement.

Leviticus 16:32

under his father

Quote: תַּ֣חַת אָבִ֑י⁠ו (1)

When the high priest died, one of his sons would replace him.

the clothes of holiness

Quote: בִּגְדֵ֥י הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)

These holy garments were special clothes the high priest must wear when he enters the most holy place.

Leviticus 16:33

all the people of the assembly

Quote: כָּל־ עַ֥ם הַ⁠קָּהָ֖ל (1)

Alternate translation: [all the people of Israel]

Leviticus 17

Leviticus 17 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter contains Yahweh’s laws about proper sacrifice and handling of blood. The structure of this chapter is as follows: 1) Laws about where to sacrifice (17:1-9) A. Sacrifices must be brought to the tabernacle (17:1-7) B. Punishment for sacrificing elsewhere (17:8-9) 2) Laws about blood (17:10-16) A. Prohibition against eating blood (17:10-12) B. Proper handling of blood from hunted animals (17:13-14) C. Rules about eating animals found dead (17:15-16)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Metaphors about being “cut off”

The chapter often uses the phrase “cut off from his people” as a picture of punishment. This means the person: - Cannot live with their community anymore - Is separated like a branch cut from a tree - Must leave their people Your language might need a different way to express this idea of being forced to leave the community.

Active and passive sentences

Many actions are written in passive form (“he shall be cut off”) rather than active form (“you must separate him”). Your language might need to say who does the action. For example: - “shall be cut off” → “must leave the community” - “that is torn” → “that wild animals have killed”

Idioms and figures of speech

The chapter uses several word pictures that might be hard to translate: - “Set my face against” means “firmly decide to oppose” - “Prostituting themselves” means “being unfaithful to Yahweh” - “Carry his iniquity” means “be responsible for his sin”

Important terms about blood

The chapter talks about blood in special ways: - “The life is in the blood” - means blood keeps creatures alive - “Blood makes atonement” - means God uses blood to forgive sins - “Eat blood” - means eat meat that still has blood in it

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Proper sacrifice

This chapter teaches important rules about sacrifice: - All sacrifices must be made at the Dwelling Place - Only priests can offer sacrifices - Sacrificing anywhere else was strictly forbidden - This helped prevent people from worshiping false gods

The importance of blood

Blood had special meaning because: - It represented life - God set it apart for making atonement - It could not be eaten - Special rules applied to handling it

Clean and unclean

The chapter includes rules about: - What makes a person unclean - How long they stay unclean - How they become clean again - What happens if they don’t follow the rules (See: priest, priesthood, god, false god, goddess, idol, idolater, idolatrous, idolatry, INVALID bible/kt/life, INVALID bible/kt/blood, and clean, wash)

Leviticus 17:4

to the face of the Dwelling of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י מִשְׁכַּ֣ן יְהוָ֑ה (1)

Alternate translation: [before Yahweh’s tabernacle]

and that man shall be cut off from the midst of his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: [that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree]

and that man shall be cut off from the midst of his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [that person may no longer live among his people] or [you must separate that person from his people]

Leviticus 17:7

who they are acting unfaithfully after them

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֛ר הֵ֥ם זֹנִ֖ים אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The people being unfaithful to Yahweh by worshiping false gods is spoken of as if they were prostitutes who sold their bodies for money. Alternate translation: [for which they are unfaithful to Yahweh]

This will be an enduring statute for them for their generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם תִּֽהְיֶה־ זֹּ֥את לָ⁠הֶ֖ם לְ⁠דֹרֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)

See how you translated this phrase in Leviticus 3:17.

Leviticus 17:9

then that man shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: [that person must be cut off from among his people like a branch is cut from a tree]

then that man shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרַ֛ת הָ⁠אִ֥ישׁ הַ⁠ה֖וּא מֵ⁠עַמָּֽי⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [that person may no longer live among his people] or [you must separate that person from his people]

Leviticus 17:10

then I will set my face against the person

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֣י פָנַ֗⁠י בַּ⁠נֶּ֨פֶשׁ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The idiom set my face against means he “firmly decided to oppose.” Alternate translation: [I have made up my mind to oppose that person]

and I will cut him off from the midst of his people

Quote: וְ⁠הִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹתָ֖⁠הּ מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: [I will not permit that person to live among his people any longer] or [I will separate that person from his people]

Leviticus 17:11

For the life of the flesh, it is in the blood, … For the blood, it makes atonement with the life

Quote: כִּ֣י נֶ֣פֶשׁ הַ⁠בָּשָׂר֮ בַּ⁠דָּ֣ם הִוא֒ & כִּֽי־ הַ⁠דָּ֥ם ה֖וּא בַּ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ יְכַפֵּֽר (1)

This means God uses the blood to atone for the sins of the people because the blood is life. The people should not consume the blood because it has this special purpose.

Leviticus 17:12

I said

Quote: אָמַ֨רְתִּי֙ (1)

Here, I refers to Yahweh.

Every person among you shall not eat blood

Quote: כָּל־ נֶ֥פֶשׁ מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם לֹא־ תֹ֣אכַל דָּ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: [no one among you may eat meat with blood in it]

Leviticus 17:13

that will be eaten

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר יֵאָכֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [that I have said they may eat]

Leviticus 17:14

the life of all flesh, its blood

Quote: נֶ֣פֶשׁ כָּל־ בָּשָׂ֗ר דָּמ֣⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means that the blood is enables the creature to be alive. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: [each creature is able to live because of its blood]

All who eat it shall be cut off

Quote: כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: [Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people] or [Anyone who eats blood must be cut off from his people, as if he were a branch cut from a tree]

All who eat it shall be cut off

Quote: כָּל־ אֹכְלָ֖י⁠ו יִכָּרֵֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Whoever eats blood may no longer live among his people] or [You must separate from his people anyone who eats blood]

Leviticus 17:15

or a torn animal

Quote: וּ⁠טְרֵפָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [or that wild animals have killed]

among the native-born

Quote: בָּ⁠אֶזְרָ֖ח (1)

Alternate translation: [among the Israelites]

and he will be unclean … Then he will be clean

Quote: וְ⁠טָמֵ֥א & וְ⁠טָהֵֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The person whom other people may not touch is spoken of as if he were physically unclean and the person whom other people may touch is spoken of as if he were physically clean.

until the evening

Quote: עַד־ הָ⁠עֶ֖רֶב (1)

Alternate translation: [until sunset]

Leviticus 17:16

then he shall bear his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here a person’s iniquity is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person carries.

then he shall bear his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠נָשָׂ֖א עֲוֺנֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word iniquity represents the punishment for that iniquity. Alternate translation: [then he is responsible for his own iniquity] or [then I will punish him for his sin]

Leviticus 18

Leviticus 18 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter contains Yahweh’s laws about forbidden sexual relationships. The structure of this chapter is as follows: 1) Introduction: Following Yahweh’s laws (18:1-5) 2) Laws about forbidden sexual relationships (18:6-23) A. Relationships with close relatives (18:6-18) B. Other forbidden sexual acts (18:19-23) 3) Warning about these sins (18:24-30)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Euphemisms for sexual relations

This chapter uses polite ways to talk about sexual matters: - “Uncover nakedness” means “have sexual relations with” - “Approach a woman” means “have sexual relations with her” - “Lie with” means “have sexual relations with” Your language may have its own polite ways to talk about these things. Use words that your community would consider respectful and appropriate for public reading.

Family relationship terms

The chapter uses many words for family relationships that might need explanation: - “Father’s wife” could mean a stepmother - “Sister” could mean a half-sister or stepsister - “Daughter-in-law” means your son’s wife - “Your brother’s wife” means your sister-in-law

Active and passive sentences

Some actions are written in passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action. For example: - “shall be cut off” → “you must remove them from the community” - “which were done before you” → “which the people did before you came”

Metaphors and figures of speech

The chapter uses several word pictures that might be hard to translate: - “Walk in their statutes” means “follow their rules” - “The land vomited out its inhabitants” means “God forced the people to leave the land” - “Cut off from their people” means “removed from the community”

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Sexual purity

This chapter teaches that: - Sexual relationships must only be between a husband and wife - Certain relatives cannot marry or have sexual relations - These rules were different from other nations’ practices - Breaking these rules made people and the land unclean

Punishment for disobedience

The chapter warns about serious consequences: - People who break these rules must leave the community - The land itself will reject people who do these things - God removed previous nations for these practices - Israel must be different from other nations

Clean and unclean

The chapter talks about: - Actions that make people unclean - How these sins affect the whole land - Why God’s people must stay pure - The difference between God’s people and other nations (See: clean, wash, INVALID bible/kt/unclean, and pure, purify, purification)

Leviticus 18:4

My customs you shall do, and my statutes you shall keep

Quote: אֶת־ מִשְׁפָּטַ֧⁠י תַּעֲשׂ֛וּ וְ⁠אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֥⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the people must obey everything that Yahweh has commanded them to do. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the requirement to keep all of Yahweh’s commands. Alternate translation: [You must obey all of my laws and commandments]

to walk in them

Quote: לָ⁠לֶ֣כֶת בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Obeying Yahweh’s commandments is spoken of as if the commandments were a path on which the person walks. Alternate translation: [so that you conduct your behavior according to them]

Leviticus 18:6

to uncover nakedness

Quote: לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

The phrase to uncover nakedness is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: [to have sexual relations]

Leviticus 18:7

The nakedness of your father and the nakedness of your mother you shall not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֛י⁠ךָ וְ⁠עֶרְוַ֥ת אִמְּ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: [Do not have sexual relations with your father or your mother]

you shall not uncover her nakedness

Quote: לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: [you must not have sexual relations with her]

Leviticus 18:8

the wife of your father

Quote: אֵֽשֶׁת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ (1)

Sometimes men had more than one wife. God did not allow a son to have sexual intercourse with any woman married to his father, even if she was not his mother.

It {is} the nakedness of your father

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא (1)

Alternate translation: [You would dishonor your father]

Leviticus 18:9

The nakedness of your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born of {the same} house or born outside {it}, you shall not uncover their nakedness

Quote: עֶרְוַ֨ת אֲחֽוֹתְ⁠ךָ֤ בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת בַּ֔יִת א֖וֹ מוֹלֶ֣דֶת ח֑וּץ לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: [Do not have sexual relations with your sister, the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother, born at home or born outside]

the daughter of your father or the daughter of your mother

Quote: בַת־ אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ א֣וֹ בַת־ אִמֶּ֔⁠ךָ (1)

This means a man cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father.

Leviticus 18:10

for they {are} your nakedness

Quote: כִּ֥י עֶרְוָתְ⁠ךָ֖ הֵֽנָּה (1)

Alternate translation: [for you will dishonor yourself as well as them]

Leviticus 18:11

the daughter of the wife of your father

Quote: בַּת־ אֵ֤שֶׁת אָבִ֨י⁠ךָ֙ (1)

This could mean: (1) “your half-sister” or (2) “your stepsister.” Here the man does not have the same father or mother as the woman. They became brother and sister when their parents married.

Leviticus 18:12

The nakedness of the sister of your father, you shall not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אֲחוֹת־ אָבִ֖י⁠ךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: [Do not have sexual relations with your father’s sister]

Leviticus 18:14

to his wife you shall not draw near

Quote: אֶל־ אִשְׁתּ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א תִקְרָ֔ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

You may have to make explicit the purpose of the approach. Alternate translation: [do not go to his wife in order to have sexual intercourse with her]

Leviticus 18:15

The nakedness of your daughter-in-law, you shall not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת כַּלָּֽתְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: [Do not have sexual relations with your daughter-in-law]

You shall not uncover her nakedness

Quote: לֹ֥א תְגַלֶּ֖ה עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: [you must not have sexual relations with her]

Leviticus 18:16

She is the nakedness of your brother

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ הִֽוא (1)

Alternate translation: [if you do that, you will dishonor your brother]

Leviticus 18:17

The nakedness of a woman and her daughter, you shall not uncover

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אִשָּׁ֛ה וּ⁠בִתָּ֖⁠הּ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how this is translated in Leviticus 18:7. Alternate translation: [Do not have sexual relations with a woman and her daughter]

to uncover her nakedness

Quote: לְ⁠גַלּ֣וֹת עֶרְוָתָ֔⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [to have sexual relations with her]

Leviticus 18:19

in the menstruation of her uncleanness

Quote: בְּ⁠נִדַּ֣ת טֻמְאָתָ֑⁠הּ (1)

This refers to the time every month when a woman bleeds from her womb.

to uncover her nakedness

Quote: לְ⁠גַלּ֖וֹת עֶרְוָתָֽ⁠הּ (1)

Alternate translation: [to have sexual relations with her]

Leviticus 18:20

the wife of … fellow citizen, … your

Quote: אֵ֨שֶׁת֙ עֲמִֽיתְ⁠ךָ֔ (1)

Alternate translation: [any man’s wife]

Leviticus 18:21

And from your seed, you shall not give {them} to cause {them} to pass over to Molech

Quote: וּ⁠מִֽ⁠זַּרְעֲ⁠ךָ֥ לֹא־ תִתֵּ֖ן לְ⁠הַעֲבִ֣יר לַ⁠מֹּ֑לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase to pass over to Molech refers to burning a child in the fire as a sacrifice to the idol Molech. Alternate translation: [You must not burn your children alive for Molech]

And you shall not profane the name of your God

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֧א תְחַלֵּ֛ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word profane means to dishonor. The word namerepresents God himself. Alternate translation: [And you must not dishonor your God]

Leviticus 18:22

And you shall not lie with

Quote: וְ⁠אֶ֨ת & לֹ֥א תִשְׁכַּ֖ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: [Do not have sexual relations with]

It is an abomination

Quote: תּוֹעֵבָ֖ה הִֽוא (1)

Here, detestable refers to a violation of the natural order of things as Yahweh intended them to be.

Leviticus 18:23

to mate with it

Quote: לְ⁠רִבְעָ֖⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: [to have sexual relations with it]

Leviticus 18:24

the nations … make themselves unclean

Quote: נִטְמְא֣וּ הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the nations refers to the people groups already living in Canaan. Translate this so the term nations is clarified as people. Alternate translation: [the people of the nations … have defiled themselves]

Leviticus 18:25

And the land became unclean

Quote: וַ⁠תִּטְמָ֣א הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ (1)

Alternate translation: [And the people defiled the land]

And the land vomited out the ones dwelling {in} it

Quote: וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. Alternate translation: [I forcibly removed the people from the land]

And the land vomited out the ones dwelling {in} it

Quote: וַ⁠תָּקִ֥א הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ אֶת־ יֹשְׁבֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit.

Leviticus 18:26

any of these abominations

Quote: מִ⁠כֹּ֥ל הַ⁠תּוֹעֵבֹ֖ת הָ⁠אֵ֑לֶּה (1)

Alternate translation: [any of these disgusting things]

Leviticus 18:28

And the land will not vomit you out … it vomited out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & קָאָ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land vomited the people out. See how you translated this metaphor in Leviticus 18:25.

And the land will not vomit you out … it vomited out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תָקִ֤יא הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם & קָאָ֛ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

The land is spoken of as if it were a person who could vomit. See how you translated these phrases in Leviticus 18:25.

Leviticus 18:29

the people who do will be cut off from the midst of their people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

People being excluded from the community is spoken of as if they had been cut off from their people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. Alternate translation: [the people who do these things must be separated from their people as a branch is cut from a tree]

the people who do will be cut off from the midst of their people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְת֛וּ הַ⁠נְּפָשׁ֥וֹת הָ⁠עֹשֹׂ֖ת מִ⁠קֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you must separate the who do such things from their people]

Leviticus 18:30

that are done to your faces

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֣ר נַעֲשׂ֣וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [which the people did here before you came]

by them

Quote: בָּ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)

Here, them refers to the detestable customs.

Leviticus 19

Leviticus 19 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter contains various laws about how to live a holy life. The structure of this chapter is as follows:

1) Basic rules about holiness (19:1-8)
2) Laws about treating others fairly (19:9-18)
3) Various other laws (19:19-37)
   A. Laws about mixing things (19:19)
   B. Laws about sexual purity (19:20-22)
   C. Laws about food and worship (19:23-31)
   D. Laws about respecting others (19:32-37)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Active and passive sentences

Many actions are written in passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action. For example: - “it shall be eaten” → “you must eat it” - “shall be burned” → “you must burn it” - “shall not be killed” → “you must not kill them” - “shall be forgiven” → “Yahweh will forgive”

Metaphors and figures of speech

The chapter uses several word pictures that might be hard to translate: - “Turn to idols” means “start worshiping idols” - “Hate in your heart” means “continue to hate” - “The land will practice prostitution” means “the people will become unfaithful” - “Carry his iniquity” means “be responsible for his sin”

Special terms for measurements

The chapter mentions specific measurements that might need explanation: - “Ephah” - a measurement for dry things like grain - “Hin” - a measurement for liquids Your language might need to use general terms like “measure” or explain these in a note.

Double negatives and emphasis

Some commands use special ways to make them stronger: - “Not do injustice” means “always judge fairly” - “Keep and do” means the same thing, repeated for emphasis - “Poor and great” means “anyone, regardless of wealth”

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Holiness in daily life

This chapter shows that being holy means: - Being fair in business - Helping poor people - Respecting parents and elderly people - Being honest in court - Using correct measurements - Not spreading rumors

Treatment of others

The chapter gives rules about: - Leaving food for poor people to gather - Paying workers on time - Being fair to everyone in court - Not hating others secretly - Loving neighbors - Respecting the elderly

Proper worship

The chapter includes rules about: - Keeping the Sabbath - Not worshiping idols - Proper sacrifices - Not consulting fortune-tellers - Not following pagan practices

(See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred, righteous, righteousness, unrighteous, unrighteousness, upright, uprightness, and just, justice, unjust, injustice, justify, justification)

Leviticus 19:3

and my sabbaths you shall keep

Quote: שַׁבְּתֹתַ֖⁠י תִּשְׁמֹ֑רוּ (1)

Alternate translation: [you must observe my sabbaths] or [you must respect my day of rest]

Leviticus 19:4

You shall not turn to idols

Quote: אַל־ תִּפְנוּ֙ אֶל־ הָ֣⁠אֱלִילִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Worshiping idols is spoken of as if it were physically turning toward them. Alternate translation: [Do not begin to worship worthless idols]

Leviticus 19:5

you shall sacrifice it for your acceptance

Quote: לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֖ם תִּזְבָּחֻֽ⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean: (1) Yahweh will accept the person offering the sacrifice. Alternate translation: [you must offer it properly so that I will accept you” or (2) Yahweh will accept the sacrifice from the person. Alternate translation: [you must offer it properly so that I will accept your sacrifice]

Leviticus 19:6

it shall be eaten

Quote: יֵאָכֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you must eat it]

And the remainder until the third day shall be burned with fire

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נּוֹתָר֙ עַד־ י֣וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁלִישִׁ֔י בָּ⁠אֵ֖שׁ יִשָּׂרֵֽף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you must burn up in the fire what is left until the third day]

Leviticus 19:7

But if, eating, it is eaten

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֛ם הֵאָכֹ֥ל יֵאָכֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And if you eat any of it]

It will not be accepted

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

To eat the offering after the designated time is against God and increases the guilt the offering was to cover. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You may not accept it for eating]

Leviticus 19:8

And the person eating it shall bear his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person’s iniquity is spoken of as if it were a physical object that the person can lift.

And the person eating it shall bear his iniquity

Quote: וְ⁠אֹֽכְלָי⁠ו֙ עֲוֺנ֣⁠וֹ יִשָּׂ֔א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word iniquity represents the punishment for that sin. Alternate translation: [And everyone who eats the sacrifice is responsible for his own sin] or [Yahweh will punish the sin of everyone who eats the sacrifice]

And that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

A person being excluded from his community is spoken of as if he had been cut off from his people, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. See how you translated this in Leviticus 7:20. Alternate translation: [that person must be cut off from among his people as a branch is cut from a tree]

And that person shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֛ה הַ⁠נֶּ֥פֶשׁ הַ⁠הִ֖וא מֵ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [that person may no longer live among his people] or [you must separate that person from his people]

Leviticus 19:9

And in your harvesting the harvest of your land, you shall not complete the edge of your field

Quote: וּֽ⁠בְ⁠קֻצְרְ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־ קְצִ֣יר אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֔ם לֹ֧א תְכַלֶּ֛ה פְּאַ֥ת שָׂדְ⁠ךָ֖ (1)

Alternate translation: [And when you gather your crops, do not gather all the way to the edges of your fields]

and the gleaning of your harvest you shall not glean

Quote: וְ⁠לֶ֥קֶט קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֥א תְלַקֵּֽט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to the practice of going back over the fields a second time to gather any produce that remained after the first time. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: [and do not go back and pick up all that you left behind]

Leviticus 19:12

And you shall not swear by my name to a lie

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־ תִשָּׁבְע֥וּ בִ⁠שְׁמִ֖⁠י לַ⁠שָּׁ֑קֶר (1)

Alternate translation: [And do not use my name to swear about something that is not true]

Leviticus 19:13

You shall not extort your neighbor, and you shall not rob

Quote: לֹֽא־ תַעֲשֹׁ֥ק אֶת־ רֵֽעֲ⁠ךָ֖ וְ⁠לֹ֣א תִגְזֹ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, neighbor means “anyone.” The meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: [Do not hurt or rob anyone]

You shall not retain the wages of a hired {person} with you until morning

Quote: לֹֽא־ תָלִ֞ין פְּעֻלַּ֥ת שָׂכִ֛יר אִתְּ⁠ךָ֖ עַד־ בֹּֽקֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Yahweh commands the employer to pay his servant promptly when his work is done that day. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear.

Leviticus 19:15

You shall not do injustice with judgment

Quote: לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֨וֶל֙ בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֔ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes

The double negative not … injustice is used for emphasis. It can be expressed in a positive way. Alternate translation: [Always judge rightly]

You shall not lift the face of an insignificant {person}, and you shall not honor the face of a great {person

Quote: לֹא־ תִשָּׂ֣א פְנֵי־ דָ֔ל וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֶהְדַּ֖ר פְּנֵ֣י גָד֑וֹל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

The words poor and great are two extremes, which together mean “anyone.” You can translate this to clarify the terms. Alternate translation: [You must not show favoritism to anyone based on how much money they have]

In righteousness, you shall judge your fellow citizen

Quote: בְּ⁠צֶ֖דֶק תִּשְׁפֹּ֥ט עֲמִיתֶֽ⁠ךָ (1)

Alternate translation: [Judge everyone according to what is right]

Leviticus 19:16

as} a slanderer

Quote: רָכִיל֙ (1)

A slanderer is someone who says untrue, hurtful messages about other people.

Leviticus 19:17

You shall not hate your brother with your heart

Quote: לֹֽא־ תִשְׂנָ֥א אֶת־ אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ בִּ⁠לְבָבֶ֑⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Continually hating a person is spoken of as if it were hating a person in the heart. Alternate translation: [Do not continually hate your brother]

Reproving, you shall reprove your fellow citizen

Quote: הוֹכֵ֤חַ תּוֹכִ֨יחַ֙ אֶת־ עֲמִיתֶ֔⁠ךָ (1)

Alternate translation: [You must correct your fellow Israelite who is sinning]

Leviticus 19:20

he lies with

Quote: יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. Alternate translation: [has sexual relations with]

a {woman} being assigned to a man

Quote: נֶחֱרֶ֣פֶת לְ⁠אִ֔ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [whom someone promised to give to a man as his wife]

but, being redeemed, she has not been redeemed or freedom has not been given to her

Quote: וְ⁠הָפְדֵּה֙ לֹ֣א נִפְדָּ֔תָה א֥וֹ חֻפְשָׁ֖ה לֹ֣א נִתַּן־ לָ֑⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [but whom her future husband has not ransomed or given her freedom]

They shall not be executed

Quote: לֹ֥א יוּמְת֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You must not kill them]

Leviticus 19:21

And he shall bring his guilt to Yahweh, to the entrance of the tent of meeting—a ram of a guilt offering

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבִ֤יא אֶת־ אֲשָׁמ⁠וֹ֙ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֔ה אֶל־ פֶּ֖תַח אֹ֣הֶל מוֹעֵ֑ד אֵ֖יל אָשָֽׁם (1)

Alternate translation: [And a man must bring a ram as a guilt offering to Yahweh to the entrance of the tent of meeting]

Leviticus 19:22

And it will be forgiven to him from his sin that he sinned

Quote: וְ⁠נִסְלַ֣ח ל֔⁠וֹ מֵ⁠חַטָּאת֖⁠וֹ אֲשֶׁ֥ר חָטָֽא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Yahweh will forgive the sin which he has committed]

Leviticus 19:23

then you shall leave uncircumcised {as} its foreskin its fruit. Three years it shall be uncircumcised to you. It shall not be eaten

Quote: וַ⁠עֲרַלְתֶּ֥ם עָרְלָת֖⁠וֹ אֶת־ פִּרְי֑⁠וֹ שָׁלֹ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים יִהְיֶ֥ה לָ⁠כֶ֛ם עֲרֵלִ֖ים לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Yahweh repeats the prohibition in order to emphasize it and to clarify that it is in force for the first three years that the tree bears fruit. Translate this to clarify the period of time the trees must be left alone. Alternate translation: [then you must consider the fruit of the trees to be unclean for the first three years and not eat any of it until after that]

It shall not be eaten

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵאָכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You must not eat it]

Leviticus 19:29

and the land shall not practice prostitution, or the land will fill {itself with} depravity

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here both occurrences of the word land represent the people who live there. Alternate translation: [the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things]

and the land shall not practice prostitution, or the land will fill {itself with} depravity

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תִזְנֶ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וּ⁠מָלְאָ֥ה הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ זִמָּֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Many people practicing prostitution and other wicked deeds is spoken of as if the they have fallen into or become full of those things. Alternate translation: [the people will begin to practice prostitution and many wicked things]

Leviticus 19:31

the mediums, and to the spiritists

Quote: הָ⁠אֹבֹת֙ וְ⁠אֶל־ הַ⁠יִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים (1)

The necromancers were people who claimed to speak with dead people. The soothsayers claimed to be able to predict what will happen in the future. The Israelites were not allowed to have anything to do with these people.

you shall not seek to become unclean by them

Quote: אַל־ תְּבַקְשׁ֖וּ לְ⁠טָמְאָ֣ה בָ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: [Do not seek those people out. If you do, they will defile you]

Leviticus 19:32

you shall rise

Quote: תָּק֔וּם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Standing up in front of someone is a sign of respect.

gray hair

Quote: שֵׂיבָה֙ (1)

A gray-haired person refers to a person whose hair has turned gray from age, or “an old person.}

Leviticus 19:35

You shall not do injustice with judgment, in measure, in weight, or in volume

Quote: לֹא־ תַעֲשׂ֥וּ עָ֖וֶל בַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּ֑ט בַּ⁠מִּדָּ֕ה בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֖ל וּ⁠בַ⁠מְּשׂוּרָֽה (1)

This prohibits the practice of intentionally using instruments that give inaccurate readings when measuring things.

Leviticus 19:36

an ephah of righteousness

Quote: אֵ֥יפַת צֶ֛דֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

An ephah was a measurement for grain.

and a hin of righteousness

Quote: וְ⁠הִ֥ין צֶ֖דֶק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

A hin was a measurement for liquids.

Leviticus 19:37

And you shall keep … and you shall do

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם & וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These phrases mean the same thing and emphasize the command for obedience.

Leviticus 20

Leviticus 20 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter lists punishments for various sins. The structure is:

1) Punishments for worshiping Molech (20:1-5)
2) Punishments for consulting spirits (20:6-8)
3) Punishments for cursing parents (20:9)
4) Punishments for sexual sins (20:10-21)
5) Call to holiness (20:22-27)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Quotes within quotes

The chapter has many places where someone quotes what another person said. Your language may need different ways to show: - When Yahweh speaks to Moses - When Moses speaks to the people - When they quote laws or commands

Euphemisms for sexual relations

The chapter uses several polite expressions for sexual activity: - “Lie with” means “have sexual relations with” - “Take a wife” can mean either “marry” or “have relations with” - “Uncover nakedness” means “have sexual relations with” - “See nakedness” means “have sexual relations with”

Active and passive sentences

Many punishments are written in passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “shall be put to death” → “you must execute them” - “shall be cut off” → “you must remove them from the community” - “shall be burned with fire” → “you must burn them”

Metaphors and idioms

The chapter uses several expressions that need careful translation: - “His blood is on him” means “he is responsible for his own death” - “Cut off from among their people” means “removed from the community” - “The land will vomit you out” means “God will force you to leave the land” - “Walk in their statutes” means “follow their customs”

Repeated words for emphasis

Some phrases repeat words to show importance: - “Man man” means “any person” - “Dying he shall die” means “he must certainly be executed” - “Stranger who sojourns” means “any foreigner living among you”

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Capital punishment

The chapter prescribes death for many offenses. This shows: - The community was responsible for carrying out punishment - Public execution by stoning was the common method - Both parties in sexual sins usually received the same punishment

Family honor

The chapter treats family relationships as sacred: - Sexual relations between close relatives were forbidden - Dishonoring parents was a serious offense - Marriage boundaries protected family structures

Childlessness as punishment

Being “childless” or “dying without children” was seen as: - A divine punishment - The end of one’s family line - A serious consequence for sexual sins

(See: INVALID bible/kt/death, clean, wash, and INVALID bible/kt/unclean)

Leviticus 20:1

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֵּאמֹֽר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 20:1-2

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֵּאמֹֽר׃ &וְאֶל־ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל תֹּאמַר֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to speak to the son of Israel]

Leviticus 20:2

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֘ל & מִבְּנֵ֨י יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this metaphor in 1:2.

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ אִישׁ֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, man is repeated to refer to any person. Additionally, even though man is masculine, it is being used in a generic way that refers to both men and women. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [Any person]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הַגֵּ֣ר ׀ הַגָּ֣ר בְּיִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled the use of repeated words in 17:8.

who gives from his seed to Molech

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן מִ⁠זַּרְע֛⁠וֹ לַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that means to offer one’s children to Molech in a sacrifice. Those who worshiped Molech often sacrificed their children to him by means of fire. If the meaning of this expression would be unclear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [who kills any of his children as a sacrifice to Molech]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִזַּרְע֛וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression uses a metaphor to relate the word seed to one’s children. Whether semen was thought of to resemble plant seed is unclear, although the same word is used to refer to both (see 11:17 and 15:16 for reference). It your language uses a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [from his children]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לַמֹּ֖לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate

Molech is a word borrowed from Hebrew. You will need to decide if you will also borrow this word into your language. If you borrow the word, you could spell it the way it sounds in your language and then put the translation in a footnote. If you choose to translate the term, consider using a generic expression. See how you translated the name of this deity in 18:21. Alternate translation: [to a false god] or [to an idol]

dying, he shall be executed

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [dying, the people of Israel shall execute him]

dying, he shall be executed

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb dying in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [the person shall certainly be executed” or, to avoid the passive construction “the people of Israel shall certainly execute him]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: עַ֥ם הָאָ֖רֶץ יִרְגְּמֻ֥הוּ בָאָֽבֶן׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression refers to a method of public execution by which members of the community throw stones at a person convicted of wrongdoing until the individual dies. As such, the person’s death is public and slow. If your language has a word or phrase for this sort of public execution, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [The people of the land shall put him to death publicly]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: עַ֥ם הָאָ֖רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

The expression the people of the land use the possessive form to describe people who live in the land of Israel, whether foreigner or native-born. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [whoever lives in the land of Israel] or [everybody]

shall stone him with the rock

Quote: יִרְגְּמֻ֥⁠הוּ בָ⁠אָֽבֶן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expression the rock generally refers to any rock and not to a specific rock. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [with any rocks]

Leviticus 20:3

And I myself will set my face

Quote: וַ⁠אֲנִ֞י אֶתֵּ֤ן אֶת־פָּנַ⁠י֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the words I and my refer to Yahweh, the one speaking to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And I, Yahweh, will set my face]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בָּאִ֣ישׁ הַה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression that man refers to the individual who sacrifices his children to worship Molech. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [against the person who sacrifices his children to worship Molech]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְהִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹת֖וֹ מִקֶּ֣רֶב עַמּ֑וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The punishment for sacrificing one’s children to worship Molech is spoken of as if Yahweh were literally cutting off the individual from his people. It may be helpful to refer to how you handled the similar expression in 7:20.

for he gave his seed to Molech

Quote: כִּ֤י מִ⁠זַּרְע⁠וֹ֙ נָתַ֣ן לַ⁠מֹּ֔לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar phrase in 20:2. Alternate translation: [because he has sacrificed his child to Molech]

for

Quote: כִּ֤י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as for indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [I will do this because]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְמַ֗עַן טַמֵּא֙ אֶת־ מִקְדָּשִׁ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression implies that child sacrifice performed in the worship of Molech makes Yahweh’s holy place unclean, that is, unfit for hosting the holy presence of Yahweh or the worship of him. It may be helpful to consult how you handled the idea of something becoming unclean in 5:3.

to

Quote: לְמַ֗עַן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The words translated as so as to indicate that what follows is a result for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [These actions will] or, with a comma afterward, [and, in so doing]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּלְחַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־ שֵׁ֥ם קָדְשִֽׁי׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

To profane Yahweh’s holy name means to publicly denigrate Yahweh’s name by one’s actions. Here, the word name represents Yahweh’s reputation and, by extension, Yahweh himself. So to profane this name is to associate Yahweh who is holy with that which is not only not holy, but abominable and detestable, like child sacrifice. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and to publicly defame me] or [and to openly denigrate my reputation]

Leviticus 20:4

hiding, the people of the land hide their eyes from that man

Quote: הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִן־ הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Since, in this expression, the eyes of a person represents their attention and focus, the phrase hiding, the people of the land hide their eyes is an idiom that refers to disregarding or ignoring something. Here, it means that the people of the land disregard or ignore what that man does. It may be helpful to state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the people of the land disregard that man] or [the people of the land ignore what that man does]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הַעְלֵ֣ם יַעְלִימֽוּ֩ עַ֨ם הָאָ֜רֶץ אֶת־ עֵֽינֵיהֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This expression repeats the verb hiding in order to intensify the idea that it expresses. If your language can repeat words for intensification, it would be appropriate to do that here in your translation. If not, your language may have another way of expressing the emphasis. Alternate translation: [the people of the land ever hide their eyes]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הָאִ֣ישׁ הַה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the expression that man refers to the individual who sacrifices his children to worship Molech. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [the person who sacrifices his children to worship Molech]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְּתִתּ֥וֹ מִזַּרְע֖וֹ לַמֹּ֑לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar phrase in 20:2. Alternate translation: [when he sacrifice his child to Molech]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְבִלְתִּ֖י הָמִ֥ית אֹתֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The words translated as so as not to indicate that what follows is not the result for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [and, as a result, the man is not executed] or, to avoid the passive, [so that they do not execute him]

Leviticus 20:5

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְשַׂמְתִּ֨י אֲנִ֧י אֶת־ פָּנַ֛י בָּאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

The words I, myself, and my refer to Yahweh, while the words that man refer to the individual who has sacrificed his children to the false god Molech. If this would not be clear in your language, consider making these referents explicit. Alternate translation: [then I, Yahweh, will put my face against the individual who has sacrificed his children to Molech]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְשַׂמְתִּ֨י אֲנִ֧י אֶת־ פָּנַ֛י בָּאִ֥ישׁ הַה֖וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Like the expression “I will put my face against that man” in 20:3, this expression is an idiom that refers to a decision to oppose someone. Here, the word face represents the entire person by metonymy. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And I will personally oppose that man] or [And I will make myself the enemy of that man]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְהִכְרַתִּ֨י אֹת֜וֹ וְאֵ֣ת ׀ כָּל־ הַזֹּנִ֣ים אַחֲרָ֗יו לִזְנ֛וֹת אַחֲרֵ֥י הַמֹּ֖לֶךְ מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The punishment for sacrificing one’s children to worship Molech is spoken of as if Yahweh were literally cutting off the individual from his people. It may be helpful to refer to how you handled the similar expression in 7:20.

and all the people who practice prostitution after him, by prostituting after Molech

Quote: כָּל־ הַ⁠זֹּנִ֣ים אַחֲרָ֗י⁠ו לִ⁠זְנ֛וֹת אַחֲרֵ֥י הַ⁠מֹּ֖לֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase uses a metaphor to compare those who are unfaithful to Yahweh and instead worship other gods to prostitutes. This implies a marriage between Yahweh and the people of Israel, such that Yahweh is like a husband and the people of Israel are like a wife. If your language has a similar metaphor to describe being religiously unfaithful in worship, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [all the people who are unfaithful to Yahweh by choosing to worship Molech instead]

Leviticus 20:6

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְהַנֶּ֗פֶשׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּפְנֶ֤ה אֶל־ הָֽאֹבֹת֙ וְאֶל־ הַיִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression uses the idiom of turning to mediums and spiritists to refer to a person who decides to disregard Yahweh and his commandments and consult these means of talking to the dead instead. If your language has a similar idiom for religious disobedience, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And the person who is unfaithful to Yahweh by consulting mediums or spiritists]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הָֽאֹבֹת֙ & הַיִּדְּעֹנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you how translated these terms in 19:31.

to practice prostitution after them

Quote: לִ⁠זְנ֖וֹת אַחֲרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This phrase uses a metaphor to compare those who are unfaithful to Yahweh and instead worship other gods to prostitutes. This implies a marriage between Yahweh and the people of Israel, such that Yahweh is like a husband and the people of Israel are like a wife. If your language has a similar metaphor to describe being religiously unfaithful in worship, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. See how you translated the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: [all the people who are unfaithful to Yahweh by choosing to worship Molech instead]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְהִכְרַתִּ֥י אֹת֖וֹ מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמּֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

The punishment for these behaviors is spoken of as if Yahweh were literally cutting off the individual from his people. It may be helpful to refer to how you handled the similar expression in 7:20.

Leviticus 20:7

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [You should do this because I am Yahweh your God]

Leviticus 20:8

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם & מְקַדִּשְׁכֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

And you shall keep my statutes, and you shall do them

Quote: וּ⁠שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ אֶת־ חֻקֹּתַ֔⁠י וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

The phrases you shall keep my statutes and you shall do them mean basically the same thing. They are used together in order to emphasize that the people must obey God. Alternate translation: [You must keep my statutes; indeed, you must do them diligently]

Leviticus 20:9

a man, a man

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ אִ֗ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, man is repeated to refer to any person. Additionally, even though man is masculine, it is being used in a generic way that refers to both men and women. If your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. See how you translated this repetition in 20:2. Alternate translation: [any person]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יְקַלֵּ֧ל אֶת־ אָבִ֛יו וְאֶת־ אִמּ֖וֹ & אָבִ֧יו וְאִמּ֛וֹ קִלֵּ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the act of cursing one’s father or mother refers either to speaking dishonorable and harmful words against one’s parents or to uttering a formalized sequence of words intended to bring about harm to one’s parents. Either way, cursing one’s parents enacts a desire to see them harmed instead of a desire to care for them and honor them (see 19:3]. If your language has a word for this kind of harmful speech, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [who wishes harm on his father or his mother and so speaks dishonorably toward them…he has spoken harm toward his father and his mother]

dying—he shall be executed

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled this expression in 20:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דָּמָ֥יו בּֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom. The phrase his blood represents the individual’s guilt for the bloodshed or death of the individual’s parents that his curse brings about. Additionally, this guilt is spoken of as being on the individual as if it were a burden that he must carry. If your language has a similar idiom that is used to speak on the legal requirement for an individual to be held responsible for their actions, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [he must be held responsible” or, to avoid the passive, “he must bear the bloodguilt he has acquired by his actions]

Leviticus 20:10

And a man who commits adultery {with} the wife of a man, who commits adultery {with} the wife of his neighbor

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִנְאַף֙ אֶת־אֵ֣שֶׁת אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִנְאַ֖ף אֶת־אֵ֣שֶׁת רֵעֵ֑⁠הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the man has committed adultery with another man’s wife. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the seriousness of these actions. Alternate translation: [And who ever commits adultery with another man’s wife, indeed, his neighbor’s wife]

dying, … shall be executed

Quote: מֽוֹת־ יוּמַ֥ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled this expression in 20:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הַנֹּאֵ֖ף וְהַנֹּאָֽפֶת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The words adulterer and adulteress refer to the man and woman who have committed adultery, respectively. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the man and the woman who have committed adultery]

Leviticus 20:11

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ אֵ֣שֶׁת אָבִ֔יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. You may have to use other words in your translation. Alternate translation: [And a man who sleeps with the wife of his father] or [And a man who has sexual relations with the wife of his father]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָבִ֖יו גִּלָּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled the similar expression in 18:6.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מֽוֹת־ יוּמְת֥וּ שְׁנֵיהֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:2. Alternate translation: [both of them shall certainly be executed” or, to avoid the passive construction “the people of Israel shall certainly execute both of them]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דְּמֵיהֶ֥ם בָּֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:9.

Leviticus 20:12

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ כַּלָּת֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite way of speaking of sexual relations. See how you handled the similar expression in the previous verse. Alternate translation: [And a man who sleeps with his daughter-in-law] or [And a man who has sexual relations with his daughter-in-law]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶת־ כַּלָּת֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

A daughter-in-law is the wife of one’s son. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [your son’s wife]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מ֥וֹת יוּמְת֖וּ שְׁנֵיהֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you translated this exact phrase in 20:11.

They have done perversion

Quote: תֶּ֥בֶל עָשׂ֖וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, the abstract noun perversion refers to a behavior that is considered to be far outside the bounds of what Yahweh intends for people to do. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of perversion, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [The thing they have done is perverted and disgusting] or [Such behavior is forbidden because it is so disgusting and perverse]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דְּמֵיהֶ֥ם בָּֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:9.

Leviticus 20:13

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֤ב אֶת־ זָכָר֙ מִשְׁכְּבֵ֣י אִשָּׁ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

The expression beds of a woman uses the image of a bed to represent sexual activity. In particular, the entire expression refers to a man having sexual relations with another man in the same manner in which he would have sexual relations with a woman. If this expression would not be clear in your language, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And a man who lies with a man as he would with a woman]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִשְׁכַּ֤ב אֶת־ זָכָר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled this euphemism in 20:11.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: תּוֹעֵבָ֥ה עָשׂ֖וּ שְׁנֵיהֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, the abstract noun abomination refers to a violation of the way that Yahweh intended his creation to be ordered. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of abomination, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [What both of them have done does not respect the way that God intends his creation to be ordered]

Dying, they shall be executed

Quote: מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דְּמֵיהֶ֥ם בָּֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:9.

Leviticus 20:14

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִקַּ֧ח אֶת־ אִשָּׁ֛ה וְאֶת־ אִמָּ֖הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The expression takes a wife and her mother is either an idiom that refers to a man marrying both a woman and her mother or a euphemism that refers to a man having sexual relations with a woman and her mother. If possible, consider a translation that will allow for both possibilities. Alternate translation: [And a man who marries a woman and her mother] or [And a man who has sexual relations with both a woman and her mother]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: זִמָּ֣ה הִ֑וא &  וְלֹא־ תִהְיֶ֥ה זִמָּ֖ה בְּתוֹכְכֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word depravity refers to behavior that flagrantly transcends the way God has intended family units to function and family members to relate to one another. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of depravity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [Such behavior is surely depraved…and such depraved behavior will not be in your midst] or [Such behavior does not reflect the way God wants family members to relate to one another…and such despicable behavior will not be in your midst]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בָּאֵ֞שׁ יִשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתוֹ֙ וְאֶתְהֶ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word They refers to the people of Israel, while the word them refers to the woman and her mother who have had sexual relations with the same man. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [The people of Israel shall burn the man and both women with fire]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְּתוֹכְכֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, your is plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 20:15

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִתֵּ֧ן שְׁכָבְתּ֛וֹ בִּבְהֵמָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This is a euphemism for sexual activity. See how you translated the similar expressions in 18:20 and 18:23. Alternate translation: [And a man who has sexual relations with a livestock so that he ejaculates]

dying, he shall be executed

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאֶת־ הַבְּהֵמָ֖ה תַּהֲרֹֽגוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. It refers to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

Leviticus 20:16

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִשָּׁ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר תִּקְרַ֤ב אֶל־ כָּל־ בְּהֵמָה֙ לְרִבְעָ֣ה אֹתָ֔הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

This is a polite but technical way of speaking of sexual activity between two animals. See how you translated a similar expression in 18:23. Alternate translation: [And a woman who draws near to any livestock to copulate with it] or [And a woman who draws near to any livestock to have sexual relations with it]

then you shall kill the woman and the livestock. Dying, they must be executed

Quote: וְ⁠הָרַגְתָּ֥ אֶת־ הָ⁠אִשָּׁ֖ה וְ⁠אֶת־ הַ⁠בְּהֵמָ֑ה מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that people of Israel are to execute the woman and kill the animal who engages in this behavior. The second phrase states the idea more explicitly while the second phrase uses a generic expression. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys the seriousness of these actions. Alternate translation: [then you must execute the woman, yes, and even execute the livestock]

Dying, they must be executed

Quote: מ֥וֹת יוּמָ֖תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דְּמֵיהֶ֥ם בָּֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:9.

Leviticus 20:17

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֣ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ יִקַּ֣ח אֶת־ אֲחֹת֡וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

The expression takes his sister is either an idiom that refers to a man marrying his sister or a euphemism that refers to a man having sexual relations with his sister. If possible, consider a translation that will allow for both possibilities. Alternate translation: [And a man who marries his sister] or [And a man who has sexual relations with his sister]

the daughter of his father or the daughter of his mother

Quote: בַּת־ אָבִ֣י⁠ו א֣וֹ בַת־ אִ֠מּ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The implication is that a person cannot have sexual intercourse with his sister even if she has a different mother or father. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [your step-sister]

and he sees her nakedness, and she herself sees his nakedness

Quote: וְ⁠רָאָ֨ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָתָ֜⁠הּ וְ⁠הִֽיא־ תִרְאֶ֤ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָת⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

To see a person’s nakedness expresses a similar idea to uncovering one’s nakednes. It is implied that seeing another person’s nakedness disgraces and brings shame on both individuals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and they see one another naked and so bring shame on one another]

it {is} a disgrace

Quote: חֶ֣סֶד ה֔וּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word disgrace refers to behavior that flagrantly transcends the way God has intended family units to function and family members to relate to one another. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of disgrace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [Such behavior is surely disgraceful] or [Such behavior does not reflect the way God wants family members to relate to one another]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְנִ֨כְרְת֔וּ לְעֵינֵ֖י בְּנֵ֣י עַמָּ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in [7:20])../07/20.md). This expression uses the word eyes to refer to one’s attention and sight. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And they should be excommunicated in the sight of the sons of their people” or, to avoid the passive form, “And the sons of the people should publicly remove them from the sons of their people and refuse to have contact with them]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י עַמָּ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, the word sons refers generically to descendants and not just to male progeny. If your language has a generic word for children, consider using it here. Alternate translation: [the children of their people]

The nakedness of his sister he has uncovered

Quote: עֶרְוַ֧ת אֲחֹת֛⁠וֹ גִּלָּ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled the similar expression in 18:6.

he shall bear his iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנ֥⁠וֹ יִשָּֽׂא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 5:1.

Leviticus 20:18

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְ֠אִישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ יִשְׁכַּ֨ב אֶת־ אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled this euphemism in 20:11.

a sick woman

Quote: אִשָּׁ֜ה דָּוָ֗ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression does not refer to physical sickness but rather to a woman’s experience of normal menstruation. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. See how you translated the similar expression in 15:33. Alternate translation: [a woman who is experiencing her normal menstruation]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְגִלָּ֤ה אֶת־ עֶרְוָתָהּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled the similar expression in 18:6.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶת־ מְקֹרָ֣הּ הֶֽעֱרָ֔ה וְהִ֕יא גִּלְּתָ֖ה אֶת־ מְק֣וֹר דָּמֶ֑יהָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The expression her flow and the fountain of her blood refer to a woman’s genitals during her normal menstruation. Similar to the euphemism “to uncover one’s nakedness,” uncovering a woman’s genitals during menstruation is thought to bring shame on both her and the man involved. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [he has exposed her genitals during her normal menstruation and so shamed her, and she has uncovered the source of her genital bleeding and so brought shame on herself]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְנִכְרְת֥וּ שְׁנֵיהֶ֖ם מִקֶּ֥רֶב עַמָּֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the similar expression in [7:20])../07/20.md).

Leviticus 20:19

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְעֶרְוַ֨ת אֲח֧וֹת אִמְּךָ֛ וַאֲח֥וֹת אָבִ֖יךָ לֹ֣א תְגַלֵּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled the similar euphemism in 18:6.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כִּ֧י אֶת־ שְׁאֵר֛וֹ הֶעֱרָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He should not do this because he would expose his relative]

They shall carry their iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ם יִשָּֽׂאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 5:1.

They shall carry their iniquity

Quote: עֲוֺנָ֥⁠ם יִשָּֽׂאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

See how you handled the similar expression in 5:1.

Leviticus 20:20

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִשְׁכַּב֙ אֶת־ דֹּ֣דָת֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled this euphemism in 20:11.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת דֹּד֖וֹ גִּלָּ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled the similar expression in 18:6.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: חֶטְאָ֥ם יִשָּׂ֖אוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Similar to the expression “to bear one’s iniquity,” this expression uses the idiom of carrying one’s sin as if it were a burden to carry. This means being held responsible for one’s wrongdoing. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [They shall be held responsible for their sin] or [They shall bear the guilt of their sin]

Leviticus 20:21

And a man who takes the wife of his brother

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יִקַּ֛ח אֶת־ אֵ֥שֶׁת אָחִ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you translated the similar expression in 20:14.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: עֶרְוַ֥ת אָחִ֛יו גִּלָּ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

See how you handled the similar expression in 18:6.

they will be childless

Quote: עֲרִירִ֥ים יִהְיֽוּ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Unlike the previous verse, in which a man who has sexual relations with his aunt is said to “die childless,” here, both the man and the wife of his brother will be childless. These two expressions likely have the same meaning: both couples will die before they produce any children together. If this would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [They shall die and not have any children]

Leviticus 20:22

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote:  וּשְׁמַרְתֶּ֤ם & וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם & אֶתְכֶם֙ & אֶתְכֶ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here, you is plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְכֶם֙ הָאָ֔רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Yahweh forcibly removing the people from the land is spoken of as if the land itself vomited the people out. If your language has a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. See how you translated this personification of the land in 18:25. Alternate translation: [And I will not forcibly remove you from the land]

and the land that I am bringing you there to dwell in it will not vomit you out

Quote: וְ⁠לֹא־ תָקִ֤יא אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֲנִ֜י מֵבִ֥יא אֶתְ⁠כֶ֛ם שָׁ֖מָּ⁠ה לָ⁠שֶׁ֥בֶת בָּֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land is describes as if it were a person who could vomit. Alternate translation: [the land to which I am bringing you will not reject you]

Leviticus 20:23

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: תֵֽלְכוּ֙ &  מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular

Here and throughout this chapter, the words you and your are plural. They refer to the people of Israel, so use the plural form in your translation if your language marks that distinction.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלֹ֤א תֵֽלְכוּ֙ בְּחֻקֹּ֣ת הַגּ֔וֹי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word walk is used as a metaphor to describe a habitual lifestyle. In context, the metaphor describes a practice of living that models itself after the practices of the people of the nations who live around Israel. If your language has a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And you shall not follow the statutes of the nation] or [And you shall not make a practice of living according to the statutes of the nation]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֲשֶׁר־ אֲנִ֥י מְשַׁלֵּ֖חַ מִפְּנֵיכֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, face represents the presence of a person. In this expression, Yahweh is removing the nation that currently lives in the land from before Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [that I am sending away from your presence] or [that I am sending from before you]

Leviticus 20:24

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וָאֹמַ֣ר לָכֶ֗ם אַתֶּם֮ תִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־ אַדְמָתָם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [And I told you that you yourselves will inherit their land]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אַתֶּם֮ תִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־ אַדְמָתָם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This expression uses the words yourselves to emphasize how significant it was that Israel would inherit the promised land. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: [Even you will inherit their land] or [It is you who will inherit their land]

a land flowing {with} milk and honey

Quote: אֶ֛רֶץ זָבַ֥ת חָלָ֖ב וּ⁠דְבָ֑שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase a land flowing with milk and honey is an idiom. First, the terms milk and honey are used a representations of delicious and indulgent food items. Furthermore, the land is so full of these representative food items that the expression speaks of the land flowing with them. As a result, this expression describes a land with productive, fertile soil that produces good and abundant food. If this expression would be unclear in your land, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [a land with good, productive, and fertile soil] or [a land that produces abundant food]

Leviticus 20:25

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הַבְּהֵמָ֤ה הַטְּהֹרָה֙ & לַטָּהֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See the chapter introduction for guidance on how to translate the word clean in this context.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לַטְּמֵאָ֔ה & הָע֥וֹף הַטָּמֵ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See the chapter introduction for guidance on how to translate the expressions make yourselves unclean and to be unclean in this context.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלֹֽא־ תְשַׁקְּצ֨וּ אֶת־ נַפְשֹֽׁתֵיכֶ֜ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 11:43.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּבְכֹל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר תִּרְמֹ֣שׂ הָֽאֲדָמָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 11:44. Alternate translation: [or with any animals that crawl on the ground]

Leviticus 20:26

because I Yahweh am holy

Quote: כִּ֥י קָד֖וֹשׁ אֲנִ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because I Yahweh am holy]

Leviticus 20:27

a medium

Quote: א֛וֹב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

See how you translated the words medium and spiritist in 19:31.

dying, they shall be executed

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֑תוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בָּאֶ֛בֶן יִרְגְּמ֥וּ אֹתָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word They refers to the people of Israel, while the word them refers to the people who consult a medium or spiritist. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [The people of Israel shall stone the people who consult mediums or spiritists with stones]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דְּמֵיהֶ֥ם בָּֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar expression in 20:9.

Leviticus 21

Leviticus 21 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives special rules for priests. The structure is:

1) Rules for regular priests (21:1-9)
   A. Contact with dead bodies (21:1-4)
   B. Mourning practices (21:5-6)
   C. Marriage rules (21:7-9)
2) Special rules for the high priest (21:10-15)
3) Physical requirements for priests (21:16-24)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Quotes within quotes

The chapter contains multiple levels of speech: - Yahweh speaking to Moses - Moses telling Aaron - Instructions for future generations Your language may need different ways to show these levels.

Active and passive sentences

Many rules use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “was poured on his head” → “they poured on his head” - “shall be burned with fire” → “you must burn her” - “his hand was filled” → “God gave him authority”

Metaphors and idioms

The chapter uses several expressions that need careful translation: - “Fill his hand” means “give him authority as priest” - “Profane the name” means “damage God’s reputation” - “His seed” means “his descendants” - “The bread of God” means “food offerings to God”

Body-related terms

The chapter mentions various physical conditions that may need explanation: - “Hunchback” and “dwarf” may be unknown in your language - “Blemish” refers to any physical condition making someone unfit for priesthood

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Priestly purity

The chapter emphasizes keeping priests holy: - They had stricter rules than ordinary people - Their marriages affected their holiness - Their physical appearance represented God’s perfection - Even their family members’ behavior affected their status

Mourning restrictions

The chapter limits how priests could mourn: - Could not touch dead bodies (except close relatives) - Could not show typical signs of grief - High priest could not mourn even for parents These rules kept priests ready for service.

Physical requirements

Physical perfection was required because: - Priests represented God to the people - Their appearance symbolized holiness - Physical blemishes were seen as making someone unfit - This did not affect their right to eat holy food

(See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred, priest, priesthood, and high priest, chief priests)

Leviticus 21:1

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וַיֹּ֤אמֶר יְהוָה֙ אֶל־ מֹשֶׁ֔ה אֱמֹ֥ר אֶל־ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵהֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquote

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [Yahweh told Moses to speak to the priests, the sons of Aaron, and to say to them that]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֱמֹ֥ר אֶל־ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֣י אַהֲרֹ֑ן וְאָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵהֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

These expressions repeat the word say for emphasis. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: [Tell the priests, the sons of Aaron]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹֽא־ יִטַּמָּ֖א בְּעַמָּֽיו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the words he and himself and his refer to any male priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [No male priest should make himself unclean among his people]

Leviticus 21:2

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לִשְׁאֵר֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word body is being used to refer to someone who shares the same bloodline as someone else. In other words, body refers to a close family member. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [to his close family member]

Leviticus 21:3

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלַאֲחֹת֤וֹ הַבְּתוּלָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The word translated as virgin refers to a young woman of marriageable age who has not yet had sexual relations. If your language has a specific word for a woman of this social group, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [or for his young unmarried sister]

Leviticus 21:4

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְהֵ֖חַלּֽוֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The words translated as to indicate that what follows is a result of what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a result of what came before. Alternate translation: [with the result that he profanes himself]

Leviticus 21:5

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹֽא־ יִקְרְח֤וּ קָרְחָה֙ בְּרֹאשָׁ֔ם וּפְאַ֥ת זְקָנָ֖ם לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חוּ וּבִ֨בְשָׂרָ֔ם לֹ֥א יִשְׂרְט֖וּ שָׂרָֽטֶת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and in the next verse, the words they and their refer to the priests of Israel. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [The priests of Israel shall not bald a bald patch on their heads, and the edges of their beard they shall not shave, and they shall not cut a cut in their flesh]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹֽא־ יִקְרְח֤וּ קָרְחָה֙ בְּרֹאשָׁ֔ם וּפְאַ֥ת זְקָנָ֖ם לֹ֣א יְגַלֵּ֑חוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

These expressions describe the mourning rituals practiced by the people of the nations who surrounded Israel. Because of their role as priests to Yahweh, the priests of Israel were not to mourn like the priests of other nations. Doing so would associate Yahweh’s holy space with the idolatry of the other nations and profane it (as the next verse indicates). If it would be helpful in your language, consider supplying this information in a footnote or in the text of your translation, as the UST models.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹֽא־ יִקְרְח֤וּ קָרְחָה֙ בְּרֹאשָׁ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the noun bald patch comes from the same root as the verb bald. your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [They shall not shave the crown of their heads]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּבִ֨בְשָׂרָ֔ם לֹ֥א יִשְׂרְט֖וּ שָׂרָֽטֶת׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the noun cut comes from the same root as the verb cut. your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [They shall not cut themselves]

Leviticus 21:6

and they shall not profane the name of their God

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֣א יְחַלְּל֔וּ שֵׁ֖ם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This word name is used to represent Yahweh’s character. Alternate translation: [and they must not disgrace God’s reputation] or [and they must not disgrace their God]

for

Quote: כִּי֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

they are presenting gifts of Yahweh, the bread of their God

Quote: אֶת־אִשֵּׁ֨י יְהוָ֜ה לֶ֧חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֛ם הֵ֥ם מַקְרִיבִ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The phrase the bread of their God clarifies the meaning of the phrase gifts of Yahweh. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys this relationship. It may be helpful to review how you translated the possessive expression gifts of Yahweh in 2:2. Alternate translation: [they are presending the gifts of Yahweh, that is, the bread of their God] or [they are presenting the food gifts offered to Yahweh, their God]

the bread of their God

Quote: לֶ֧חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

This expression uses bread to represent food in general. Furthermore, this expression uses the possessive form to describe bread (that is, food) that is characterized by the fact that it is offered to God. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [the gifts of food that people offer to their God]

and they shall be holy

Quote: וְ⁠הָ֥יוּ קֹֽדֶשׁ (1)

Alternate translation: [and so they must be holy]

Leviticus 21:7

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקָּ֔חוּ &  לֹ֣א יִקָּ֑חוּ & כִּֽי־ קָדֹ֥שׁ ה֖וּא לֵאלֹהָֽיו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and throughout the next few verses, the words he and his refer to any male priest in Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [No male priest shall take…nor shall he take…for that priest is holy to his God]

He shall not take … he shall not take

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקָּ֔חוּ & לֹ֣א יִקָּ֑חוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase is likely a euphemism for having sexual relations with a woman, but it also implies marrying the woman first. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [He shall not marry…nor shall he marry] or [He shall not have sexual relations with…nor shall he have sexual relations with]

for

Quote: כִּֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

Leviticus 21:8

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְקִדַּשְׁתּ֔וֹ כִּֽי־ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ה֣וּא מַקְרִ֑יב קָדֹשׁ֙ יִֽהְיֶה־ לָּ֔ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, you is singular and refers to Moses, the one to whom Yahweh is speaking. The words he and him refer to a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [And you, Moses, shall make the priest holy, for he is the one presenting the bread of your God. That priest shall be holy for you, Moses]

the bread of your God

Quote: אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֶ֖י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated this idiom in 21:7.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כִּ֣י קָד֔וֹשׁ אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה מְקַדִּשְׁכֶֽם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word you here is plural and refers either to the priests or to the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [because holy am I, Yahweh, the one making the priests holy] or [because holy am I, Yahweh, the one making the people of Israel holy]

because

Quote: כִּ֣י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

Leviticus 21:9

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּבַת֙ אִ֣ישׁ כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)

Alternate translation: [And a priests’s daughter]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כִּ֥י תֵחֵ֖ל לִזְנ֑וֹת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [when she profanes herself by prostituting herself]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בָּאֵ֖שׁ תִּשָּׂרֵֽף׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

This expression indicates a form of capital punishment whereby an individual is executed by being publicly burned alive. Additionally, it may be helpful to see how you handled the extra information in this expression in 6:30. Furthermore, if your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [The people of Israel shall publicly burn her to death]

Leviticus 21:10

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֲֽשֶׁר־ יוּצַ֥ק עַל־ רֹאשׁ֣וֹ ׀ שֶׁ֤מֶן הַמִּשְׁחָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [on whose head the priests poured anointing oil]

the oil of anointing

Quote: שֶׁ֤מֶן הַ⁠מִּשְׁחָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 8:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּמִלֵּ֣א אֶת־ יָד֔וֹ לִלְבֹּ֖שׁ אֶת־ הַבְּגָדִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [whose hand God filled to wear the clothes]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּמִלֵּ֣א אֶת־ יָד֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that means to induct someone into the ministry and responsibilities of the priesthood. According to this verse, God has given the high priest the responsibilities of serving and worshiping him. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [and to whom I, Yahweh, have given the responsibilities of the priesthood]

his head he shall not let be unbound, and his clothes he shall not tear

Quote: אֶת־ רֹאשׁ⁠וֹ֙ לֹ֣א יִפְרָ֔ע וּ⁠בְגָדָ֖י⁠ו לֹ֥א יִפְרֹֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Loose hair and torn clothes were signs of mourning. The high priests of Yahweh were not to mourn for their dead relatives in any way that would disrupt their duties of offering Israel’s sacrifices. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider including this information in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [he must not allow himself to be distracted from his priestly duties by mourning for his dead relatives]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶת־ רֹאשׁוֹ֙ לֹ֣א יִפְרָ֔ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, head represents the hair on the head. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [his hair he shall not let be unbound] or [he shall not let his hair be disheveled]

Leviticus 21:11

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְעַ֛ל כָּל־ נַפְשֹׁ֥ת מֵ֖ת לֹ֣א יָבֹ֑א לְאָבִ֥יו וּלְאִמּ֖וֹ לֹ֥א יִטַּמָּֽא׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here and throughout the next verses, the words he and his refer to the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [And near any dead person, the high priest shall not go—for his father or for his mother. The high priest shall not make himself unclean]

Leviticus 21:12

for

Quote: כִּ֡י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: נֵ֠זֶר שֶׁ֣מֶן מִשְׁחַ֧ת אֱלֹהָ֛יו עָלָ֖יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression uses the image of a crown to describe the oil of the anointing of his God that was poured on the high priest’s head to appoint him as the high priest. If this expression would not be clear in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [on his head is the oil of anointing that God used to appoint him, which he should consider to be like a crown]

the oil of the anointing of

Quote: שֶׁ֣מֶן מִשְׁחַ֧ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 8:2.

Leviticus 21:13

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בִבְתוּלֶ֖יהָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of virginity, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: [while she is still a virgin] or [when she has not yet had sexual relations]

Leviticus 21:15

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלֹֽא־ יְחַלֵּ֥ל זַרְע֖וֹ בְּעַמָּ֑יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression uses a metaphor to relate the word seed to one’s children. Whether semen was thought of to resemble plant seed is unclear, although the same word is used to refer to both (see 11:17 and 15:16 for reference). This expression implies that by marrying an unholy or ungodly woman, the priest would have children unworthy to be a priest. If your language uses a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And shall not profane his children among his people]

For

Quote: כִּ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

Leviticus 21:16

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֵּאמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 21:16-17

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֵּאמֹֽר׃ &  דַּבֵּ֥ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹ֖ן לֵאמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [He told Moses to tell Aaron that]

Leviticus 21:17

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ מִֽזַּרְעֲךָ֞ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression uses a metaphor to relate the word seed to one’s children. Whether semen was thought of to resemble plant seed is unclear, although the same word is used to refer to both (see 11:17 and 15:16 for reference). If your language uses a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [A man from your children] or [One of your male children]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְדֹרֹתָ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word their here refers to the descendants of Aaron who will be priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [throughout the generations of the descendants of Aaron who will be priests]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקְרַ֔ב לְהַקְרִ֖יב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the verb present comes from the same root as the verb draw near. your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [shall not ever draw near to present] or [should never approach the altar in order to present]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהָֽיו׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated the similar expression in 21:6.

Leviticus 21:18

For

Quote: כִּ֥י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

shall not draw near

Quote: לֹ֣א יִקְרָ֑ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [shall not draw near to the altar to offer a sacrifice]

extended

Quote: שָׂרֽוּעַ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This expression likely refers to a person who is born with a defect in which one leg is longer than another. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [with an extended leg] or [who has one leg that is longer than the other]

Leviticus 21:20

a hunchback

Quote: גִבֵּ֣ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word hunchback refers to a person whose spine is misshapen and so possess a hunched or bent back. If your language has a specific for this form of disability, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a person whose spine is misshapen from birth] or [a person born with a bent back]

a dwarf

Quote: דַ֔ק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The word dwarf here refers to a person who is born with a genetic defect that causes them to be considerably shorter than what is considered normal height. This disability can also sometimes cause other health issues. If your language has a specific word for this form of disability, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [a person who was born considerably shorter than normal] or [an unusually short person]

Leviticus 21:21

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִזֶּ֨רַע֙ אַהֲרֹ֣ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated the word seed in 21:15. Alternate translation: [from the children of Aaron] or [from the descendants of Aaron]

the gift of Yahweh

Quote: אֶת־ אִשֵּׁ֣י יְהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated the similar expression in 2:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֵ֚ת לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

See how you translated the similar expression in 21:6.

Leviticus 21:22

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֶ֣חֶם אֱלֹהָ֔יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated the similar expression in 21:6.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִקָּדְשֵׁ֖י הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים וּמִן־ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Different offering and sacrifices were designated as food for the priests. These portions of food were called he holy things of the holy things and the holy things. It may be helpful to see how you translated the similar expression in 6:17. Alternate translation: [from the most holy portions of food or from the holy portions of food]

he may eat

Quote: יֹאכֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word he refers to the priest with the bodily blemish. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [the priest with a blemish may eat]

Leviticus 21:23

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶל־ הַפָּרֹ֜כֶת לֹ֣א יָבֹ֗א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

To enter into the curtain means to pass through the curtain dividing the holy place from the most holy place in the sanctuary. No priest with a blemish was permitted to approach God in the most holy place. If this would not be clear to your readers, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [he shall not pass through the curtain into the holy of holies]

for … for

Quote: כִּֽי & כִּ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as For indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because…This is because]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מְקַדְּשָֽׁם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word them refers to the priests who have blemishes and so cannot approach Yahweh’s altar to offer sacrifices. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [the one making holy even the priests who have blemishes]

Leviticus 21:24

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאֶל־ בָּנָ֑יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

The word his refers to Aaron and not to Moses. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [and to Aaron’s sons]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאֶֽל־ כָּל־ בְּנֵ֖י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this expression in 4:2.

Leviticus 22

Leviticus 22 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter gives rules about who can eat holy food and what animals can be offered. The structure is: 1) Rules about eating holy food (22:1-16) A. Unclean priests (22:1-9) B. Non-priests (22:10-16) 2) Rules about acceptable sacrifices (22:17-33) A. Animals without defects (22:17-25) B. Age and timing rules (22:26-33)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Quotes within quotes

The chapter contains multiple levels of speech: - Yahweh speaking to Moses - Moses telling Aaron and his sons - Instructions for all Israelites Your language may need different ways to show these levels.

Active and passive sentences

Many rules use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “shall be eaten” → “you must eat it” - “shall be accepted” → “I will accept it” - “was born” → “its mother gave birth to it”

Metaphors and idioms

The chapter uses several expressions that need careful translation: - “The bread of God” means “food offerings to God” - “From the hand of a foreigner” means “from a foreigner” - “Under its mother” means “with its nursing mother” - “His seed” means “his descendants”

Body and family terms

The chapter uses terms that may need explanation: - “Body” often means the whole person - “Flesh” refers to the physical body - “House” means family or household - “Sojourner” means temporary resident

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Holy food

The chapter has strict rules about holy food: - Only priests and their households could eat it - Unclean priests couldn’t eat it temporarily - Daughters who married non-priests lost the right - Accidentally eating it required payment plus 20%

Acceptable sacrifices

The chapter defines what makes an animal acceptable: - Must be physically perfect - Must be at least 8 days old - Cannot be castrated - Cannot be from foreigners These rules showed respect for God’s holiness.

Household membership

The chapter shows how household status affected rights: - Priests‘ slaves could eat holy food - Hired workers could not - Daughters‘ rights changed with marriage This reflected the importance of family structure. (See: holy, holiness, unholy, sacred, clean, wash, and INVALID bible/kt/unclean)

Leviticus 22:1

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֵּאמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations

The word translated as saying introduces a direct quotation. In your translation, consider ways in which you might introduce this quotation naturally in your language.

Leviticus 22:2

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִקָּדְשֵׁ֣י בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe holy things (that is, sacrificial food offerings) that the sons of Israel offer to Yahweh as sacrifices. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [the holy things that the sons of Israel offer to Yahweh]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this metaphor for the people of Israel in 1:2.

and they shall not profane the name of my holiness

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥א יְחַלְּל֖וּ אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

To profane the name of my holiness (that is, Yahweh’s holy name) means to publicly denigrate Yahweh’s name by one’s actions. Here, the word name represents Yahweh’s reputation and, by extension, Yahweh himself. So to profane this name is to associate Yahweh who is holy with that which is not only not holy, but abominable and detestable, like child sacrifice. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. See how you translated this expression in 20:3. Alternate translation: [and they shall not publicly defame me] or [and they shall not openly denigrate my reputation]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֑י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe Yahweh’s name (that is, his reputation as God) that is characterized by holiness. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [my holy name] or [my sacred reputation]

Leviticus 22:3

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֱמֹ֣ר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם לְדֹרֹ֨תֵיכֶ֜ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquote

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: [Tell them that to their generations]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְדֹרֹ֨תֵיכֶ֜ם & מִכָּל־ זַרְעֲכֶ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here, the word your is plural and refers to the Israelite priests, the male descendants of Aaron. If you chose to make this verse indirect speech (as the previous note suggested), it may be helpful to change the second-person pronouns to the third person. Alternate translation: [to their generations…from all their seed]

any man

Quote: כָּל־ אִ֣ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the word man refers to any male descendant of Aaron who serves as a priest. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [any priest]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִכָּל־ זַרְעֲכֶ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This expression uses a metaphor to relate the word seed to one’s children. Whether semen was thought of to resemble plant seed is unclear, although the same word is used to refer to both (see 11:17 and 15:16 for reference). It your language uses a similar metaphor, consider using it here. If not consider using a generic expression. See how you translated this metaphor in 20:2. Alternate translation: [from all your children] or [from all your descendants]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶל־ הַקֳּדָשִׁים֙ אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְדִּ֤ישׁוּ בְנֵֽי־ יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ לַֽיהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, a verb and its object come from the same root. The phrase have made holy translates a verb that is related to the noun translated as holy things. The repetition of related words adds emphasis to the statement. If your language can repeat words for emphasis and your language has comparable terms that you can use in your own translation, it would be appropriate to use that construction here in your translation. If not, consider using a generic expression: “to the holy things that the sons of Israel are presenting to Yahweh as holy offerings}

and his uncleanness {is} on him

Quote: וְ⁠טֻמְאָת֖⁠וֹ עָלָ֑י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of uncleanness, you could express the same idea in another way. It may be helpful to see how you translated this abstract noun in 5:3. Alternate translation: [while he is unclean] or [and he is unclean]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְנִכְרְתָ֞ה הַנֶּ֧פֶשׁ הַהִ֛וא מִלְּפָנַ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated the similar expression in 7:20.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִלְּפָנַ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, face represents the presence of a person. In this expression, the priest who offers sacrifices while he is unclean must be removed from Yahweh’s presence—that is, he must be exiled. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from my presence] or [from the place where I live among the Israelites]

Leviticus 22:4

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ אִ֞ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

Here, the word man refers to any male priest. See how you handled the repetition of the word man in 15:2. Alternate translation: [Any priest]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִזֶּ֣רַע אַהֲרֹ֗ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this metaphor for descendants in 20:2. Alternate translation: [from the children of Aaron] or [from Aaron’s descendants]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְה֤וּא צָר֨וּעַ֙ א֣וֹ זָ֔ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The terms skin diseased and flowing refer to various kinds of visible, infectious skin diseases. See how you translated the expression skin diseased in 13:44. Similarly, see how you translated the word flowing in 15:2.

And the one touching anything unclean of

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נֹּגֵ֨עַ֙ בְּ⁠כָל־ טְמֵא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This expression refers generally to any priest who touches something unclean, not to a specific priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: [And any priest who touches anything unclean]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְּכָל־ טְמֵא־ נֶ֔פֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe anything unclean that is characterized by its having a human source. In other words, the phrase described human uncleanness, whether an unclean person or a discharge or blood that has come from a person. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [anything unclean that has come from a person] or [any unclean person]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אִ֔ישׁ אֲשֶׁר־ תֵּצֵ֥א מִמֶּ֖נּוּ שִׁכְבַת־ זָֽרַע׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated the similar expression in 15:16.

Leviticus 22:5

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: א֤וֹ בְאָדָם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִטְמָא־ ל֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. This expression describes a second thing that a priest might touch that would make him unclean: an unclean person. You could supply the phrase “or a man who touches” from earlier in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [or a man who touches a person who makes him unclean] or [or a priest who touches a person who makes him unclean]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְכֹ֖ל טֻמְאָתֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word his refers to the unclean person whom the priest touches as so becomes unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [whatever that person’s uncleanness]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לְכֹ֖ל טֻמְאָתֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you handled the abstract noun uncleanness in 5:3.

Leviticus 22:6

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בּ֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word it refers to any of the previous listed unclean things that a priest might touch and become unclean. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [any of these unclean things]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: רָחַ֥ץ בְּשָׂר֖וֹ בַּמָּֽיִם׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the word flesh refers to a person’s body. Additionally, see how you handled the extra information in the similar expression in 1:9. Alternate translation: [he washes himself]

Leviticus 22:7

And the sun will go

Quote: וּ⁠בָ֥א הַ⁠שֶּׁ֖מֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Theis expression is an idiom that refers to the sun setting at the end of the day. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And when the sun sets]

because

Quote: כִּ֥י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

Leviticus 22:9

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מְקַדְּשָֽׁם׃ & וְשָׁמְר֣וּ & וְלֹֽא־ יִשְׂא֤וּ & יְחַלְּלֻ֑הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the book of Leviticus switches from describing one hypothetical priest to describing the priesthood as a whole. As such, the words they and them refer to the Israelite priests. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [And the priests shall keep…and the priests shall not carry…they profaned it…the one making the priests holy]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְשָׁמְר֣וּ אֶת־ מִשְׁמַרְתִּ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you translated this expression in 8:35 and 18:30.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: יִשְׂא֤וּ עָלָיו֙ חֵ֔טְא וּמֵ֥תוּ ב֖וֹ כִּ֣י יְחַלְּלֻ֑הוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word it refers to the watch of Yahweh, that is, Yahweh’s commands to avoid contact with unclean things while performing sacrificial duties. If it would be helpful to your readers, consider stating this plainly. Alternate translation: [and the priests shall not carry sin with regard to what I have told them to avoid and they will not die because they did what I told them to avoid and they profaned my commands to them]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלֹֽא־ יִשְׂא֤וּ עָלָיו֙ חֵ֔טְא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refer to a priest being held responsible for their sin or wrongdoing. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [and they shall not sin with regard to it] or [and I shall not need to hold them responsible for their sins regarding it]

because

Quote: כִּ֣י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [They would die because]

Leviticus 22:10

the holy thing. … the holy thing

Quote: קֹ֑דֶשׁ & קֹֽדֶשׁ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the expression the holy thing refers to any gift of food that the Israelites have sacrificed and offered to Yahweh, not to a specific food gift. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [any holy thing…any holy thing]

A dweller of the priest

Quote: תּוֹשַׁ֥ב כֹּהֵ֛ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a dwelling (that is, a traveling guest) that is characterized by their receiving the hospitality of the priest. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Alternate translation: [A traveling guest of the priest] or [A traveler who is staying at the priest’s home]

Leviticus 22:11

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כִּֽי־ יִקְנֶ֥ה נֶ֨פֶשׁ֙ קִנְיַ֣ן כַּסְפּ֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This expression uses the possessive form to describe a slave who is property characterized by their having been bought by the priest’s silver, that is, his money. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use a generic expression. Additionally, here, silver represents any money or currency by which a priest would purchase a slave. If it would be helpful in your language, consider stating the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [when he buys a person and they become his property that he purchased with his money] or [when he buys a person with his own money and they become his property]

he himself may eat … they themselves may eat

Quote: ה֖וּא יֹ֣אכַל & הֵ֖ם יֹאכְל֥וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

These expressions use the words himself and themselves to emphasize how significant it was that these slaves are permitted to eat the priest’s holy food. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: [even he may eat…they also may eat]

he himself may eat

Quote: ה֖וּא יֹ֣אכַל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word he refers to the slave that the priest purchased, not to the priest. If it would be helpful for your readers, consider making the referent explicit. Alternate translation: [that slave may eat]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וִילִ֣יד בֵּית֔וֹ הֵ֖ם יֹאכְל֥וּ בְלַחְמֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word his refers to a priest, while the phrase the one born of his house refers to a child who is born from a slave residing in the priest’s household. This expression uses the plural they to refer to this slave, perhaps including the mother who gave birth to him or her. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making these referents explicit. Alternate translation: [And a slave who is born into a priest’s household—he and his parents may eat the priest’s bread]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְלַחְמֽוֹ׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This expression uses bread to represent the sacred portions of food that the priests received from the food gifts that the people of Israel offered to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [his food]

Leviticus 22:12

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: הִ֕וא בִּתְרוּמַ֥ת הַקֳּדָשִׁ֖ים לֹ֥א תֹאכֵֽל׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This expression uses the word herself to emphasize how significant it was that the daughter of a priest is not permitted to eat her father’s holy food. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this significance. Alternate translation: [not even she may eat the construction of the holy things]

the contribution of the holy things

Quote: בִּ⁠תְרוּמַ֥ת הַ⁠קֳּדָשִׁ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word contributions, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: [the holy things that the people of Israel have contributed]

Leviticus 22:13

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְזֶרַע֮ אֵ֣ין לָהּ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this metaphor for descendants in 20:2. Alternate translation: [and she has no children]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִלֶּ֥חֶם אָבִ֖יהָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This expression uses bread to represent the sacred portions of food that the priests received from the food gifts that the people of Israel offered to Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from her father’s food]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְכָל־ זָ֖ר לֹא־ יֹ֥אכַל בּֽוֹ (1)

Alternate translation: [And no stranger may eat it]

Leviticus 22:14

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, here it is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [And a person]

then he shall add its fifth on it, and he shall give the holy thing to the priest

Quote: וְ⁠יָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ עָלָ֔י⁠ו וְ⁠נָתַ֥ן לַ⁠כֹּהֵ֖ן אֶת־ הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)

This could mean: (1) that the person had to replace the food that he had eaten with the same kind of food or (2) that the person had to pay money to the priest for the food that he had eaten.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְיָסַ֤ף חֲמִֽשִׁיתוֹ֙ עָלָ֔יו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that refers to adding one fifth of the monetary value of a sacred food item to its total value. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, you could use an idiom from your language that does have that meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [then he shall take the total monetary value of the food item, plus one fifth]

its fifth

Quote: חֲמִֽשִׁית⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

The term its fifth refers to one part out of five equal parts.

Leviticus 22:15

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְלֹ֣א יְחַלְּל֔וּ & אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the word they refers to the people of Israel. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: [And the people of Israel shall not profane…that which the people of Israel raise]

the holy things of the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת־ קָדְשֵׁ֖י בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this expression in 22:2.

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this metaphor for the people of Israel in 1:2.

that which they raise

Quote: אֵ֥ת אֲשֶׁר־ יָרִ֖ימוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

Here, the word raise refers to the ritual gesture of lifting up an offering to Yahweh. If your language has a word for this kind of ritual gesture, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [that which they present] or [that which they offer]

to Yahweh

Quote: לַ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: [to me, Yahweh]

Leviticus 22:16

or they shall cause themselves to bear the iniquity of guilt

Quote: וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֤יאוּ אוֹתָ⁠ם֙ עֲוֺ֣ן אַשְׁמָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This expression is an idiom that describes iniquity of guilt as a physical object that needs to be carried. Because guilt in Leviticus can refer to both the legal status of needing to provide restitution for wrongdoing or the punishment by which restitution is provided, this expression could mean: 1) the people of Israel would become guilty and so responsible for their sin. Alternate translation: [or they shall be guilty of the sin that they committed” or 2) the word guilt is a metonym for punishment for the sin that they committed. Alternate translation: [or they shall receive the punishment that they deserve when they committed wrongdoing]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בְּאָכְלָ֖ם אֶת־ קָדְשֵׁיהֶ֑ם (1)

Alternate translation: [when they ate their holy things]

For

Quote: כִּ֛י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

Leviticus 22:17-18

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: דַּבֵּ֨ר אֶֽל־ אַהֲרֹ֜ן וְאֶל־ בָּנָ֗יו וְאֶל֙ כָּל־ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְאָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵהֶ֑ם & לֵּאמֹֽר׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquote

If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, with a period before: [Speak to Aaron and to his sons and to all the sons of Israel, and tell them that]

Leviticus 22:18

Speak to Aaron and to his sons and to all the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבֵּ֨ר אֶֽל־אַהֲרֹ֜ן וְ⁠אֶל־בָּנָ֗י⁠ו וְ⁠אֶל֙ כָּל־בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֖ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These two phrases mean basically the same thing but serve different functions. While the first phrase is a command, the second phrase introduces what Moses is to say to Aaron, the priests, and the people of Israel. You can translate this parallelism into one statement that conveys this relationship. Alternate translation: [Tell Aaron and his sons and all the sons of Israel] or [Speak to Aaron and to his sons and to all the sons of Israel, telling them]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאֶל֙ כָּל־ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this metaphor for the people of Israel in 1:2.

from the house of Israel

Quote: מִ⁠בֵּ֨ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This expression uses house to represent the people of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from the people of Israel]

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֣ישׁ אִישׁ֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, the word man refers generally to any Israelite and not to men specifically. See how you handled the repetition of the word man in 15:2. Alternate translation: [Any person]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְרִ֤יב קָרְבָּנוֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

See how you handled these repeated words in 1:2.

to Yahweh

Quote: לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: [to me, Yahweh]

Leviticus 22:19

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לִֽרְצֹנְכֶ֑ם תָּמִ֣ים זָכָ֔ר בַּבָּקָ֕ר בַּכְּשָׂבִ֖ים וּבָֽעִזִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This expression leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words in the sentence if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [for your acceptance, you shall present a perfect male among the cattle, among the sheep, or among the goats]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לִֽרְצֹנְכֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Here and throughout the rest of this chapter, the words you is plural and refer to the people of Israel as a whole and to the priests specifically. If the switch from third-person forms to second-person plural forms would not be natural in your language, consider continuing to use third-person forms. Alternate translation: [for their acceptance]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בַּבָּקָ֕ר בַּכְּשָׂבִ֖ים וּבָֽעִזִּֽים׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions the cattle, the sheep, and the goats do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [among your cattle, your sheep, or your goats that you own or purchase” or, in the third person, “among any of the cattle, sheep, or goats that he owns or purchases]

Leviticus 22:20

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כֹּ֛ל אֲשֶׁר־ בּ֥וֹ מ֖וּם (1)

Alternate translation: [Any animal on which is a blemish]

because

Quote: כִּי־ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

Leviticus 22:21

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְאִ֗ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term man is masculine, here it is used in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [And a person]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לַיהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: [to me, Yahweh]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בַּבָּקָ֖ר א֣וֹ בַצֹּ֑אן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

The expressions the cattle and the flock do not refer to specific groups of animals. They describe any groups of animals that an Israelite might own. Express this in the way that would be most natural in your language. Alternate translation: [among your cattle or your flock animals that you own or purchase” or, in the third person, “among his cattle or flock animals that he owns or purchases]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: כָּל־ מ֖וּם לֹ֥א יִהְיֶה־ בּֽוֹ׃ (1)

Alternate translation: [No blemish shall be on it]

Leviticus 22:22

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לַיהוָ֑ה & לַיהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: [to me, Yahweh…to me]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לֹא־ תִתְּנ֥וּ מֵהֶ֛ם עַל־ הַמִּזְבֵּ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you handled the similar idiom in 4:7.

Leviticus 22:23

it will not be accepted

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵרָצֶֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [I will not accept it]

Leviticus 22:24

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּמָע֤וּךְ וְכָתוּת֙ וְנָת֣וּק וְכָר֔וּת לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֖יבוּ לַֽיהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The words bruised, crushed, torn and cut refer to ways in which the owner of a bovine might castrate that animal to remove its testicles. This was a common practice in the ancient world that was believed to increase the quality of the animal’s meat. Such practices are forbidden for animals that will be sacrificed as it introduces a blemish to an animal that Yahweh requires to be whole and perfect. If this would not be clear in your language, consider supplying this information in a footnote or in the text of your translation. Alternate translation: [But you shall not present to Yahweh any animal whose testicles have been bruised or crushed or torn or cut” or, to avoid the passive, “But you shall not present to Yahweh any animal whose owner has bruised or crushed or torn or cut the animal’s testicles]

Leviticus 22:25

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּמִיַּ֣ד בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם מִכָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here the word hand represents the whole person. In context, this expression refers to purchasing an animal from another, specifically a foreigner. If your language has a similar expression, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And you shall not present the bread of your God f that you acquired from the son of a foreigner]

a son of a foreigner

Quote: בֶּן־ נֵכָ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, the word son refers generically to descendants and not just to male progeny. If your language has a generic word for children, consider using it here. Alternate translation: [a foreigner] or [someone who you consider to be a foreigner]

you shall not present the bread of your God

Quote: לֹ֥א תַקְרִ֛יבוּ אֶת־ לֶ֥חֶם אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This expression uses bread to represent food in general. Furthermore, this expression uses the possessive form to describe bread (that is, food) which is characterized by the fact that it is offered to God. If your language would not use the possessive form for this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [you shall not present any food as a gift to your God]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מִכָּל־ אֵ֑לֶּה &  בָּהֶם֙ &  בָּ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the words these and them refer to the disabled or deformed animals, not to the foreigner. If it would be helpful in your language, consider making this explicit. Alternate translation: [from any of these blemished animals…on these animals…on them]

because

Quote: כִּ֣י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

The word translated as because indicates that what follows is a reason for what came before. Use a connector in your language that makes it clear that what follows is a reason for what came before. Alternate translation: [This is because]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: מָשְׁחָתָ֤ם בָּהֶם֙ (1)

Alternate translation: [their ruin is on them] or [their deformity is on them]

They will not be accepted for you

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵרָצ֖וּ לָ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [Yahweh will not accept them from you]

Leviticus 22:27

when it is born

Quote: כִּ֣י יִוָּלֵ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [when its mother gives birth to it]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: תַּ֣חַת אִמּ֑וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This expression is an idiom that describes a young animal as being with its mother. The use of the word under likely describes the mother feeding the young animal. If your language has a similar idiom, consider using it here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [with its mother] or [feeding from its mother]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּמִיּ֤וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִי֙ וָהָ֔לְאָה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: [And after seven days]

it may be accepted

Quote: יֵרָצֶ֕ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [I will accept it]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: לַיהוָֽה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person

Yahweh is speaking about himself in the third person. If this would not be natural in your language, you could use the first-person form. Alternate translation: [to me, Yahweh]

Leviticus 22:28

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֹת֣וֹ וְאֶת־ בְּנ֔וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Although the term son is masculine, here it is used in a generic sense that includes both male and female animals. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a phrase that makes this clear. Alternate translation: [it and its young] or [it and its offspring]

Leviticus 22:29

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְכִֽי־ תִזְבְּח֥וּ זֶֽבַח־ תּוֹדָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Words are being repeated for emphasis. Specifically, the noun sacrifice comes from the same root as the verb sacrifice. your language can repeat words in a similar way, consider doing so here. If not, consider using a generic expression. Alternate translation: [And whenever you present an animal as a sacrifice of thanks to Yahweh]

Leviticus 22:30

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: בַּיּ֤וֹם הַהוּא֙ יֵאָכֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [On that day, you shall eat it” or, in the third person, “On that day, the people of Israel shall eat it]

Leviticus 22:31

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

Here, the words keep and do mean similar things. They both emphasize that the people must practice a habitual lifestyle of obeying God’s commands. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could express the emphasis with a single phrase. Alternate translation: [And you shall obey my commandments] or [And you shall keep my commandments so that you do them]

Leviticus 22:32

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: אֶת־ שֵׁ֣ם קָדְשִׁ֔י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 22:2.

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: וְנִ֨קְדַּשְׁתִּ֔י (1)

Alternate translation: [but I shall be treated as holy]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you handled this metaphor for the people of Israel in 1:2.

Leviticus 23

Leviticus 23 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter describes Israel’s religious festivals and holy days. The structure is:

1) Introduction (23:1-2)
2) The Sabbath (23:3)
3) The Passover and Festival of Unleavened Bread (23:4-8)
4) The Offering of Firstfruits (23:9-14)
5) The Festival of Weeks (Pentecost) (23:15-22)
6) The Festival of Trumpets (23:23-25)
7) The Day of Atonement (23:26-32)
8) The Festival of Shelters (23:33-43)
9) Conclusion (23:44)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Calendar terms

The chapter uses Hebrew calendar terms that need careful translation: - “First month” is March-April - “Seventh month” is September-October - Consider adding brief explanations in footnotes

Numbers and measurements

The chapter uses several numbers and measures: - “Two-tenths” of an ephah (about 4.4 liters) - “One-fourth” of a hin (about 1 liter) - “Seven sabbaths” means seven weeks - Consider using local measurements if helpful

Active and passive sentences

Many instructions use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “Work shall be done” → “you may work” - “No work shall be done” → “you must not work” - “It shall be presented” → “the priest must present it”

Repeated phrases

Several phrases appear multiple times: - “To the face of Yahweh” means “in Yahweh’s presence” - “A pleasing aroma” means “an acceptable offering” - “A permanent law” means “a rule that continues forever” - Use consistent translations for these phrases

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Festival timing

Each festival had specific timing rules: - Some lasted one day - Others lasted seven days - Some required counting days between events - Some were tied to harvest times

Holy gatherings

The festivals involved special meetings: - People stopped regular work - They gathered to worship - They made specific offerings - Some required fasting or special housing

Symbolic actions

Many festival activities had deeper meaning: - Living in shelters reminded of wilderness years - First harvest offerings showed gratitude - Trumpet blasts called people to worship - Consider explaining these meanings in footnotes

Agricultural connections

Many festivals linked to farming: - Firstfruits at beginning of harvest - Weeks festival at end of grain harvest - Rules about leaving harvest edges for the poor - Shows connection between worship and daily life

(See: INVALID bible/kt/festival, Sabbath, and holy, holiness, unholy, sacred)

Leviticus 23:2

Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

See how you handled the beginning of the quote within a quote in 1:2 and throughout the book.

The appointed times of Yahweh, which you shall proclaim them {as} assemblies of holiness, these {are} them, my appointed times

Quote: מוֹעֲדֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר־תִּקְרְא֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם מִקְרָאֵ֣י קֹ֑דֶשׁ אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

This verse repeats the phrase appointed times for emphasis. If this kind of repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the ideas. Alternate translation: [These are the special times that Yahweh has set, which you must announce as holy gatherings] or [These are the times that Yahweh has chosen which you must announce for people to gather and worship him]

as} assemblies of holiness

Quote: מִקְרָאֵ֣י קֹ֑דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this abstract noun in 8:9. If your language does not use abstract nouns, you could express this with an adjective. Alternate translation: [sacred assemblies] or [holy gatherings]

these {are} them, my appointed times

Quote: אֵ֥לֶּה הֵ֖ם מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, my refers to Yahweh. Make sure this is clear in your translation. Alternate translation: [these are Yahweh’s appointed times]

Leviticus 23:3

Six days work shall be done

Quote: שֵׁ֣שֶׁת יָמִים֮ תֵּעָשֶׂ֣ה מְלָאכָה֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive constructions in this way, you could express this in another form. Alternate translation: [You may work for six days] or [People may work for six days]

is} a sabbath of sabbaths

Quote: שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom emphasizing that this is a very important Sabbath. Alternate translation: [a special Sabbath] or [an especially important day of rest] or [a sabbath of complete rest]

in all your dwellings

Quote: בְּ⁠כֹ֖ל מֽוֹשְׁבֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

This phrase refers to everywhere people live, including their homes and the surrounding areas. If your language has a way to express this concept of “everywhere,” consider using it here. Alternate translation: [everywhere you live] or [in all your towns and homes]

Leviticus 23:4

These {are} the appointed times of Yahweh, assemblies of holiness which you shall proclaim them in their appointed times

Quote: אֵ֚לֶּה מוֹעֲדֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה מִקְרָאֵ֖י קֹ֑דֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר־תִּקְרְא֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בְּ⁠מוֹעֲדָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

This verse repeats the phrase appointed times for emphasis. If this kind of repetition would be confusing in your language, you could combine the ideas. See how you handled this repetition in 23:2.

Leviticus 23:5

In the first month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הָ⁠רִאשׁ֗וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This refers to the first month of the Hebrew calendar, which occurs in March-April on modern calendars. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: [In the first month of the year, which is in early spring]

on {day} 14 of

Quote: בְּ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֥ה עָשָׂ֛ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, fourteen is a cardinal number used where many languages would use an ordinal number. If your language would not use a cardinal number in this context, use an ordinal number instead. Alternate translation: [on the fourteenth of]

between the evenings

Quote: בֵּ֣ין הָ⁠עַרְבָּ֑יִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 6:20.

Leviticus 23:6

And on day 15 of this month

Quote: וּ⁠בַ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֥ר יוֹם֙ לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, day 15 is a cardinal number used where many languages would use an ordinal number. If your language would not use a cardinal number in this context, use an ordinal number instead. Alternate translation: [on the fifteenth day of this month]

Leviticus 23:7

work of labor

Quote: מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys

These two words are used together to emphasize that no work should be done. If your language has a way to emphasize the prohibition of work, you could use it here. Alternate translation: [any kind of work] or [work of any kind]

Leviticus 23:8

for} seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase means to do something every day for a week. Alternate translation: [each day for seven days] or [every day for a week]

Leviticus 23:10

a sheaf of

Quote: אֶת־עֹ֛מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A sheaf is a bundle of grain stalks tied together after being cut. If your language doesn’t have a word for this, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: [a bundle of harvested grain stalks from] or [a handful of]

Leviticus 23:11

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י יְהוָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [before Yahweh] or [in Yahweh’s presence]

for your acceptance

Quote: לִֽ⁠רְצֹנְ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this abstract noun in 1:3. Alternate translation: [so that Yahweh will accept you] or [so that Yahweh will accept your offering]

Leviticus 23:12

a son of its year

Quote: בֶּן שְׁנָת֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 9:3. Alternate translation: [one year old] or [that is a year old]

Leviticus 23:13

a gift to Yahweh, a scent of pleasing

Quote: אִשֶּׁ֥ה לַ⁠יהוָ֖ה רֵ֣יחַ נִיחֹ֑חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 1:9. Alternate translation: [an offering that pleases Yahweh] or [a sacrifice that is acceptable to Yahweh]

two-tenths {of an ephah} of

Quote: שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

This fraction means two parts out of ten. Languages handle fractions in different ways. Consider how your language expresses fractions and translate accordingly. Alternate translation: [two parts out of ten of an ephah] or [one-fifth of an ephah]

two-tenths {of an ephah} of

Quote: שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The text only says “two-tenths” but implies that the measurement is in ephahs, which was the standard measure for flour. If your language requires the unit to be stated explicitly, you can include it. Alternate translation: [two-tenths of an ephah]

two-tenths {of an ephah} of

Quote: שְׁנֵ֨י עֶשְׂרֹנִ֜ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmeasure

An ephah is a Hebrew unit of dry measure, about 22 liters or 20 quarts. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a modern equivalent. Alternate translation: [about 4.4 liters] or [about 4 quarts]

a fourth of a hin

Quote: רְבִיעִ֥ת הַ⁠הִֽין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

This fraction means one part out of four. Languages handle fractions in different ways. Consider how your language expresses fractions and translate accordingly. Alternate translation: [one part out of four of a hin] or [a quarter of a hin]

a fourth of a hin

Quote: רְבִיעִ֥ת הַ⁠הִֽין (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmeasure

A hin is a Hebrew unit of liquid measure, about 3.8 liters or 1 gallon. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a modern equivalent. Alternate translation: [about 1 liter] or [about 1 quart]

Leviticus 23:14

the offering of your God

Quote: אֶת קָרְבַּ֖ן אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

This phrase uses possession to describe an offering that belongs to God because it is given to him. Alternate translation: [the offering that you give to your God] or [the offering that belongs to your God]

It is} a statute of eternity for your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 3:17. Alternate translation: [a rule that will continue forever for all your descendants] or [a permanent law that all future generations must obey]

Leviticus 23:15

seven sabbaths

Quote: שֶׁ֥בַע שַׁבָּת֖וֹת (1)

Here, seven sabbaths refers to seven weeks, as the sabbath marks the end of each week. Alternate translation: [seven weeks] or [forty-nine days]

Leviticus 23:16

Until the day after the seventh sabbath

Quote: עַ֣ד מִֽ⁠מָּחֳרַ֤ת הַ⁠שַּׁבָּת֙ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This verse clarifies that the fifty days include the seven Sabbaths mentioned in the previous verse. If this would be unclear in your language, you could make it explicit. Alternate translation: [Count fifty days, ending on the day after the seventh Sabbath]

Leviticus 23:17

From your dwellings

Quote: מִ⁠מּוֹשְׁבֹ֨תֵי⁠כֶ֜ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, dwellings refers specifically to the homes where people live, not the broader meaning used earlier in the chapter. Alternate translation: [From your homes] or [From each household]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: שְׁ֚תַּיִם עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

See how you translated this measurement in 23:14.

Leviticus 23:18

sons of a year

Quote: בְּנֵ֣י שָׁנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 9:3. Alternate translation: [one year old] or [that are a year old]

and one bull, a son of cattle

Quote: וּ⁠פַ֧ר בֶּן בָּקָ֛ר אֶחָ֖ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

This phrase may contain extra information that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can shorten it. See how you translated this expression in 4:3. Alternate translation: [and one young bull]

a scent of pleasing

Quote: רֵֽיחַ נִיחֹ֖חַ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 23:13.

Leviticus 23:19

sons of a year

Quote: בְּנֵ֥י שָׁנָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 23:18.

Leviticus 23:20

to the face of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י יְהוָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, at the face of Yahweh means to present something directly to Yahweh. Alternate translation: [before Yahweh] or [in Yahweh’s presence]

Leviticus 23:21

work of labor

Quote: מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 23:7.

It is} a statute of eternity … for your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם & לְ⁠דֹרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession

See how you translated this phrase in 23:14.

Leviticus 23:22

you shall not finish the edge of your field in your harvesting, and you shall not glean the gleaning of your harvest

Quote: לֹֽא־תְכַלֶּ֞ה פְּאַ֤ת שָֽׂדְ⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠קֻצְרֶ֔⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֶ֥קֶט קְצִירְ⁠ךָ֖ לֹ֣א תְלַקֵּ֑ט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This instruction refers to specific harvesting laws. If it would be helpful in your translation, you could add a footnote explaining the purpose of these practices and refering readers to where it was commanded. See Leviticus 19:9-10 for the full explanation of this law and its purpose. Alternate translation: [do not harvest all the way to the edges of your field, and do not pick up the grain that falls on the ground]

Leviticus 23:24

In the seventh month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֹ֨דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֜י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths

This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar, which occurs in September-October on modern calendars. If it would be helpful in your language, you could include this information. Alternate translation: [In the seventh month of the year, which is in early autumn]

on {day} one of the month

Quote: בְּ⁠אֶחָ֣ד לַ⁠חֹ֗דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, day one is a cardinal number used where many languages would use an ordinal number. If your language would not use a cardinal number in this context, use an ordinal number instead. Alternate translation: [on the first day of the month]

a rest, a memorial of a loud blast, an assembly of holiness

Quote: שַׁבָּת֔וֹן זִכְר֥וֹן תְּרוּעָ֖ה מִקְרָא קֹֽדֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for these concepts, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: [a day when you rest from work, shout to remember important events, and gather together to worship in a special way] or [a time for you to stop working, to call out loudly as you recall significant moments, and to come together for a sacred meeting]

Leviticus 23:25

work of labor

Quote: מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 23:7.

Leviticus 23:27

holiness

Quote: קֹ֨דֶשׁ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this abstract noun in 8:9.

and you shall humble your souls

Quote: וְ⁠עִנִּיתֶ֖ם אֶת נַפְשֹׁתֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 16:29. Alternate translation: [deny yourselves] or [fast and pray to show your sadness for your sins]

Leviticus 23:28

to the face of Yahweh your God

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5. Alternate translation: [before Yahweh your God] or [in the presence of Yahweh your God.]

Leviticus 23:29

shall be cut off from his people

Quote: וְ⁠נִכְרְתָ֖ה מֵֽ⁠עַמֶּֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See the introduction to chapter 7 for more information and see how you translated this in 7:20.

Leviticus 23:31

It is} a statute of eternity for your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this phrase in 23:14 and 23:21. This phrase emphasizes the enduring nature of the law. Alternate translation: [a rule that will continue forever for all your descendants] or [a permanent law that all future generations must obey]

Leviticus 23:32

is} a sabbath of sabbaths

Quote: שַׁבַּ֨ת שַׁבָּת֥וֹן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom emphasizing that this is a very important Sabbath. Alternate translation: [a special Sabbath] or [an especially important day of rest]

Leviticus 23:34

On day 15 of this seventh month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁ֨ה עָשָׂ֜ר י֗וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֤דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִי֙ הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, day 15 is a cardinal number used where many languages would use an ordinal number. If your language would not use a cardinal number in this context, use an ordinal number instead. Alternate translation: [On the fifteenth day of this seventh month]

Leviticus 23:35

See how you translated verse 7.

Leviticus 23:36

For} seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This phrase means to do something every day for a week. See how you translated this in 23:8. Alternate translation: [each day for seven days] or [every day for a week]

an assembly of holiness

Quote: מִקְרָא קֹדֶשׁ֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this phrase in 23:2.

work of labor

Quote: מְלֶ֥אכֶת עֲבֹדָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 23:7.

Leviticus 23:37

the thing of a day on its day

Quote: דְּבַר י֥וֹם בְּ⁠יוֹמֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that means to do what is required each day. Alternate translation: [as each day requires] or [what needs to be done on each specific day]

Leviticus 23:38

besides the sabbaths of Yahweh and besides your gifts and besides all your vows and besides all your freewill offerings

Quote: מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֖ד שַׁבְּתֹ֣ת יְּהוָ֑ה וּ⁠מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֣ד מַתְּנֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶ֗ם וּ⁠מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַ֤ד כָּל נִדְרֵי⁠כֶם֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠לְּ⁠בַד֙ כָּל נִדְב֣וֹתֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

This verse lists several types of offerings that are in addition to the regular festival offerings. If your language has a way to express items in a list that are additional to something else, you could use it here. Alternate translation: [in addition to your regular Sabbath offerings, your other gifts, your vows, and your freewill offerings]

Leviticus 23:39

on day 15 of the seventh month

Quote: בַּ⁠חֲמִשָּׁה֩ עָשָׂ֨ר י֜וֹם לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֗י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal

Here, day 15 is a cardinal number used where many languages would use an ordinal number. If your language would not use a cardinal number in this context, use an ordinal number instead. Alternate translation: [on the fifteenth day of the seventh month]

Leviticus 23:40

to the face of Yahweh your God

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֛י יְהוָ֥ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this expression in 1:5.

for} seven days

Quote: שִׁבְעַ֥ת יָמִֽים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this phrase in 23:8. Alternate translation: [each day for seven days] or [every day for a week]

Leviticus 23:41

It is} a statute of eternity for your generations

Quote: חֻקַּ֤ת עוֹלָם֙ לְ⁠דֹרֹ֣תֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this phrase in 23:14.

Leviticus 23:43

so that your generations may know

Quote: לְמַעַן֮ יֵדְע֣וּ דֹרֹֽתֵי⁠כֶם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This verse explains why God commanded the people to live in booths during the festival. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this connection more explicit. Alternate translation: [I commanded this so that all your descendants would remember]

the sons of Israel

Quote: אֶת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, sons of Israel refers to the Israelite people who came out of Egypt. This represents all the Israelite people by referring to them as sons. Alternate translation: [Israelite people] or [people of Israel]

Leviticus 24

Leviticus 24 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter has two main sections: 1) Instructions about the lampstand and bread (24:1-9) 2) A case of blasphemy and its punishment (24:10-23) - General instructions about blasphemy (24:15-16) - Laws about personal injury (24:17-22) - The punishment carried out (24:23)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Euphemisms

The chapter uses respectful ways to refer to God: - “The Name” means “Yahweh” - Consider how your language shows respect when referring to God - Be consistent in how you translate these terms

Active and passive sentences

Many instructions use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “Work shall be done” → “you must do the work” - “He shall be put to death” → “you must put him to death” - “It shall be presented” → “the priest must present it”

Generic terms

The chapter uses general terms that include everyone: - “A man” often means “any person” - “The one who” includes both men and women - “Fellow citizen” means “fellow Israelite”

Repeated phrases

Several phrases appear multiple times: - “Before Yahweh” means “in Yahweh’s presence” - “Permanent law” means “rule that continues forever” - “Most holy” emphasizes extreme holiness - Use consistent translations for these phrases

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Holy bread and lampstand

The chapter gives rules about sacred items: - The bread represented God’s presence - The lampstand needed to burn continuously - Only priests could eat the holy bread - These items required special care and respect

Blasphemy

The chapter records the first case of blasphemy: - Speaking disrespectfully about God was serious - The punishment was death by stoning - The whole community participated - This case set the standard for future situations

Symbolic actions

Several actions had special meaning: - Witnesses placed hands on guilty person’s head - Community participated in punishment - Regular bread arrangement showed God’s presence - Consider explaining these meanings in footnotes

(See: blasphemy, blaspheme, blasphemous, holy, holiness, unholy, sacred, and curse, cursed, cursing)

Leviticus 24:2

the sons of Israel, and they shall bring to you

Quote: אֶת בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל וְ⁠יִקְח֨וּ אֵלֶ֜י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

The text reports indirectly what the sons of Israel should do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this a direct quote. Alternate translation: [the sons of Israel, ‘Bring to me]

to make a lamp go up

Quote: לְ⁠הַעֲלֹ֥ת נֵ֖ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here to make a lamp go up is an idiom that means to keep it burning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a natural expression for keeping a lamp lit. Alternate translation: [to keep the lamp burning]

Leviticus 24:2-3

If you have translated Exodus, see how you translated these same instructions in Exodus 27:20-21.

Leviticus 24:3

From outside

Quote: מִ⁠חוּץ֩ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

In some languages, the word from is redundant here. Express this in a way that is natural for your language. Alternate translation: [Outside]

to the face of

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 23:40. Alternate translation: [in the presence of]

It is} a statute of eternity

Quote: חֻקַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 23:41. Alternate translation: [permanent law]

Leviticus 24:4

to the face of

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 24:3. Alternate translation: [in the presence of]

he shall arrange

Quote: יַעֲרֹ֖ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The word he refers to Aaron. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this reference clear in your translation. Alternate translation: [Aaron]

Leviticus 24:5

Two-tenths {of an ephah

Quote: שְׁנֵי֙ עֶשְׂרֹנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

See how you translated this expression in 23:13. Alternate translation: [4.4 liters]

Leviticus 24:5-7

And you shall take … And you shall place … And you shall put

Quote: וְ⁠לָקַחְתָּ֣ & וְ⁠שַׂמְתָּ֥ & וְ⁠נָתַתָּ֥ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The word you could refer to Moses (because Yahweh is talking to directly to him) or Aaron (because starting in verse 8 the instructions are to Aaron and verses 5-7 seem to go with verses 8-9). Some think it refers to Moses initially and then to Aaron and his sons later. If it would be confusing in your language, to leave it unclear, you may have to decide to specify who you refers to.

Leviticus 24:6

to the face of

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 24:3. Alternate translation: [in the presence of]

Leviticus 24:7

on the row

Quote: עַל הַֽ⁠מַּעֲרֶ֖כֶת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here on the row means on each row. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this clear. Alternate translation: [on each row]

Leviticus 24:8

On the day of the sabbath, on the day of the sabbath

Quote: בְּ⁠י֨וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֜ת בְּ⁠י֣וֹם הַ⁠שַּׁבָּ֗ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

This repetition means “on each sabbath.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this in a different way. Alternate translation: [Every sabbath day]

to the face of

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 24:3. Alternate translation: [in the presence of]

from the sons of Israel

Quote: מֵ⁠אֵ֥ת בְּנֵֽי יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The text does not specify what comes “from” the sons of Israel. If it would be helpful in your language, you could be more explicit. Alternate translation: [, this bread is from the sons of Israel]

a covenant of eternity

Quote: בְּרִ֥ית עוֹלָֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

If possible, translate this similar to how you translated “statute of eternity” in 24:3. Alternate translation: [permanent covenant]

Leviticus 24:9

And it shall be for Aaron and for his sons

Quote: וְ⁠הָֽיְתָה֙ לְ⁠אַהֲרֹ֣ן וּ⁠לְ⁠בָנָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The text does not specify what is “for” Aaron and his sons. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this explicit. Alternate translation: [this bread shall be for Aaron and for his sons]

is} a holy of holies

Quote: קֹדֶשׁ֩ קָֽדָשִׁ֨ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning something that is extremely holy. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this in a different way. Alternate translation: [is most holy] or [is extremely sacred]

a statute of eternity

Quote: חָק עוֹלָֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this expression in 24:3. Alternate translation: [permanent law]

Leviticus 24:10

And … went out

Quote: וַ⁠יֵּצֵא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent

A specific event occurs here which interrupts Yahweh’s giving instructions to Moses about the special feast and sabbaths. However, it also provides some of Israel’s important case law. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event.

Leviticus 24:11

the Name

Quote: אֶת הַ⁠שֵּׁם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here the Name is a euphemism for Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this directly. Alternate translation: [Yahweh]

And they brought

Quote: וַ⁠יָּבִ֥יאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The word they refers to the sons of Israel. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this reference clear. Alternate translation: [the Israelites]

Dibri

Quote: דִּבְרִ֖י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names

This is the name of a man.

Leviticus 24:12

to declare to them according to the mouth of Yahweh

Quote: לִ⁠פְרֹ֥שׁ לָ⁠הֶ֖ם עַל פִּ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Alternate translation: [until Yahweh would declare to them what he wanted them to do with the man who blasphemed]

according to the mouth of Yahweh

Quote: עַל פִּ֥י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning according to Yahweh’s instructions. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this meaning differently. Alternate translation: [according to what Yahweh would command]

Leviticus 24:14

the curser

Quote: אֶת הַֽ⁠מְקַלֵּ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here the curser refers to the man who cursed Yahweh. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this reference clear. Alternate translation: [the man who cursed]

the hearers

Quote: הַ⁠שֹּׁמְעִ֛ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here hearers refers to those who heard the man curse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this reference clear. Alternate translation: [those who heard him curse]

and … shall lay their hands on his head

Quote: וְ⁠סָמְכ֧וּ & אֶת־יְדֵי⁠הֶ֖ם עַל־רֹאשׁ֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction

This was a symbolic action to show that they are witnesses to the fact that the man was guilty. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning more explicitly. Alternate translation: [and…shall place their hands on his head to show that they witnessed his guilty action]

Leviticus 24:15

saying

Quote: לֵ⁠אמֹ֑ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes

The word saying marks the beginning of a quote within a quote. You may need to adjust the punctuation or add other words to make it clear that what follows is a quote within another quote.

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here a man is used in a generic sense to mean any person. Use your language’s way of expressing that this law applies to anyone. Alternate translation: [Any person] or [Anyone]

A man, a man

Quote: אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here the masculine term man has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: [Any person] or [Anyone]

A man, a man if he curses his God

Quote: אִ֥ישׁ אִ֛ישׁ כִּֽי יְקַלֵּ֥ל אֱלֹהָ֖י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This presents a hypothetical situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this differently. Alternate translation: [Whoever curses his God]

Leviticus 24:16

dying, he shall be executed

Quote: מ֣וֹת יוּמָ֔ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

This repetition emphasizes that this must certainly happen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this emphasis differently. Alternate translation: [he must certainly be put to death]

he shall be executed. … he shall be executed

Quote: יוּמָ֔ת & יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this actively. Alternate translation: [you must put him to death]

Stoning, all the congregation shall stone him

Quote: רָג֥וֹם יִרְגְּמוּ ב֖⁠וֹ כָּל הָ⁠עֵדָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

This repetition emphasizes that this must certainly happen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this emphasis differently. Alternate translation: [The congregation must certainly stone him to death]

As {for} the sojourner, as {for} the native-born

Quote: כַּ⁠גֵּר֙ כָּֽ⁠אֶזְרָ֔ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

This means the same penalty applies to everyone regardless of their status. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this meaning clear. Alternate translation: [whether the person is a foreigner or native-born]

the Name

Quote: שֵׁ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here the Name is a euphemism for Yahweh. See how you translated this in 24:11. Alternate translation: [Yahweh]

And the blasphemer {of

Quote: וְ⁠נֹקֵ֤ב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here the blasphemer is used in a generic sense to mean anyone who blasphemes. Use your language’s way of expressing that this applies to anyone who commits this act. Alternate translation: [Whoever blasphemes]

Leviticus 24:17

And a man, … a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ & אָדָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here a man is used in a generic sense to mean any person. Use your language’s way of expressing that this law applies to anyone. Alternate translation: [And anyone…anyone else]

And a man, … a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ & אָדָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here the masculine term man has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: [any person] or [anyone]

when he strikes any life of a man

Quote: כִּ֥י יַכֶּ֖ה כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This presents a hypothetical situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this differently. Alternate translation: [whoever kills anyone]

when he strikes any life of a man

Quote: כִּ֥י יַכֶּ֖ה כָּל נֶ֣פֶשׁ אָדָ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning to kill someone. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning differently. Alternate translation: [when he kills anyone]

dying, he shall be executed

Quote: מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

See how you translated this expression in 24:16. Alternate translation: [he must certainly be put to death]

he shall be executed

Quote: יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this actively. Alternate translation: [you must put him to death]

Leviticus 24:18

And a striker of the life of a livestock

Quote: וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה נֶֽפֶשׁ בְּהֵמָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This presents a hypothetical situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this differently. Alternate translation: [If anyone kills an animal]

And a striker of

Quote: וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here a striker is used in a generic sense to mean anyone who kills. Use your language’s way of expressing that this applies to anyone who commits this act. Alternate translation: [anyone who kills]

And a striker of the life of a livestock

Quote: וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה נֶֽפֶשׁ בְּהֵמָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning to kill an animal. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning differently. Alternate translation: [Anyone who kills an animal]

a life for a life

Quote: נֶ֖פֶשׁ תַּ֥חַת נָֽפֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [must give a living animal to replace the one that was killed]

Leviticus 24:19

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here a man is used in a generic sense to mean any person. Use your language’s way of expressing that this law applies to anyone. Alternate translation: [any person] or [anyone]

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here the masculine term man has a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use language in your translation that is clearly inclusive of both men and women. Alternate translation: [any person] or [anyone]

when he gives a blemish to his fellow citizen

Quote: כִּֽי יִתֵּ֥ן מ֖וּם בַּ⁠עֲמִית֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This presents a hypothetical situation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this differently. Alternate translation: [whoever injures another person]

to his fellow citizen

Quote: בַּ⁠עֲמִית֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here fellow citizen refers to another Israelite. Use your language’s way of expressing that this applies to harming another member of the Israelite community. Alternate translation: [fellow Israelite] or [another member of Israel]

Leviticus 24:20

fracture for fracture, eye for eye, tooth for tooth

Quote: שֶׁ֚בֶר תַּ֣חַת שֶׁ֔בֶר עַ֚יִן תַּ֣חַת עַ֔יִן שֵׁ֖ן תַּ֣חַת שֵׁ֑ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Yahweh is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: [If he breaks someone’s bones, his bones shall be broken, if he pokes out someone’s eye, his eye shall be poked out, if he breaks someone’s tooth, his tooth shall be broken.]

Leviticus 24:21

And a striker of … but a striker of

Quote: וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה & וּ⁠מַכֵּ֥ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here striker is used in a generic sense to mean anyone who kills. Use your language’s way of expressing that this applies to anyone who commits this act. Alternate translation: [Anyone who strikes … but anyone who strikes]

shall be executed

Quote: יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this actively. Alternate translation: [you must put him to death]

Leviticus 24:22

As {for} the sojourner, as {for} the native-born

Quote: כַּ⁠גֵּ֥ר כָּ⁠אֶזְרָ֖ח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism

See how you translated this expression in 24:16. Alternate translation: [whoever the person is]

Leviticus 24:23

the curser

Quote: אֶת הַֽ⁠מְקַלֵּ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

See how you translated this expression in 24:14. Alternate translation: [the man who had cursed]

Leviticus 25

Leviticus 25 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter describes two special types of years and property rights: 1) The Sabbath Year (25:1-7) 2) The Year of Jubilee (25:8-22) 3) Laws about property redemption (25:23-34) 4) Laws about helping the poor (25:35-46) 5) Laws about Israelite slaves (25:47-55)

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Personification

The chapter often speaks of land as if it were a person: - “The land shall rest” - “The land shall give” - Consider how your language expresses these concepts naturally

Active and passive sentences

Many instructions use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “The land shall not be sold” → “You must not sell the land” - “If it is not redeemed” → “If no one buys it back” - “Redemption shall be to it” → “You may buy it back”

Idioms

The chapter uses several idioms that need careful translation: - “His hand reaches” means “he becomes prosperous” - “His hand wavers” means “he becomes poor” - “To the mouth of” means “according to” or “based on” - Use natural expressions in your language

Generic terms

The chapter uses general terms that include everyone: - “Brother” means “fellow Israelite” - “A man” means “any person” - “Sons” can include both men and women

(See: Sabbath, INVALID bible/kt/jubilee, and redeem, redeemer, redemption)

Leviticus 25:2

Speak to the sons of Israel, and you shall say to them

Quote: דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

Here, Moses is told to speak to the Israelites, creating a quote within a quote. If your language has a natural way to express this kind of embedded quotation, use it. Alternate translation: [Tell the Israelites this message]

to you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [to all of you Israelites]

then the land shall rest

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁבְתָ֣ה הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land is spoken of as if it were a person who could rest. If that would be unclear, use a natural way in your language to express that the land should not be farmed. Alternate translation: [you must not farm the land] or [let the soil recover]

Leviticus 25:4

a sabbath of sabbaths

Quote: שַׁבַּ֤ת שַׁבָּתוֹן֙ (1)

See how you translated this expression in 23:3. Alternate translation: [a complete rest]

Leviticus 25:5

The self-grown {produce} of your harvest

Quote: אֵ֣ת סְפִ֤יחַ קְצִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This refers to wheat or grain that grows back naturally from the base of previously harvested plants or from seeds that fell during the previous harvest. If your readers would not understand this concept, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: [The grain that grows by itself] or [The crops that sprout without being planted]

your untrimmed {vines

Quote: נְזִירֶ֖⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This refers to grapevines that are normally pruned to increase their yield but will still produce some grapes even without pruning. If your readers would not understand this concept, you could use a more general expression. Alternate translation: [your unpruned grapevines] or [your naturally growing grape plants]

Leviticus 25:6

for you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [for all of you]

for you: for you, and for your male servant, and for your female servant, and for your hired worker, and for your temporary resident who sojourns with you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶם֙ & לְ⁠ךָ֖ וּ⁠לְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֣ וְ⁠לַ⁠אֲמָתֶ֑⁠ךָ וְ⁠לִ⁠שְׂכִֽירְ⁠ךָ֙ וּ⁠לְ⁠תוֹשָׁ֣בְ⁠ךָ֔ הַ⁠גָּרִ֖ים עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

These terms refer to different categories of people. Use natural terms in your language for these different types of workers and residents. Alternate translation: [for everyone - you, your workers, both permanent and temporary, and the foreigners living among you]

Leviticus 25:7

and for your cattle, and for the animals

Quote: וְ⁠לִ֨⁠בְהֶמְתְּ⁠ךָ֔ וְ⁠לַֽ⁠חַיָּ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

These terms refer to different categories of animals. Use natural terms in your language for domesticated and wild animals. Alternate translation: [and for both your farm animals and the wild animals]

Leviticus 25:9

a horn of loud blast

Quote: שׁוֹפַ֤ר תְּרוּעָה֙ (1)

This refers to a trumpet or horn that is blown very loudly. Alternate translation: [a loudly blowing horn] or [a trumpet that makes a loud sound]

Leviticus 25:10

And you shall consecrate

Quote: וְ⁠קִדַּשְׁתֶּ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [And all of you shall consecrate]

and you shall return, each to his possession

Quote: וְ⁠שַׁבְתֶּ֗ם אִ֚ישׁ אֶל־ אֲחֻזָּת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

When Israel entered and conquered the promised land Yahweh gave certain parts of it to each tribe and family. These parts were always to stay in that family. Sometimes families had to sell parts of that land because of debt or other poverty. But, except for certain circumstances, that land always had to go back to the original family in the 50th year. This is all discussed later in the chapter. All this extra information should usually not be part of your main translation text.

Leviticus 25:11

its self-grown {produce}, … from its untrimmed {vines

Quote: אֶת־סְפִיחֶ֔י⁠הָ & אֶת־נְזִרֶֽי⁠הָ (1)

See how you translated these terms in 25:5. Alternate translation: [the grain that grows by itself … the unpruned grapevines]

for you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:12

to you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:13

you shall return

Quote: תָּשֻׁ֕בוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:14

you sell

Quote: תִמְכְּר֤וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:16

To the mouth of

Quote: לְ⁠פִ֣י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning “according to” or “in proportion to.” Use a natural expression in your language that communicates this meaning. Alternate translation: [according to] or [based on]

Leviticus 25:17

And you shall not oppress

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֤א תוֹנוּ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [None of you should oppress]

Leviticus 25:18

And you shall do

Quote: וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:19

And the land shall give

Quote: וְ⁠נָתְנָ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land is spoken of as if it were a person who could give something. Use a natural way in your language to express that crops will grow in the land. Alternate translation: [crops will grow in the land] or [the soil will produce crops]

and you shall eat

Quote: וַ⁠אֲכַלְתֶּ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:20

And if you say

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֣י תֹאמְר֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This introduces a hypothetical situation. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a possible scenario. Alternate translation: [Suppose you say] or [You might ask]

And if you say

Quote: וְ⁠כִ֣י תֹאמְר֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations

This introduces a quote within the larger passage. If your language has a natural way to express this kind of embedded quotation, use it. Alternate translation: [If you ask this question]

you say

Quote: תֹאמְר֔וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:21

And I will command

Quote: וְ⁠צִוִּ֤יתִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

This connection marks God’s answer to the question in the previous verse. Use a connecting word that indicates a response or promise in your language. Alternate translation: [This is my answer: I will command] or [Here is what I promise: I will command]

to you

Quote: לָ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

and it shall make

Quote: וְ⁠עָשָׂת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the land. Alternate translation: [the land]

Leviticus 25:22

And you shall sow

Quote: וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

comes in

Quote: בּוֹא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom referring to crops growing and producing food. Use a natural expression in your language for crops becoming ready for harvest. Alternate translation: [is ready to harvest] or [has grown]

you shall eat the old

Quote: תֹּאכְל֖וּ יָשָֽׁן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The word “produce” or “crops” is left out of this phrase but is understood. If your language requires the object to be stated, include it. Alternate translation: [eat the old produce] or [eat the old crops]

Leviticus 25:23

And the land shall not be sold

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֗רֶץ לֹ֤א תִמָּכֵר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [You must not sell the land permanently] or [No one may sell the land forever]

you {are

Quote: אַתֶּ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:24

your possession, you shall give

Quote: אֲחֻזַּתְ⁠כֶ֑ם & תִּתְּנ֥וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Here and throughout this verse, you and your are plural and refer to all the Israelites. Use the plural form in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you] and [belonging to all of you]

you shall give redemption for the land

Quote: גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּתְּנ֥וּ לָ⁠אָֽרֶץ (1)

This means to allow people to buy back their land. Use a natural expression in your language for allowing someone to repurchase property. Alternate translation: [you must allow people to buy back their land] or [you must permit the repurchase of land]

Leviticus 25:25

If your brother becomes poor and sells some of his possession

Quote: כִּֽי־יָמ֣וּךְ אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ וּ⁠מָכַ֖ר מֵ⁠אֲחֻזָּת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This introduces a hypothetical situation. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a possible scenario. Alternate translation: [Suppose one of your fellow Israelites becomes poor and has to sell some of his property]

Leviticus 25:26

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This entire verse is hypothetical situation. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a possible scenario.

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This refers to any person in this situation, not a specific man. Use a natural way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: [If someone] or [When anyone]

but his hand reaches

Quote: וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֣יגָה יָד֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning that someone prospers or becomes financially able. Use a natural expression in your language that communicates this meaning. Alternate translation: [but he becomes prosperous] or [but he earns enough money]

and he finds enough {for} his redemption

Quote: וּ⁠מָצָ֖א כְּ⁠דֵ֥י גְאֻלָּתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The word “money” is left out but understood. If your language requires the object to be stated, include it. Alternate translation: [he finds enough money to buy back his property]

Leviticus 25:27

the years of its sale

Quote: אֶת־שְׁנֵ֣י מִמְכָּר֔⁠וֹ (1)

This refers to the number of years remaining until the next Year of Jubilee, which determines the value of the land based on expected crops. Alternate translation: [the number of years left until the Year of Jubilee] or [how many growing seasons remain]

and he shall return to his possession

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁ֖ב לַ⁠אֲחֻזָּתֽ⁠וֹ (1)

This means he will return to his family land. Alternate translation: [and he will get his family property back] or [and his land will be returned to him]

Leviticus 25:28

But if his hand does not find enough

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם לֹֽא־מָֽצְאָ֜ה יָד֗⁠וֹ דֵּי֮ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

See how you translated this in 25:26. Alternate translation: [But if he cannot earn enough money]

But if his hand does not find enough to return to him

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם לֹֽא־מָֽצְאָ֜ה יָד֗⁠וֹ דֵּי֮ הָשִׁ֣יב ל⁠וֹ֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The words “money” and “land” are left out but understood. If your language requires these objects to be stated, include them. Alternate translation: [But if he cannot find enough money to buy back his land]

And it shall go out

Quote: וְ⁠יָצָא֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land is spoken of as if it were a person who could leave. Use a natural way in your language to express that the land will return to its original owner. Alternate translation: [The land will be returned] or [The ownership of the land will revert]

it

Quote: אֹת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the land. Alternate translation: [the land]

Leviticus 25:29

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This refers to any person in this situation, not a specific man. Use a natural way to express this in your language. Alternate translation: [If someone] or [When anyone]

a house of dwelling

Quote: בֵּית־מוֹשַׁב֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

In some languages, “house” and “dwelling” may be redundant. If that would be unclear in your language, you could simplify this. Alternate translation: [house] or [home]

Days shall be its redemption

Quote: יָמִ֖ים תִּהְיֶ֥ה גְאֻלָּתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, days shall be its redemption means that there is a specific time period for redeeming the property. Use a natural way in your language to express this time limit. Alternate translation: [The owner has only one year to buy it back] or [It can be redeemed only during the first year after it is sold]

Leviticus 25:30

And if it is not redeemed

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֣ם לֹֽא־יִגָּאֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [If the owner does not buy it back] or [If no one redeems it]

it is … redeemed

Quote: יִגָּאֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, it refers to the house. Alternate translation: [the house]

shall be} … in perpetuity, to his generations

Quote: לַ⁠צְּמִיתֻ֛ת & לְ⁠דֹרֹתָ֑י⁠ו (1)

See how you translated similar phrases in 25:23. Alternate translation: [permanently]

It shall not go out

Quote: לֹ֥א יֵצֵ֖א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

See how you translated this expression in 25:28. Alternate translation: [It will not be returned]

Leviticus 25:31

But houses of

Quote: וּ⁠בָתֵּ֣י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This refers to any houses in this category, not specific houses. Use a natural way in your language to express this general category. Alternate translation: [any house] or [all houses]

the villages which there {is} not a surrounding wall to them

Quote: הַ⁠חֲצֵרִ֗ים אֲשֶׁ֨ר אֵין־לָ⁠הֶ֤ם חֹמָה֙ סָבִ֔יב (1)

This describes villages without protective walls around them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this more simply. Alternate translation: [unwalled villages] or [villages without walls]

on the field of

Quote: עַל־שְׂדֵ֥ה (1)

This means these houses are considered part of the agricultural land. Alternate translation: [as part of the fields] or [like farmland]

Redemption shall be to it

Quote: גְּאֻלָּה֙ תִּהְיֶה־לּ֔⁠וֹ (1)

This means these properties can be bought back. Alternate translation: [These houses can be redeemed] or [People can buy back these houses]

it shall go out

Quote: יֵצֵֽא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

See how you translated this expression in 25:28. Alternate translation: [it must be returned]

to it, … it shall go out

Quote: לּ֔⁠וֹ & יֵצֵֽא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Here, these words are singular but refer to multiple houses. If this would be confusing in your language, you could use plural forms. Alternate translation: [they] and [they]

Leviticus 25:32

And the cities of

Quote: וְ⁠עָרֵי֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

This word introduces a new topic about the Levites‘ special rights. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a new but related topic. Alternate translation: [As for] or [Regarding]

a redemption of perpetuity shall be for the Levites

Quote: גְּאֻלַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֖ם תִּהְיֶ֥ה לַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם (1)

This means the Levites always have the right to buy back their houses. Alternate translation: [the Levites may always redeem their houses] or [the Levites have a permanent right to buy back their houses]

Leviticus 25:33

And whatever one from the Levites may redeem

Quote: וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגְאַל֙ מִן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to property that a Levite might buy back. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: [Any property a Levite could buy back]

And whatever one from the Levites may redeem, and it shall go out

Quote: וַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר יִגְאַל֙ מִן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם וְ⁠יָצָ֧א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

In many languages it might be more clear to drop the second and. Use a natural way in your language to connect these ideas clearly. Alternate translation: [Any property a Levite could buy back, it will return to its original owner]

and it shall go out

Quote: וְ⁠יָצָ֧א (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

See how you translated this expression in 25:28. Alternate translation: [it must be returned to its original owner]

the sale of house and city of

Quote: מִמְכַּר־בַּ֛יִת וְ⁠עִ֥יר (1)

This could mean: 1) “the sale of a house in a city” or 2) “the sale of a house and a city.” You should follow how your local major language translations understand this phrase. Alternate translation: [a house in a city]

for the houses of the cities of the Levites, it {is} their possession

Quote: כִּ֣י בָתֵּ֞י עָרֵ֣י הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֗ם הִ֚וא אֲחֻזָּתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd

Here it is singular but refers to multiple houses. See how you translated this in 25:31. Alternate translation: [for the houses of the cities of the Levites, they are their possessions]

Leviticus 25:34

is} a possession of perpetuity

Quote: אֲחֻזַּ֥ת עוֹלָ֛ם (1)

See how you translated similar phrases in 25:30 or 25:32. Alternate translation: [a permanent possession]

Leviticus 25:35

And if

Quote: וְ⁠כִֽי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This introduces a hypothetical situation. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a possible scenario. Alternate translation: [Suppose] or [When]

your brother

Quote: אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

This refers to any fellow Israelite, not only literal brothers. Use a natural way in your language to express this relationship. Alternate translation: [fellow Israelite] or [countryman]

your brother

Quote: אָחִ֔י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, brother refers to any Israelite, whether male or female. Use a word in your language that can refer to both men and women. Alternate translation: [fellow Israelite] or [countryman or countrywoman]

and his hand wavers

Quote: וּ⁠מָ֥טָה יָד֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, his hand wavers is an idiom that means he becomes poor or struggles financially. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in a more natural way. Alternate translation: [he becomes unable to support himself] or [he falls into financial difficulty]

then you shall strengthen him

Quote: וְ⁠הֶֽחֱזַ֣קְתָּ בּ֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, strengthen refers specifically to providing financial or material support. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: [help him by providing what he needs] or [support him financially]

Leviticus 25:36

You shall not take from him interest or profit, but you shall fear from your God, and your brother shall live with you

Quote: אַל־תִּקַּ֤ח מֵֽ⁠אִתּ⁠וֹ֙ נֶ֣שֶׁךְ וְ⁠תַרְבִּ֔ית וְ⁠יָרֵ֖אתָ מֵֽ⁠אֱלֹהֶ֑י⁠ךָ וְ⁠חֵ֥י אָחִ֖י⁠ךָ עִמָּֽ⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, fearing God is given as the reason for not charging interest and letting your brother live with you. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make this logical connection more explicit or reorder the clauses to put the reason first. Alternate translation: [Because you must fear your God, you shall not take interest or profit from him, and your brother shall live with you] or [Since you must honor your God, do not charge him interest or profit, and let your brother live with you]

Leviticus 25:37

Your silver you shall not give to him with interest, and for profit you shall not give your food

Quote: אֶ֨ת־כַּסְפְּ⁠ךָ֔ לֹֽא־תִתֵּ֥ן ל֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠נֶ֑שֶׁךְ וּ⁠בְ⁠מַרְבִּ֖ית לֹא־תִתֵּ֥ן אָכְלֶֽ⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Here the verse expresses a single idea by repeating it in a way that the middle parts match (interest and profit) and the outside parts (silver and food) match. The two parts emphasize that you should not profit from lending anything to a poor person. If your language has a natural way to express this kind of emphasis through repetition, you could use it. Or if this kind of repetition would be confusing, you could combine the ideas. Alternate translation: [Do not charge interest when you lend money or food to him] or [You must not make any profit when you lend either silver or food to him]

Leviticus 25:38

you … to you … to you

Quote: אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם & לָ⁠כֶם֙ & לָ⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youplural

Throughout this verse, you is plural and refers to all the Israelites. Use the plural form of “you” in your language if your language marks that distinction. Alternate translation: [all of you]

Leviticus 25:39

And if

Quote: וְ⁠כִֽי (1)

See how you translated this conditional phrase in 25:35. Alternate translation: [Suppose]

your brother

Quote: אָחִ֛י⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

See how you translated this term in 25:35. Alternate translation: [fellow Israelite]

and sells himself to you

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְכַּר־לָ֑⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This describes someone taking action on themselves. If your language has a special way to show this kind of self-directed action, use it here. Alternate translation: [and becomes your slave] or [and sells himself into your service]

Leviticus 25:42

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

This verse gives the reason for the instructions in verses 39-43. Use a natural way in your language to show this logical connection.

Leviticus 25:43

with harshness

Quote: בְּ⁠פָ֑רֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, harshness is an abstract noun that refers to cruel or severe treatment. If your language does not use abstract nouns for this meaning, you can express this with a verb that describes the action. Use a natural way in your language to express cruel treatment. Alternate translation: [treat harshly] or [act cruelly toward]

but you shall fear from your God

Quote: וְ⁠יָרֵ֖אתָ מֵ⁠אֱלֹהֶֽי⁠ךָ (1)

See how you translated this phrase in 25:36. Alternate translation: [honor your God]

Leviticus 25:44

And your male slave

Quote: וְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

This introduces a new topic. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a new but related topic. Alternate translation: [As for your male slave]

And your male slave and your female slave … a male slave and a female slave

Quote: וְ⁠עַבְדְּ⁠ךָ֥ וַ⁠אֲמָתְ⁠ךָ֖ & עֶ֥בֶד וְ⁠אָמָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

These are generic nouns referring to any slaves in these categories. Use natural terms in your language to make this clear. Alternate translation: [any of your male slaves or your female slaves … male slaves or female slaves]

Leviticus 25:46

with harshness

Quote: בְּ⁠פָֽרֶךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this phrase in 25:43. Alternate translation: [harshly]

Leviticus 25:47

As you are translating verses 47-55 keep in mind that the situation described is that of an Israelite who has become a slave to a foreigner.

Support Reference: rc://ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical

This entire verse is a hypothetical situation. Use a natural way in your language to introduce a possible scenario.

the hand of a sojourner or temporary resident with you reaches

Quote: תַשִּׂ֗יג יַ֣ד גֵּ֤ר וְ⁠תוֹשָׁב֙ עִמָּ֔⁠ךְ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 25:26. Alternate translation: [a foreigner living among you becomes wealthy]

and sells himself

Quote: וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֗ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This describes someone taking action on themselves. If your language has a special way to show this kind of self-directed action, use it here. Alternate translation: [and becomes a slave] or [and sells himself into slavery]

Leviticus 25:48

redemption may be to him

Quote: גְּאֻלָּ֖ה תִּהְיֶה־לּ֑⁠וֹ (1)

This means he can be freed by someone paying a price. Alternate translation: [he can be redeemed] or [someone can buy back his freedom]

Leviticus 25:49

his hand reaches

Quote: יָד֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 25:26. Alternate translation: [he becomes prosperous]

then he may redeem himself

Quote: וְ⁠נִגְאָֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This describes someone taking action on themselves. If your language has a special way to show this kind of self-directed action, use it here. Alternate translation: [then he may buy back his own freedom]

Leviticus 25:50

his selling himself

Quote: הִמָּ֣כְר⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns

This describes someone taking action on themselves. If your language has a special way to show this kind of self-directed action, use it here. Alternate translation: [his becoming a slave]

to him

Quote: ל֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, him refers to the buyer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: [to the buyer]

and the silver of his sale shall be by the number of years

Quote: וְ⁠הָיָ֞ה כֶּ֤סֶף מִמְכָּר⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠מִסְפַּ֣ר שָׁנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the silver of his sale refers to the price that he needs to pay to buy back his freedom. This price should be calculated based on the number of years remaining until the Year of Jubilee. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: [and the price that he needs to pay to buy back his freedom should be calculated by the number of years until the year of jubilee]

Like the days of a hired worker he shall be with him

Quote: כִּ⁠ימֵ֥י שָׂכִ֖יר יִהְיֶ֥ה עִמּֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

This compares the way to calculate the redemption price to how a hired worker is paid. Just as a hired worker is paid for the days he works, the redemption price should be based on the years of service remaining. Alternate translation: [The price should be calculated as if he were a hired worker being paid for those years]

Leviticus 25:51

he shall pay back his redemption from the silver of his purchase

Quote: יָשִׁ֣יב גְּאֻלָּת֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף מִקְנָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this describes how to calculate the price of freedom. The person must pay back part of the original purchase price, based on how many years are left until the Year of Jubilee. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: [he must pay back the portion of the original purchase price that matches the remaining years of service] or [he must repay part of what the buyer paid for him, calculated according to the remaining years]

many in the years

Quote: רַבּ֖וֹת בַּ⁠שָּׁנִ֑ים (1)

This refers to having many years remaining until the Year of Jubilee. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this more naturally. Alternate translation: [many years remaining] or [there are still many years left]

to their mouth

Quote: לְ⁠פִי⁠הֶן֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 25:16. This is an idiom meaning “according to” or “in proportion to.” Use a natural expression in your language that communicates this meaning. Alternate translation: [according to] or [based on]

he shall pay back his redemption from the silver of his purchase

Quote: יָשִׁ֣יב גְּאֻלָּת֔⁠וֹ מִ⁠כֶּ֖סֶף מִקְנָתֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this describes how to calculate the price of freedom. The person must pay back part of the original purchase price, based on how many years are left until the Year of Jubilee. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: [he must pay back the portion of the original purchase price that matches the remaining years of service] or [he must repay part of what the buyer paid for him, calculated according to the remaining years]

Leviticus 25:52

According to the mouth of his years

Quote: כְּ⁠פִ֣י שָׁנָ֔י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom in 25:51. Alternate translation: [according to the number of years remaining]

Leviticus 25:53

he shall be with him. He shall not rule over him

Quote: יִהְיֶ֣ה עִמּ֑⁠וֹ לֹֽא־יִרְדֶּ֥⁠נּֽוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, the first he refers to the slave, the first him refers to the foreign buyer, the second He refers to the foreign buyer, and the second him refers to the slave. Alternate translation: [the slave shall be with the owner. The owner shall not rule over the slave]

before your eyes

Quote: לְ⁠עֵינֶֽי⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

This means the other Israelites are to watch how Israelite slaves are treated by their masters. Alternate translation: [under your supervision] or [while you watch]

Leviticus 25:54

and his sons

Quote: וּ⁠בָנָ֥י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations

Here, sons refers to children of both genders. Alternate translation: [children]

Leviticus 25:55

them

Quote: אוֹתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, them refers to the sons of Israel. In some languages, this pronoun may be redundant and can be omitted. Alternate translation: [the Israelites]

Leviticus 26

Leviticus 26 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter presents blessings and curses based on obedience: 1) Blessings for obedience (26:1-13) - Agricultural prosperity - Military victory - God’s presence 2) Curses for disobedience (26:14-39) - Progressive punishments - Natural disasters - Military defeats 3) Hope for restoration (26:40-46) - Confession and repentance - God’s faithfulness to covenant

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Metaphors and personification

The chapter uses many metaphors that need careful translation: - “Walk in my statutes” means “obey my laws” - “Break the pride of your strength” means “destroy what makes you proud” - “Set my face against you” means “oppose you” - Consider how your language expresses these concepts naturally

Active and passive sentences

Many statements use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “You shall be struck down” → “Your enemies will kill you” - “The land will be deserted” → “You will leave the land empty” - “Your strength shall be exhausted” → “You will lose your strength”

Idioms

The chapter uses several idioms that need careful translation: - “Break the staff of bread” means “cause famine” - “Fall by the sword” means “die in battle” - “Turn to you” means “show favor” - Use natural expressions in your language

Repeated phrases

Several phrases appear multiple times for emphasis: - “I am Yahweh” - “Seven times” - “Walk in hostility” - Maintain the emphasis while using natural expressions

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Covenant faithfulness

The chapter emphasizes the relationship between obedience and blessing: - Obedience brings prosperity - Disobedience brings punishment - God remains faithful to His covenant - Shows God’s justice and mercy

Progressive discipline

Punishments increase in severity: - Start with mild consequences - Become more severe with continued disobedience - Each stage gives opportunity for repentance - Shows God’s patience and justice

Divine presence

God’s presence is central to the promises: - His presence brings blessing - His opposition brings curse - He can be reconciled through repentance - Shows importance of relationship with God

National consequences

Actions affect the whole community: - Blessings benefit everyone - Curses impact everyone - Individual choices have communal effects - Shows corporate responsibility

(See: law, law of Moses, law of Yahweh, law of God, repent, repentance, and promise, promised)

Leviticus 26:1

for I {am} Yahweh your God

Quote: כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, for I am Yahweh your God gives the reason for the commands in the rest of the verse. Use a connecting word or reorder the parts to make this relationship clear in your language. Alternate translation: [Because I am Yahweh your God] or [Obey these commands because I am Yahweh your God]

Leviticus 26:2

I {am} Yahweh

Quote: אֲנִ֖י יְהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

See how you translated this in 26:1. Here, I am Yahweh gives the reason for the command. Use a connecting word to make this relationship clear. Alternate translation: [because I am Yahweh]

This verse is identical to 19:30, see how you translated it.

Leviticus 26:3

you walk in my statutes

Quote: בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, walk represents living according to God’s laws. Use a natural way in your language to express following or obeying laws. Alternate translation: \[you live according to my laws\] or \[you obey my commands\]

you walk in my statutes and keep my commandments and do them

Quote: בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֖⁠י תֵּלֵ֑כוּ וְ⁠אֶת־מִצְוֺתַ֣⁠י תִּשְׁמְר֔וּ וַ⁠עֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These three phrases mean basically the same thing. The second and third phrases emphasize the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases and express the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you completely faithfully follow my rules”

Leviticus 26:4

then I will give your rains in their time, and the land will give its produce, and the tree of the field will give its fruit

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֥י גִשְׁמֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠עִתָּ֑⁠ם וְ⁠נָתְנָ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ יְבוּלָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה יִתֵּ֥ן פִּרְיֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here, I will give leaves out “to you” which is understood. If your language requires this information to be stated explicitly, include it. Alternate translation: [then I will give your rains to you in their time, and the land will give its produce to you, and the tree of the field will give its fruit to you]

and the land will give its produce, and the tree of the field will give its fruit

Quote: וְ⁠נָתְנָ֤ה הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ יְבוּלָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה יִתֵּ֥ן פִּרְיֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land and trees are spoken of as if they were people who could give gifts. Express this in a natural way that shows how plants produce food. Alternate translation: [crops will grow in the land, and trees in the fields will produce fruit]

and the tree of the field

Quote: וְ⁠עֵ֥ץ הַ⁠שָּׂדֶ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, tree of the field refers to any fruit-bearing tree that grows in fields. Use a general term that includes all such trees. Alternate translation: [fruit trees] or [trees that grow in your fields]

Leviticus 26:5

And threshing will reach grape harvest for you, and grape harvest will reach seed

Quote: וְ⁠הִשִּׂ֨יג לָ⁠כֶ֥ם דַּ֨יִשׁ֙ אֶת־בָּצִ֔יר וּ⁠בָצִ֖יר יַשִּׂ֣יג אֶת־זָ֑רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, threshing will reach means the harvests will be so abundant that one crop’s processing will overlap with the next harvest. Express this abundance clearly in your language. Alternate translation: [And you will have such abundant harvests that you will still be threshing grain when it is time to harvest grapes, and still be harvesting grapes when it is time to plant seeds]

seed

Quote: אֶת־זָ֑רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, seed represents the activity of planting. Use a phrase that clearly refers to the planting season. Alternate translation: [planting time] or [time to plant]

to satisfaction, and you will dwell in security

Quote: לָ⁠שֹׂ֔בַע וִֽ⁠ישַׁבְתֶּ֥ם לָ⁠בֶ֖טַח (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract nouns satisfaction and security can be expressed with adjectives or verbs. Express these ideas in a natural way in your language. Alternate translation: [until you are satisfied, and you will live safely]

Leviticus 26:6

And I will give peace

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י שָׁלוֹם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract noun peace can be expressed as a state or condition. Express this in a natural way in your language. Alternate translation: [I will make things peaceful] or [I will cause you to live peacefully]

and a sword will not pass through in your land

Quote: וְ⁠חֶ֖רֶב לֹא־תַעֲבֹ֥ר בְּ⁠אַרְצְ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, sword represents war or armed conflict. Use words that clearly communicate the absence of war. Alternate translation: [there will be no war in your land] or [no army will attack your land]

Leviticus 26:7

to your faces

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to your faces means “before you” or “in front of you” in battle. Use a natural expression in your language for being confronted in battle. Alternate translation: [when you attack them] or [before your attack]

and they will fall to your faces to the sword

Quote: וְ⁠נָפְל֥וּ לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, fall … to the sword is an idiom meaning to die in battle. Use a clear expression for death in battle in your language. Alternate translation: [and they will die in battle before you] or [and they will be killed to your faces]

Leviticus 26:8

And five from you will pursue a hundred, and a hundred from you will pursue ten thousand

Quote: וְ⁠רָדְפ֨וּ מִ⁠כֶּ֤ם חֲמִשָּׁה֙ מֵאָ֔ה וּ⁠מֵאָ֥ה מִ⁠כֶּ֖ם רְבָבָ֣ה יִרְדֹּ֑פוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

These parallel statements are expressed in a poetic, proverbial way to emphasize how God will empower a small number to defeat many enemies. If your language has poetic or proverbial ways to express this kind of dramatic contrast, use them. For example, if your language uses repeated patterns, increasing numbers, or special poetic forms to create proverbs about strength and victory, adapt this statement to use those patterns. Alternate translation: [Five will chase a hundred, a hundred will chase ten thousand] or express it as a proverb like [Your fives will scatter hundreds, your hundreds will scatter thousands]

and your enemies will fall to your faces to the sword

Quote: וְ⁠נָפְל֧וּ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶ֛ם לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠כֶ֖ם לֶ⁠חָֽרֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 26:7. Here, fall to your faces to the sword means to die in battle.

Leviticus 26:9

And I will turn to you

Quote: וּ⁠פָנִ֣יתִי אֲלֵי⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, I will turn to you is an idiom meaning to show favor. Use a natural expression for showing favor in your language. Alternate translation: [I will favor you] or [I will bless you]

and make you fruitful and multiply you

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְרֵיתִ֣י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הִרְבֵּיתִ֖י אֶתְ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this in Genesis 1:28. Here, make you fruitful and multiply you means to cause the people to have many children and descendants. Alternate translation: [cause you to have many children and descendants]

Leviticus 26:10

old {grain that is} getting old, and you will bring out the old

Quote: יָשָׁ֖ן נוֹשָׁ֑ן וְ⁠יָשָׁ֕ן & תּוֹצִֽיאוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Here, old is repeated three times to emphasize abundance, not staleness. Express this emphasis on abundance in a way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [you will still have plenty of last year’s grain when the new harvest comes]

from the face of the new

Quote: מִ⁠פְּנֵ֥י חָדָ֖שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, from the face of is an idiom meaning to make room for something. Use a natural way to express making space available. Alternate translation: [to make room for the new grain] or [because you need space for the new crop]

[GL Quote Not Found!]

Quote: שָׁ֖ן & וְ⁠יָשָׁ֕ן & חָדָ֖שׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Here, old and new leaves out the word “grain” or “crop” which is understood. If your language requires this to be stated explicitly, include it. Alternate translation: [old grain and new grain] or [old crop and new crop]

Leviticus 26:11

my soul

Quote: נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, my soul represents all of God. Use a natural way in your language to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: [I] or [myself]

Leviticus 26:12

and be God to you, and you will be a people to me

Quote: וְ⁠הָיִ֥יתִי לָ⁠כֶ֖ם לֵֽ⁠אלֹהִ֑ים וְ⁠אַתֶּ֖ם תִּהְיוּ־לִ֥⁠י לְ⁠עָֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, this means “I will be your God and you will be my people.” If your language requires the relationship to be stated more explicitly, you can do so. Alternate translation: [I will be your God and you will be my people]

And I will walk in your midst

Quote: וְ⁠הִתְהַלַּכְתִּי֙ בְּ⁠ת֣וֹכְ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, God is described as walking among his people like a person would. Use a natural way in your language to express God’s presence among people. Alternate translation: [I will live among you] or [I will be present with you]

Leviticus 26:13

and I broke the bars of your yoke

Quote: וָ⁠אֶשְׁבֹּר֙ מֹטֹ֣ת עֻלְּ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, bars of your yoke represents slavery. Use a natural way in your language to express freedom from slavery. Alternate translation: [I freed you from slavery] or [I released you from bondage]

and made you walk upright

Quote: וָ⁠אוֹלֵ֥ךְ אֶתְ⁠כֶ֖ם קֽוֹמְמִיּֽוּת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, walk upright represents freedom and dignity. Use a natural way in your language to express being free and dignified. Alternate translation: [made you free people] or [gave you dignity]

Leviticus 26:14

But if

Quote: וְ⁠אִם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, But if introduces the opposite situation from verse 3. Use a natural way in your language to show this contrast. Alternate translation: [However, if] or [But suppose]

you will not listen to me

Quote: לֹ֥א תִשְׁמְע֖וּ לִ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, listen to represents obedience. Use a natural way in your language to express disobedience. Alternate translation: [you will not obey me] or [you refuse to do what I say]

Leviticus 26:15

your soul detests

Quote: תִּגְעַ֣ל נַפְשְׁ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, your soul represents the whole person. Use a natural way in your language to refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: [you detest] or [you hate]

my statutes, … my judgments … my commandments, {… my covenant

Quote: בְּ⁠חֻקֹּתַ֣⁠י & אֶת־מִשְׁפָּטַ֖⁠י & מִצְוֺתַ֔⁠י & אֶת־בְּרִיתִֽ⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

If your language does not use abstract nouns for these ideas, you could express the same ideas in other ways.

Leviticus 26:16

then} I also, I will do

Quote: אַף־אֲנִ֞י אֶֽעֱשֶׂה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the repetition of I emphasizes that God will certainly act. Use a way in your language to show emphasis on God’s certain action. Alternate translation: [then I will certainly do this] or [then I myself will definitely act]

terror

Quote: בֶּֽהָלָה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract noun terror can be expressed with a verb or adjective. Use a natural way in your language to express extreme fear. Alternate translation: [things that terrify you] or [frightening things]

And you shall sow your seed {in} vain, and your enemies shall eat it

Quote: וּ⁠זְרַעְתֶּ֤ם לָ⁠רִיק֙ זַרְעֲ⁠כֶ֔ם וַ⁠אֲכָלֻ֖⁠הוּ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, the second phrase gives the reason for the first. Use a connecting word to make this relationship clear. Alternate translation: [you will plant your seed uselessly because your enemies will eat it]

And I will appoint

Quote: וְ⁠הִפְקַדְתִּ֨י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, this begins a section describing the results of disobedience. Use a natural way in your language to show this is the consequence of their actions. Alternate translation: [As a result, I will send] or [Because of this, I will bring]

Leviticus 26:17

And I will set my face against you

Quote: וְ⁠נָתַתִּ֤י פָנַ⁠י֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, set my face against represents anger and opposition. Use a natural way in your language to express divine anger. Alternate translation: [I will oppose you] or [I will show my anger against you]

and you shall be struck down

Quote: וְ⁠נִגַּפְתֶּ֖ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, struck down represents being killed. Use a clear expression for death in your language. Alternate translation: [you will be killed] or [you will die]

to the face of your enemies

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to the face of means “before” or “by” in battle. Use a natural way in your language to express being defeated by enemies. Alternate translation: [by your enemies] or [when your enemies attack you]

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This verse describes the opposite situation from verses 7-8, where God’s people were victorious. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this contrast clear.

Leviticus 26:18

And if up to these {things

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם־עַד־אֵ֔לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This means “if you still don’t obey after all this discipline.” Express this clearly in your language. Alternate translation: [If you still don’t obey me after all this punishment] or [If you continue to disobey despite this discipline]

seven {times

Quote: שֶׁ֖בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, seven times could mean either complete punishment or greatly increased punishment. If you need to express the meaning of this idiom in your language, consider following the interpretation of an accepted regional translation. Alternate translation: [completely] or [much more severely]

your sins

Quote: חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract noun sins can be expressed as an action. Use a natural way in your language to express wrongdoing. Alternate translation: [wrongdoing] or [evil actions]

you will not listen to me

Quote: לֹ֥א תִשְׁמְע֖וּ לִ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 26:14. Here, listen to represents obedience. Use a natural way in your language to express disobedience. Alternate translation: [you will not obey me] or [you refuse to do what I say]

Leviticus 26:19

Then I will break the pride of your strength

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁבַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal

Here, I will break the pride of your strength introduces God’s goal for the discipline described in the rest of this verse and the next verse. He will make the heavens like iron and the land like bronze to humble the people. Express this purpose clearly in your language. Alternate translation: [Then I will make you humble] or [Then I will destroy what makes you proud]

Then I will break the pride of your strength

Quote: וְ⁠שָׁבַרְתִּ֖י אֶת־גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, break compares pride to something physical that can be broken, like a stick or rod. This represents how God will destroy their arrogance. Use a natural way in your language to express humbling someone. Alternate translation: [Then I will destroy your arrogance] or [Then I will take away what makes you proud]

your heavens like iron and your land like bronze

Quote: אֶת־שְׁמֵי⁠כֶם֙ כַּ⁠בַּרְזֶ֔ל וְ⁠אֶֽת־אַרְצְ⁠כֶ֖ם כַּ⁠נְּחֻשָֽׁה׃ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

These similes compare the sky to iron and the land to bronze to show there will be no rain and the ground will be hard. Use natural comparisons in your language to express severe drought. Alternate translation: [the sky smooth as metal with no cloud blemishes and the ground as impenetrable to plant roots as metal]

the pride of your strength

Quote: אֶת־גְּא֣וֹן עֻזְּ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean either that they are very proud or that they are proud of their strength. Choose the interpretation that best fits your context. Alternate translation: [your strong pride] or [your pride in your power]

Leviticus 26:20

And your strength shall be exhausted {in} vain

Quote: וְ⁠תַ֥ם לָ⁠רִ֖יק כֹּחֲ⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-conditional

This tells what will happen if the people continue to disobey. Use a natural way in your language to express this hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: [If you continue to disobey, then your strength will be used up for nothing] or [Then all your hard work will accomplish nothing]

in} vain

Quote: לָ⁠רִ֖יק (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The abstract concept in vain can be expressed as an action that produces no results. Use a natural way in your language to express futile effort. Alternate translation: [uselessly] or [without any result]

and your land shall not give its produce, and the tree of the land shall not give its fruit

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִתֵּ֤ן אַרְצְ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־יְבוּלָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לֹ֥א יִתֵּ֖ן פִּרְיֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land and trees are spoken of as if they were people who could give things. Use a natural way in your language to express failed crops. Alternate translation: [nothing will grow in your land, and nothing will grow on your trees]

and your land shall not give its produce, and the tree of the land shall not give its fruit

Quote: וְ⁠לֹֽא־תִתֵּ֤ן אַרְצְ⁠כֶם֙ אֶת־יְבוּלָ֔⁠הּ וְ⁠עֵ֣ץ הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ לֹ֥א יִתֵּ֖ן פִּרְיֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land and trees are spoken of as if they were people who could give things. Use a natural way in your language to express failed crops. Alternate translation: [nothing will grow in your land, and your trees will not produce any fruit]

Leviticus 26:21

Many parts of this verse are similar to verse 18. See how you translated those parts in 26:18.

you walk with me {in} hostility

Quote: תֵּֽלְכ֤וּ עִמִּ⁠י֙ קֶ֔רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, walk with me in hostility represents living in opposition to God. Use a natural way in your language to express being in constant opposition to someone. Alternate translation: [continue to oppose me] or [persist in being hostile to me]

and are not willing to listen to me

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥א תֹאב֖וּ לִ⁠שְׁמֹ֣עַֽ לִ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

See how you translated this in 26:14. Here, listen to represents obedience. Use a natural way in your language to express disobedience. Alternate translation: [not willing to obey me] or [refuse to do what I say]

seven {times

Quote: שֶׁ֖בַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this in 26:18. Alternate translation: [completely] or [much more severely]

according to your sins

Quote: כְּ⁠חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

See how you translated this in 26:18. The abstract noun sins can be expressed as an action. Use a natural way in your language to express wrongdoing. Alternate translation: [wrongdoing] or [evil actions]

Leviticus 26:22

the animal of the field

Quote: אֶת־חַיַּ֤ת הַ⁠שָּׂדֶה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, animal of the field is a generic noun for wild animals. Use a general term for wild animals, or specify if your language has different terms for various wild animals. Alternate translation: [wild animals] or [the animals of the field]

and it will bereave you

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁכְּלָ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism

Here, and it will bereave you is a euphemism for killing your children. Use a direct term for killing to avoid ambiguity. Alternate translation: [and it will kill your children] or [and it will wipe out your children]

Leviticus 26:23

And if by these {things

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֨ם־בְּ⁠אֵ֔לֶּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-conditional

And if by these things introduces a conditional hypothetical similar to verse 18. Use a connecting structure that clearly indicates this condition. Alternate translation: [If by these things] or [And if these things happen]

but walk with me {in} hostility

Quote: וַ⁠הֲלַכְתֶּ֥ם עִמִּ֖⁠י קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, walk with me in hostility is a metaphor for living in opposition to Yahweh. Use a natural expression in your language to convey ongoing opposition. Alternate translation: [and continue to oppose me] or [and live in opposition to me]

my discipline

Quote: לִ֑⁠י (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word discipline is an abstract noun. Use an appropriate term in your language that conveys the concept of punishment or correction. Alternate translation: [punishment] or [correction]

in} hostility

Quote: קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word hostility is an abstract noun. Use an appropriate term in your language that conveys the concept of opposition or enmity. Alternate translation: [opposition] or [enmity]

Leviticus 26:24

then I, I also will walk … and I, I also will strike

Quote: וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֧י אַף־אֲנִ֛י & וְ⁠הִכֵּיתִ֤י & גַּם־אָ֔נִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-repetition

The repetition of I emphasizes Yahweh’s determination to act. Use a way in your language to emphasize Yahweh’s actions. Alternate translation: [then I will also walk with you in hostility, and I will also strike you] or [then I myself will walk with you in hostility, and I will personally strike you]

then I, I also will walk with you in hostility

Quote: וְ⁠הָלַכְתִּ֧י אַף־אֲנִ֛י עִמָּ⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠קֶ֑רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, walk with me in hostility is a metaphor for living in opposition to Yahweh. Use a natural expression in your language to convey ongoing opposition. Alternate translation: [I will continue to oppose you] or [I will persist in being hostile towards you]

in hostility

Quote: בְּ⁠קֶ֑רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word hostility is an abstract noun. Use an appropriate term in your language that conveys the concept of opposition or enmity. Alternate translation: [opposition] or [enmity]

and I, I also will strike you seven {times} for your sins

Quote: וְ⁠הִכֵּיתִ֤י אֶתְ⁠כֶם֙ גַּם־אָ֔נִי שֶׁ֖בַע עַל־חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

The phrase strike you seven times is an idiom indicating either greatly increased punishment or complete punishment. Choose the interpretation that fits your context. Alternate translation: [strike you completely for your sins] or [punish you sevenfold for your sins]

your sins

Quote: חַטֹּאתֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

The word sins is an abstract noun. Use a natural term in your language that conveys wrongdoing or transgressions. Alternate translation: [wrongdoings] or [transgressions]

Leviticus 26:25

And I will bring upon you a sword

Quote: וְ⁠הֵבֵאתִ֨י עֲלֵי⁠כֶ֜ם חֶ֗רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a sword is a metonymy for war. Use a term that appropriately conveys war in your language. Alternate translation: [I will bring war upon you] or [I will wage war against you]

a sword avenging

Quote: חֶ֗רֶב נֹקֶ֨מֶת֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, a sword avenging personifies the sword as an active agent of vengeance. Use a natural expression in your language that conveys the concept of an instrument acting with agency. Alternate translation: [the sword avenges] or [the sword acts in avenging]

avenging the vengeance of the covenant

Quote: נֹקֶ֨מֶת֙ נְקַם־בְּרִ֔ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism

Here, avenging the vengeance of the covenant uses parallelism for emphasis. Use a similar parallel structure if your language supports it, or use repetition to emphasize. Alternate translation: [avenging the vengeance of the covenant] or [punishing according to the covenant’s vengeance]

the vengeance of the covenant

Quote: נְקַם־בְּרִ֔ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo

Here, the vengeance of the covenant refers to the curses associated with violating the covenant. Use your language’s term for covenant consequences. Alternate translation: [the covenant’s curses] or [the curses of the covenant]

the vengeance of

Quote: נְקַם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, vengeance is an abstract noun. Use an appropriate term that conveys punishment or retribution in your language. Alternate translation: [punishment] or [retribution]

and you will be gathered into your cities

Quote: וְ⁠נֶאֱסַפְתֶּ֖ם אֶל־עָרֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Here, and you will be gathered into your cities is in passive voice. Use an active structure if preferred or maintain passive as appropriate. Alternate translation: [and you will be forced to gather in your cities] or [and you will be gathered into your cities]

and you will be gathered into your cities

Quote: וְ⁠נֶאֱסַפְתֶּ֖ם אֶל־עָרֵי⁠כֶ֑ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, and you will be gathered into your cities means that people will flee to their cities for safety. Use an expression that clearly conveys seeking safety by gathering in cities. Alternate translation: [and you will flee to your cities to seek safety] or [and you will gather in your cities for protection]

And I will send pestilence

Quote: וְ⁠שִׁלַּ֤חְתִּי דֶ֨בֶר֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases

Here, And I will send pestilence connects to the previous clause to show continued discipline. Use a grammatical connector that indicates continuation or addition in your language. Alternate translation: [Furthermore, I will send pestilence] or [Moreover, I will send pestilence]

and you will be given into the hand of an enemy

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־אוֹיֵֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Here, and you will be given into the hand of an enemy is in passive voice. Use an active construction if better, or maintain passive. Alternate translation: [and you will be handed over to an enemy] or [and you will be given to the enemy]

and you will be given into the hand of an enemy

Quote: וְ⁠נִתַּתֶּ֖ם בְּ⁠יַד־אוֹיֵֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, the hand of an enemy is a metonymy for being captured or killed by the enemy. Use a direct term for capture or defeat if possible. Alternate translation: [and you will be captured by the enemy] or [and you will be killed by the enemy]

an enemy

Quote: אוֹיֵֽב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here, an enemy is a generic noun for any enemy, not a specific one. Use a general term for enemies. Alternate translation: [an enemy] or [your enemies]

Leviticus 26:26

When I break to you the staff of bread

Quote: בְּ⁠שִׁבְרִ֣⁠י לָ⁠כֶם֮ מַטֵּה־לֶחֶם֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the staff of bread is an idiom for famine. Use a natural idiom in your language that conveys the concept of famine or express it directly. Alternate translation: [When I cause famine] or [When I bring famine upon you]

then ten women will bake your bread in one oven

Quote: וְ֠⁠אָפוּ עֶ֣שֶׂר נָשִׁ֤ים לַחְמְ⁠כֶם֙ בְּ⁠תַנּ֣וּר אֶחָ֔ד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, then ten women will bake your bread in one oven explicitly implies severe food scarcity. Use an expression in your language that conveys severe scarcity appropriately. Alternate translation: [then ten women will bake your bread in one oven due to scarcity] or [then ten women will bake your bread in a single oven because of famine]

and they will return your bread by weight

Quote: וְ⁠הֵשִׁ֥יבוּ לַחְמְ⁠כֶ֖ם בַּ⁠מִּשְׁקָ֑ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, and they will return your bread by weight means that bread will be distributed carefully to families. Use an expression that conveys precise distribution. Alternate translation: [and they will carefully measure and distribute your bread to their families] or [and they will return your bread in measured portions to their families]

but not be satisfied

Quote: וְ⁠לֹ֥א תִשְׂבָּֽעוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast

Here, but not be satisfied shows a contrast between expectation and reality, indicating that people will not be content despite receiving some bread. Use a contrasting conjunction and expression that indicates unmet satisfaction. Alternate translation: [but you will not be satisfied] or [yet you will not be content]

Leviticus 26:27

in hostility

Quote: בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, hostility is an abstract noun. Use an appropriate term in your language that conveys the concept of opposition or enmity. Alternate translation: [opposition] or [enmity]

Leviticus 26:28

in the heat of hostility

Quote: בַּ⁠חֲמַת־קֶ֑רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, in the heat of hostility is a metaphor for strong feelings of hostility, likening it to the intensity of a fire. Use a natural metaphor in your language that conveys intense hostility. Alternate translation: [amid strong hostility] or [in the midst of fierce opposition]

hostility

Quote: קֶ֑רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, hostility is an abstract noun. Use an appropriate term in your language that conveys the concept of opposition or enmity. Alternate translation: [opposition] or [enmity]

Leviticus 26:29

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry

Here, this verse uses a parallel poetic structure to emphasize the severity of the discipline. Use a similar poetic structure in your language to maintain the emphasis. Alternate translation: [this verse employs parallelism to highlight the severity of the discipline] or [the verse uses a parallel poetic structure to emphasize the harsh discipline]

Leviticus 26:30

and my soul will detest you

Quote: וְ⁠גָעֲלָ֥ה נַפְשִׁ֖⁠י אֶתְ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche

Here, my soul represents the speaker (Yahweh). Use a natural expression in your language that maintains the emphasis on personal detestation. Alternate translation: [my soul detests you] or [I deeply detest you]

Leviticus 26:31

your pleasing aromas

Quote: בְּ⁠רֵ֖יחַ נִיחֹֽחֲ⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, pleasing aromas is a metonymy for your sacrifices, as God often refers to the pleasant smells of burnt offerings and incense. Use an appropriate term in your language that conveys the idea of sacrifices through their sensory attributes. Alternate translation: [the pleasant scents of your sacrifices] or [the delightful aromas of your offerings]

Leviticus 26:32

And I, I will make the land desolate

Quote: וַ⁠הֲשִׁמֹּתִ֥י אֲנִ֖י אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֑רֶץ (1)

See how you translated this in 26:16. Alternate translation: [I will also make the land desolate] or [I, myself, will make the land desolate]

and your enemies, the dwellers in it, will be appalled at it

Quote: וְ⁠שָֽׁמְמ֤וּ עָלֶ֨י⁠הָ֙ אֹֽיְבֵי⁠כֶ֔ם הַ⁠יֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בָּֽ⁠הּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

Here, the connector and implies that the land will be so desolate that the enemies will be appalled. Use a grammatical connector that clearly indicates this consequence in your language. Alternate translation: [Furthermore, your enemies, who dwell in it, will be appalled] or [Additionally, your enemies residing there will be appalled]

Leviticus 26:33

and I will draw out a sword after you

Quote: וַ⁠הֲרִיקֹתִ֥י אַחֲרֵי⁠כֶ֖ם חָ֑רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a sword is a represents war. Use a term that appropriately conveys war or conflict in your language. Alternate translation: [I will wage war against you] or [I will bring war upon you]

Leviticus 26:34

the land will enjoy its sabbaths … the land will rest and enjoy its sabbaths

Quote: תִּרְצֶ֨ה הָ⁠אָ֜רֶץ אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתֶ֗י⁠הָ & תִּשְׁבַּ֣ת הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ וְ⁠הִרְצָ֖ת אֶת־שַׁבְּתֹתֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the land is spoken of as if it could rest and enjoy its sabbaths. Use a natural expression in your language that conveys the idea of the land experiencing rest. Alternate translation: [the land will observe its sabbaths and rest] or [the land will honor its sabbaths by resting]

Leviticus 26:35

what it did not rest in your sabbaths, when you dwelt on it

Quote: אֵ֣ת אֲשֶׁ֧ר לֹֽא־שָׁבְתָ֛ה בְּ⁠שַׁבְּתֹתֵי⁠כֶ֖ם בְּ⁠שִׁבְתְּ⁠כֶ֥ם עָלֶֽי⁠הָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, what it did not rest in your sabbaths explicitly means that the land will rest in compensation for the sabbaths the Israelites did not observe. Use an explicit expression in your language to convey this compensatory rest. Alternate translation: [what it did not rest during your sabbaths] or [the land will rest for the sabbaths you neglected]

Leviticus 26:36

And the remaining in you, and I will bring

Quote: וְ⁠הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָרִ֣ים בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם וְ⁠הֵבֵ֤אתִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

This indicates that as for those who survive, Yahweh will bring additional discipline. Use a grammatical structure that clearly connects the survival of some with the forthcoming actions. Alternate translation: [As for those of you who survive, I will bring] or [And for the remaining among you, I will bring]

faintness into their heart

Quote: מֹ֨רֶךְ֙ בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, faintness into their heart is a metaphor for being afraid of many things. Use a metaphor in your language that conveys deep fear or anxiety. Alternate translation: [fearfulness in their hearts] or [deep anxiety within them]

into their heart

Quote: בִּ⁠לְבָבָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

Here, their heart shifts Yahweh’s perspective from addressing the survivors directly to speaking about them in the third person. Follow a clear and natural use of pronouns in your language. Alternate translation: [within their hearts] or [inside their hearts]

And the sound of a driven leaf will chase them

Quote: וְ⁠רָדַ֣ף אֹתָ֗⁠ם ק֚וֹל עָלֶ֣ה נִדָּ֔ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

Here, the sound of a driven leaf is pictured as actively chasing people. Use a natural personification in your language that conveys the idea of sound causing pursuit or fear. Alternate translation: [the sound of a blowing leaf will pursue them] or [the noise of a driven leaf will chase after them]

a driven leaf

Quote: עָלֶ֣ה נִדָּ֔ף (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: [a leaf that the wind drives] or [a leaf that the wind blows]

a sword

Quote: חֶ֛רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, a sword represents a person who is going to harm them, such as in war or by a bandit. Use a direct term in your language that conveys the concept of threat or harm. Alternate translation: [a warrior] or [an aggressor]

Leviticus 26:37

And they will stumble, one on his brother

Quote: וְ⁠כָשְׁל֧וּ אִישׁ־בְּ⁠אָחִ֛י⁠ו (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that describes people falling over each other in panic while trying to flee. Use a natural expression in your language for people tripping over one another in their haste to escape. Alternate translation: [fall over each other while running away] or [trip over one another as they flee]

as from the face of a sword

Quote: כְּ⁠מִ⁠פְּנֵי־חֶ֖רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, face of is an idiom meaning “before” or “in front of.” Use a natural way in your language to express being threatened by a weapon. Alternate translation: [from before a sword] or [from someone threatening them with a sword]

as from the face of a sword

Quote: כְּ⁠מִ⁠פְּנֵי־חֶ֖רֶב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile

This compares their panic to people fleeing from an armed enemy, even though no one is actually pursuing them. Use a natural way in your language to express this kind of comparison. Alternate translation: [as if someone were chasing them with a sword] or [like people running from an armed enemy]

power to stand

Quote: תְּקוּמָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, to stand means to successfully resist or fight back against enemies. Use a natural expression in your language for being able to defend oneself in battle. Alternate translation: [strength to resist] or [ability to defend yourselves]

to the face of your enemies

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י אֹֽיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated this idiom earlier in this verse. Here it means “before” or “against.” Alternate translation: [against your enemies] or [when your enemies attack]

And they will stumble, … to you there will be

Quote: וְ⁠כָשְׁל֧וּ & תִֽהְיֶ֤ה לָ⁠כֶם֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

The text shifts from talking about the people in the third person (they) to addressing them directly (you). If this kind of shift would be confusing in your language, you can use the same person throughout. Alternate translation: [And you will stumble...you will have] or [And they will stumble...they will have]

Leviticus 26:38

and the land of your enemies will consume you

Quote: וְ⁠אָכְלָ֣ה אֶתְ⁠כֶ֔ם אֶ֖רֶץ אֹיְבֵי⁠כֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification

This talks about the land as if it were a being that could consume people. Use a natural personification in your language that conveys the land acting actively or threateningly. Alternate translation: [and the land of your enemies will devour you] or [and the land of your enemies will consume you]

Leviticus 26:39

will rot away … they will rot away

Quote: יִמַּ֨קּוּ֙ & יִמָּֽקּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

This could mean: (1) they will not prosper spiritually, (2) they will not prosper materially, and (3) they will literally die and their bodies will rot away. Try to use a term broad enough to cover all three meanings in your language. Alternate translation: [they will perish] or [they will decay]

in their iniquity … in the iniquities of

Quote: בַּֽ⁠עֲוֺנָ֔⁠ם & בַּ⁠עֲוֺנֹ֥ת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, iniquity & iniquities are abstract nouns referring to wrongdoing or sin. Use appropriate terms in your language that convey the concept of moral or ethical offenses. Alternate translation: [sins] or [wrongdoings]

their fathers

Quote: אֲבֹתָ֖⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, fathers is a represents ancestors. Use a term in your language that accurately represents ancestors or forefathers. Alternate translation: [ancestors] or [forefathers]

Leviticus 26:40

And they confess

Quote: וְ⁠הִתְוַדּ֤וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-infostructure

Here, And they confess introduces a strong contrast. Use a grammatical structure that clearly indicates this contrast in your language. Alternate translation: [But if they confess] or [However, if they confess]

their iniquity and the iniquity of their fathers in their unfaithfulness which they were unfaithful to me, … in hostility

Quote: אֶת־עֲוֺנָ⁠ם֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עֲוֺ֣ן אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם בְּ⁠מַעֲלָ֖⁠ם אֲשֶׁ֣ר מָֽעֲלוּ־בִ֑⁠י & בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, iniquity & iniquity & unfaithfulness & hostility are abstract nouns representing various forms of wrongdoing and opposition. Use appropriate terms in your language that convey these concepts clearly. Alternate translation: [the ways they sinned and the ways their ancestors sinned and did not faithfully obey me … hostilely]

their fathers

Quote: אֲבֹתָ֔⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, fathers is a metonymy for ancestors, as seen in v 39. Refer to the earlier note for consistency. Alternate translation: [ancestors] or [forefathers]

they walked with me in hostility

Quote: הָֽלְכ֥וּ עִמִּ֖⁠י בְּ⁠קֶֽרִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this in 26:21. Alternate translation: [they lived in hostility]

Leviticus 26:41

I also, I walked

Quote: אַף־אֲנִ֗י אֵלֵ֤ךְ (1)

See how you translated this repetiion in 26:16. Alternate translation: [I, too, walked]

I walked with them in hostility

Quote: אֵלֵ֤ךְ עִמָּ⁠ם֙ בְּ⁠קֶ֔רִי (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

See how you translated this in 26:21. Alternate translation: [I walked with hostility]

their uncircumcised heart is humbled

Quote: יִכָּנַ֗ע לְבָבָ⁠ם֙ הֶֽ⁠עָרֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Here, their uncircumcised heart is humbled uses passive voice to describe the humbling of their hearts. Use an active construction if preferred or maintain the passive as appropriate in your language. Alternate translation: [Their uncircumcised hearts are humbled] or [Their hearts, uncircumcised, are humbled]

their uncircumcised heart

Quote: לְבָבָ⁠ם֙ הֶֽ⁠עָרֵ֔ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor

Here, uncircumcised heart describes people who are stubborn and unwilling to obey God, comparing their spiritual condition to physical uncircumcision. Since circumcision was a sign of being in covenant with God, an uncircumcised heart represents being resistant to God’s covenant. Use an expression in your language that communicates stubborn disobedience. Alternate translation: [stubborn inner nature] or [rebellious attitude]

they accept their iniquity

Quote: יִרְצ֥וּ אֶת־עֲוֺנָֽ⁠ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This could mean either: (1) they accept the punishment that their wrongdoing deserves, or (2) they acknowledge and admit their guilt. If you can translate this in a way that can capture both meanings do that, otherwise you should follow how your local major language translations understand this phrase. Alternate translation: [they accept their punishment] or [they admit their guilt]

Leviticus 26:43

And the land will be deserted by them

Quote: וְ⁠הָ⁠אָרֶץ֩ תֵּעָזֵ֨ב מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

Here, And the land will be deserted by them uses passive voice. Use an active construction if preferred or maintain the passive as appropriate in your language. Alternate translation: [And they will desert the land] or [And they will leave the land deserted]

by them

Quote: מֵ⁠הֶ֜ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns

Here, them refers to the Israelites who will be taken away from the land. Use a pronoun in your language that accurately reflects this reference. Alternate translation: [the Israelites] or [those people]

in its desolation from them

Quote: בָּ⁠הְשַׁמָּ⁠ה֙ מֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, in its desolation from them indicates that it is empty without them. Use an expression that clearly conveys the land being empty or desolate in your language. Alternate translation: [while it is empty without them] or [as it becomes desolate without them]

And they, they will accept

Quote: וְ⁠הֵ֖ם יִרְצ֣וּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, the repetition of they shifts focus from the land to the people. Use a similar repetition or restructure the sentence to maintain focus without confusion. Alternate translation: [And they will accept] or [They, they will accept]

they will accept their iniquity

Quote: יִרְצ֣וּ אֶת־עֲוֺנָ֑⁠ם (1)

See how you translated this in 26:41. Here it seems more clear that they are accepting the punishment for their wrongdoing. Alternate translation: [they accept their punishment]

because, even because

Quote: יַ֣עַן וּ⁠בְ⁠יַ֔עַן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, because, even because emphatically marks the reason for the result that came before. Ensure it is strongly marked, and adjust sentence order if necessary in your language. Alternate translation: [because] or [even because]

Leviticus 26:44

for I {am} Yahweh their God

Quote: כִּ֛י אֲנִ֥י יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵי⁠הֶֽם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result

Here, for I am Yahweh their God provides a reason for the result. If your language requires, reorder this phrase to appear at the beginning of the sentence. Alternate translation: [because I am Yahweh their God] or [since I am Yahweh their God]

Leviticus 26:45

the covenant of the first

Quote: בְּרִ֣ית רִאשֹׁנִ֑ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

Here, the covenant of the first refers to “the first covenant” or “the covenant with the first generation of Israelites”. Use a phrase that accurately reflects this meaning in your language. Alternate translation: [the first covenant] or [the covenant with the first generation of Israelites]

to the eyes of the nations

Quote: לְ⁠עֵינֵ֣י הַ⁠גּוֹיִ֗ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, to the eyes of the nations uses metonymy to indicate that the nations are observing the public actions. Use a natural metonymy in your language that conveys the nations observing or witnessing the events. Alternate translation: [in the sight of the nations] or [before the nations]

to be God to them

Quote: לִ⁠הְיֹ֥ת לָ⁠הֶ֛ם לֵ⁠אלֹהִ֖ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-goal

Here, to be God to them represents the goal of bringing them out of Egypt. Use an expression that clearly defines this purpose in your language. Alternate translation: [to serve as their God] or [to be their God]

Leviticus 26:46

Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory

This verse provides a closing summary of at least chapters 17-26, if not an initial closing for the entire book. Your language may have its own way of presenting such concluding information. Use a natural way in your language to show this is wrapping up the previous section.

the statutes and the judgments and the laws

Quote: הַֽ⁠חֻקִּ֣ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מִּשְׁפָּטִים֮ וְ⁠הַ⁠תּוֹרֹת֒ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns

Here, the statutes and the judgments and the laws are abstract nouns. Use words in your language that refer to specific commands, rules, or instructions. Alternate translation: [commands, rules, and instructions] or [everything that God commanded and instructed]

between him and between the sons of Israel on Mount Sinai by the hand of Moses

Quote: בֵּינ֕⁠וֹ וּ⁠בֵ֖ין בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל בְּ⁠הַ֥ר סִינַ֖י בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here, between him and between the sons of Israel on Mount Sinai by the hand of Moses means that this covenant agreement, which consisted of the statutes, judgments, and laws, was made between Yahweh and the Israelites on Mount Sinai with Moses as mediator and scribe. Make this meaning clear in your translation. Alternate translation: [this covenant that Yahweh made with the Israelites at Mount Sinai, which Moses wrote down as their mediator]

by the hand of Moses

Quote: בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here, by the hand of Moses is a metonymy that refers to Moses acting as a mediator and scribe. Use a natural way in your language to express that Moses served as the mediator who wrote down these laws. Alternate translation: [through Moses as mediator] or [with Moses serving as mediator and writing these things down]

Leviticus 27

Leviticus 27 Chapter Introduction

Structure and Formatting

This chapter explains rules about vows and dedications to Yahweh: 1) Valuation of people dedicated to God (27:1-8) 2) Valuation of animals (27:9-13) 3) Valuation of houses and land (27:14-25) 4) Special cases and exceptions (27:26-34) - Firstborn animals - Devoted things - Tithes

Special Translation Issues in This Chapter

Numbers and measurements

The chapter uses several specific values: - Ages: “from one month to five years,” “from five to twenty years” - Money: “shekels of the holy place” - Volume: “homer of barley” - Consider using local measurements if helpful

Active and passive sentences

Many rules use passive form. Your language might need to say who does the action: - “It shall not be redeemed” → “No one may buy it back” - “It shall be sold” → “The priest must sell it” - “They shall be put to death” → “You must execute them”

Repeated phrases

Several phrases appear multiple times: - “Your valuation” (refers to priest’s assessment) - “Redeeming he will redeem” (emphasizes certainty) - “According to your valuation” - Use consistent translations for these phrases

Technical terms

The chapter uses specialized religious terms: - “Devoted thing” means permanently dedicated - “Field of possession” means inherited land - “Field of purchase” means bought land - Consider explaining these terms in footnotes

Religious and Cultural Concepts in This Chapter

Vows and dedication

The chapter explains different types of dedication: - Voluntary vows to God - Dedication of property - Permanent vs. redeemable gifts - Shows commitment to God

Value assessment

The priest’s role in valuation: - Set standard values for people - Adjusted for poor people - Evaluated property condition - Shows fairness and mercy

Property rights

Different rules for different properties: - Inherited land had special status - Purchased land treated differently - Some dedications were permanent - Shows importance of family inheritance

Sacred ownership

Some things automatically belonged to God: - Firstborn animals - Devoted things - Tithes of crops and animals - Shows God’s ultimate ownership

(See: INVALID bible/kt/vow, consecrate, consecrated, consecration, and INVALID bible/kt/firstborn)

Leviticus 27:2

Speak to the sons of Israel and say to them

Quote: דַּבֵּ֞ר אֶל־בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ וְ⁠אָמַרְתָּ֣ אֲלֵ⁠הֶ֔ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

In Hebrew, they introduced speech by using two similar phrases. If this kind of repetition would not be natural in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: [Say to the sons of Israel]

the sons of Israel

Quote: בְּנֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here sons of Israel refers to the entire Israelite people, not just the male descendants or the original 12 sons of Jacob. Alternate translation: [people of Israel] or [Israelites]

A man

Quote: אִ֕ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here a man refers to any person, not a specific man. If your readers would not understand this in a general way, you could use a term that gives a broader interpretation. Alternate translation: [anyone] or [any person]

he makes extraordinary a vow

Quote: יַפְלִ֖א נֶ֑דֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning to make a special kind of vow. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation, or you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [makes a special vow] or [makes a solemn promise]

by your valuation of persons to Yahweh

Quote: בְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ נְפָשֹׁ֖ת לַֽ⁠יהוָֽה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

The phrase your valuation occurs 19 times in the chapter. For people, the valuation is set here by Yahweh. Alternate translation: [by the valuation of persons that I, Yahweh, give you]

Leviticus 27:3

from a son of 20 years and until a son of 60 years

Quote: מִ⁠בֶּן֙ עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה וְ⁠עַ֖ד בֶּן־שִׁשִּׁ֣ים שָׁנָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom referring to age ranges from 20-59. If this would be unclear in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from age twenty to age fifty-nine]

by the shekel of the holy place

Quote: בְּ⁠שֶׁ֥קֶל הַ⁠קֹּֽדֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

The shekel of the holy place was the standard weight kept by the priests in the Dwelling and later the temple. Alternate translation: [according to the standard shekel kept at the holy place]

Leviticus 27:4

And if {it is} a female

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־נְקֵבָ֖ה הִ֑וא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The ages from verse 3 (twenty to fifty-nine years) carry over to this verse. Make sure your readers can understand the age range that applies. If needed, state this information explicitly. Alternate translation: [And if it is a female between twenty and fifty-nine years old]

Leviticus 27:5

from a son of five years and until a son of 20 years

Quote: מִ⁠בֶּן־חָמֵ֜שׁ שָׁנִ֗ים וְ⁠עַד֙ בֶּן־עֶשְׂרִ֣ים שָׁנָ֔ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom referring to ages 5-19. Use natural age expressions in your language. If this would be unclear, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from age five to age nineteen]

Leviticus 27:6

from a son of a month and until a son of five years

Quote: מִ⁠בֶּן־חֹ֗דֶשׁ וְ⁠עַד֙ בֶּן־חָמֵ֣שׁ שָׁנִ֔ים (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom referring to ages one month to four years. Use natural age expressions in your language. If this would be unclear, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [from one month old to four years old]

Leviticus 27:7

from a son of 60 years and upward

Quote: מִ⁠בֶּן־שִׁשִּׁ֨ים שָׁנָ֤ה וָ⁠מַ֨עְלָ⁠ה֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom referring to ages sixty and older. Use natural age expressions in your language. If this would be unclear, state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [sixty years old and older]

Leviticus 27:8

And if he is too poor from your valuation

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־מָ֥ךְ הוּא֙ מֵֽ⁠עֶרְכֶּ֔⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here too poor from your valuation means unable to pay the standard amount. Make sure this meaning is clear to your readers. Use an expression that communicates inability to pay. Alternate translation: [And if he is too poor to pay the standard valuation]

then he shall stand him

Quote: וְ⁠הֶֽעֱמִיד⁠וֹ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here he refers to the person making the vow (who is poor), and him refers to the person that has been promised to Yahweh that the vower is trying to free. Make sure your readers can track who these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: [then the person making the vow shall present the one promised to Yahweh]

before the face of the priest

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֣י הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֔ן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here face represents the whole person. Use a natural expression in your language for being in someone’s presence. Alternate translation: [in front of the priest] or [in the priest’s presence]

Upon the mouth of what the hand of the one vowing can reach

Quote: עַל־פִּ֗י אֲשֶׁ֤ר תַּשִּׂיג֙ יַ֣ד הַ⁠נֹּדֵ֔ר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning according to what someone can afford. Your language may have a similar expression about ability to pay, or you can state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: [based on how much the one making the vow can afford]

Leviticus 27:9

And if {it is} an animal which they will present from it an offering to Yahweh

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־בְּהֵמָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר יַקְרִ֧יבוּ מִמֶּ֛⁠נָּה קָרְבָּ֖ן לַֽ⁠יהוָ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

The meaning of this verse may be unclear due to its complex structure. Express this clearly in your language to show someone is offering part of an animal. Alternate translation: [And if someone is presenting a portion of an animal as an offering to Yahweh]

Leviticus 27:10

He shall not exchange it and he shall not substitute it

Quote: לֹ֣א יַחֲלִיפֶ֗⁠נּוּ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יָמִ֥יר אֹת֛⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

The words exchange and substitute mean very similar things and are used together for emphasis. If your language would not use two similar words this way, you could combine them into a single clear expression. Alternate translation: [He must not trade it for another animal]

good with bad or bad with good

Quote: ט֥וֹב בְּ⁠רָ֖ע אוֹ־רַ֣ע בְּ⁠ט֑וֹב (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

Some words are left out that may be needed in your language to make the meaning clear. The full meaning is about not trading animals of different quality. Alternate translation: [not a good animal for a worse one or a bad animal for a better one]

And if substituting, he substitutes

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־הָמֵ֨ר יָמִ֤יר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This Hebrew expression uses repetition to emphasize the action. Use whatever form of emphasis would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: [And if indeed he substitutes]

Leviticus 27:11

to the face of the priest

Quote: לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י הַ⁠כֹּהֵֽן (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here face represents the whole person. Use a natural expression in your language for being in someone’s presence. Alternate translation: [in front of the priest] or [in the priest’s presence]

Leviticus 27:12

According to your valuation

Quote: כְּ⁠עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֥ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here your valuation refers to the value that the priest determines for the poor person’s offering. Make sure this meaning is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: [the value that you, the priest, determine]

Leviticus 27:13

redeeming he will redeem it

Quote: גָּאֹ֖ל יִגְאָלֶ֑⁠נָּה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This Hebrew expression uses repetition to emphasize the action. Use whatever form of emphasis would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: [if indeed he redeems it]

its fifth

Quote: חֲמִישִׁת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

See how you translated this in 5:16.

Leviticus 27:14

And a man

Quote: וְ⁠אִ֗ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun

Here a man refers to any person, not a specific man. If your readers would not understand this in a general way, you could use a term that gives a broader interpretation. Alternate translation: [anyone] or [any person]

between good and between bad

Quote: בֵּ֥ין ט֖וֹב וּ⁠בֵ֣ין רָ֑ע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This phrase means the priest will assess the condition of the house to determine its value. Make this meaning clear in your translation. Alternate translation: [according to the condition of the house]

Leviticus 27:15

the one consecrating

Quote: הַ⁠מַּקְדִּ֔ישׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis

The words “his house” are left out but understood from the previous verse. You may need to include these words in your language. Alternate translation: [the one consecrating his house]

a fifth of

Quote: חֲמִישִׁ֧ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

See how you translated this in verse 13.

and it will be to him

Quote: וְ⁠הָ֥יָה לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning ownership will be transferred to him. Use a natural expression in your language for ownership. Alternate translation: [and it will belong to him]

your valuation

Quote: עֶרְכְּ⁠ךָ֛ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

Here your valuation refers to the value that the priest determined based on the condition of the house. Make sure this meaning is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: [the value you determined]

Leviticus 27:16

from the field of his possession

Quote: מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֗⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

This refers to inherited property that was originally given to Israelite families when they entered Canaan. This property generally returned to the family every 49 years at jubilee. Alternate translation: [from his inherited field]

to the mouth of its seed, seed of

Quote: לְ⁠פִ֣י זַרְע֑⁠וֹ זֶ֚רַע (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This means the amount of seed. It could mean either 1) the amount of seed needed to plant the field or 2) the amount of seed the field produces. Alternate translation: [according to how much seed it takes to plant] or [according to how much seed it produces]

a homer of

Quote: חֹ֣מֶר (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume

A homer was a unit of volume that may have been about 220 liters. Use a known unit of volume in your language. Alternate translation: [about 220 liters of]

Leviticus 27:18

upon the mouth of the years

Quote: עַל־פִּ֤י הַ⁠שָּׁנִים֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning based on the number of years. Use a natural expression in your language. Alternate translation: [according to the number of years]

Leviticus 27:19

redeeming he will redeem

Quote: גָּאֹ֤ל יִגְאַל֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-reduplication

This Hebrew expression uses repetition to emphasize the action. Use whatever form of emphasis would be natural in your language. Alternate translation: [if indeed he redeems]

a fifth of

Quote: חֲמִשִׁ֧ית (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

See how you translated this in verse 13.

and it will stand to him

Quote: וְ⁠קָ֥ם לֽ⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom meaning ownership will revert to him. Use a natural expression in your language for ownership. Alternate translation: [and it will belong to him again]

Leviticus 27:20

it shall not be redeemed again

Quote: לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This verse presents a case where someone tries to profit twice from the same field by dedicating it and then selling it. As a result, they lose the right to the field permanently. Make sure this meaning is clear. Alternate translation: [he will permanently lose the right to redeem it]

it shall not be redeemed again

Quote: לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל עֽוֹד (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive voice in this way, you can express this in active form. Alternate translation: [no one will be able to redeem it again]

Leviticus 27:21

in its going out in the jubilee

Quote: בְּ⁠צֵאת֣⁠וֹ בַ⁠יֹּבֵ֗ל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom referring to when property ownership changes at the year of jubilee. Use a natural expression in your language for transfer of ownership. Alternate translation: [when ownership transfers in the year of jubilee]

as a field of devotion

Quote: כִּ⁠שְׂדֵ֣ה הַ⁠חֵ֑רֶם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A field of devotion refers to land that is completely and permanently dedicated to Yahweh. This is a stronger term than “consecrated.” Use a term in your language that communicates this permanent, irrevocable dedication. Alternate translation: [as a field permanently and completely given to Yahweh]

Leviticus 27:22

a field of his purchase

Quote: אֶת־שְׂדֵ֣ה מִקְנָת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to a field someone has bought rather than inherited. Make this meaning clear to your readers. Alternate translation: [a field that he has purchased]

which {is} not from the field of his possession

Quote: אֲשֶׁ֕ר לֹ֖א מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A field of possession refers to inherited land that was originally given to Israelite families. Make this distinction clear. Alternate translation: [which is not part of his inherited family land]

Leviticus 27:24

to him from whom he bought it, to whom to him

Quote: לַ⁠אֲשֶׁ֥ר קָנָ֖⁠הוּ מֵ⁠אִתּ֑⁠וֹ לַ⁠אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns

Here, both instances of him refer to the original owner who has inheritance rights, while he refers to the person who bought and then dedicated the field. Make sure your readers can track who these pronouns refer to. Alternate translation: [to the original owner from whom the buyer bought it, to the original owner]

to whom to him {is} the possession of the land

Quote: לַ⁠אֲשֶׁר־ל֖⁠וֹ אֲחֻזַּ֥ת הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to the person who permanently owns the land through inheritance rights. Make this meaning clear. Alternate translation: [to the one who permanently owns the land by inheritance]

Leviticus 27:25

by the shekel of the holy place

Quote: בְּ⁠שֶׁ֣קֶל הַ⁠קֹּ֑דֶשׁ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney

See how you translated this in verse 3.

gerahs

Quote: גֵּרָ֖ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight

A gerah was a unit of weight equal to about one-half gram. Use a known unit of weight in your language. Alternate translation: [about one-half gram]

Leviticus 27:26

a firstborn (which firstborn {belongs} to Yahweh) among animals, a man shall not consecrate it, whether ox or sheep, it {belongs} to Yahweh

Quote: בְּכ֞וֹר אֲשֶׁר־יְבֻכַּ֤ר לַֽ⁠יהוָה֙ בִּ⁠בְהֵמָ֔ה לֹֽא־יַקְדִּ֥ישׁ אִ֖ישׁ אֹת֑⁠וֹ אִם־שׁ֣וֹר אִם־שֶׂ֔ה לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה הֽוּא (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure

The information in this verse may be confusing because it mentions Yahweh’s ownership of firstborn animals twice. Make it clear that Yahweh automatically owns all firstborn animals from the time of the Passover, so no one can consecrate them. Alternate translation: [no one may consecrate a firstborn animal to Yahweh, whether ox or sheep, because all firstborn animals already belong to Yahweh]

Leviticus 27:27

its fifth

Quote: חֲמִשִׁת֖⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction

See how you translated this in verse 13.

And if it is not redeemed, then it shall be sold at your valuation

Quote: וְ⁠אִם־לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵ֖ל וְ⁠נִמְכַּ֥ר בְּ⁠עֶרְכֶּֽ⁠ךָ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive voice in this way, you can express this in active form. Alternate translation: [And if no one redeems it, then you must sell it at the value you determined]

Leviticus 27:28

devoted thing

Quote: חֵ֡רֶם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A devoted thing refers to something that is completely and permanently dedicated to Yahweh. This is a stronger term than “consecrated.” Use a term in your language that communicates this permanent, irrevocable dedication. See how you translated this in verse 21. Alternate translation: [something permanently and completely given to Yahweh]

from man and animal and from field of his possession

Quote: מֵ⁠אָדָ֤ם וּ⁠בְהֵמָה֙ וּ⁠מִ⁠שְּׂדֵ֣ה אֲחֻזָּת֔⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit

This refers to anything someone might own that could be devoted to Yahweh. Make this meaning clear to your readers. Alternate translation: [whether a person, an animal, or an inherited field]

a holy thing of holy things

Quote: קֹֽדֶשׁ־קָֽדָשִׁ֥ים (1)

See how you translated this in 2:3.

Leviticus 27:29

devoted ones … are devoted to destruction

Quote: חֵ֗רֶם & יָחֳרַ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown

A devoted one refers to someone who is completely and permanently dedicated to Yahweh. When someone is devoted to destruction, it means they must be executed because they are enemies of Israel or have severely broken Yahweh’s covenant. Alternate translation: [people who must be executed because they are permanently condemned]

All devoted ones who are devoted to destruction

Quote: כָּל־חֵ֗רֶם אֲשֶׁ֧ר יָחֳרַ֛ם (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive voice in this way, you can express this in active form. Alternate translation: [All those whom Yahweh has condemned to death]

shall not be ransomed

Quote: לֹ֣א יִפָּדֶ֑ה (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive voice in this way, you can express this in active form. Alternate translation: [no one may pay to save their lives]

dying he shall be put to death

Quote: מ֖וֹת יוּמָֽת (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive voice in this way, you can express this in active form. Alternate translation: [you must certainly execute them]

Leviticus 27:30

from the seed of the land

Quote: מִ⁠זֶּ֤רַע הָ⁠אָ֨רֶץ֙ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy

Here seed represents all food crops that grow from seeds. Use a natural expression in your language for agricultural produce. Alternate translation: [from the crops of the land] or [from what grows in the fields]

Leviticus 27:31

redeeming a man will redeem from his tithe

Quote: גָּאֹ֥ל יִגְאַ֛ל אִ֖ישׁ מִ⁠מַּֽעַשְׂר֑⁠וֹ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

See how you translated similar phrases about redeeming property in verses 15 and 19. Alternate translation: [if indeed someone redeems part of his tithe]

Leviticus 27:32

all which passes under the rod

Quote: כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲבֹ֖ר תַּ֣חַת הַ⁠שָּׁ֑בֶט (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom

This is an idiom that refers to how shepherds would count their animals by making them pass under a rod one by one. Use a natural expression in your language for counting animals. Alternate translation: [all that is counted in the flock]

Leviticus 27:33

He shall not examine between good to bad, and he shall not substitute it

Quote: לֹ֧א יְבַקֵּ֛ר בֵּֽין־ט֥וֹב לָ⁠רַ֖ע וְ⁠לֹ֣א יְמִירֶ֑⁠נּוּ (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet

See how you translated this in verse 10. Alternate translation: [He must not inspect them to trade a good one for a bad one]

It shall not be redeemed

Quote: לֹ֥א יִגָּאֵֽל (1)
Support Reference: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive

If your language does not use passive voice in this way, you can express this in active form. Alternate translation: [No one may redeem it]